m 5^s^. - • '^ THE LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BEQUEST OF PROFESSOR JOHN S. P. TATLOCK (jiuu- CuJrX- IhuA, Iff I (^olben ^rcasurg Series BACON'S ESSAYS BACON'S ESSAYS AND COLOURS OF GOOD AND EVIL WITH NOTES AND GLOSSARIAL INDEX BY W. ALOIS WRIGHT M.A. TRINITY COLLEGE CAMBRIDGE Hontion MAC MILL AN AND CO., Ltd. NEW YORK: MACMILLAN & CO., 1896 [A /I Rights reserved.^ •^-^^:^7±L. Printed by C. y. CLAY, 1862. Reprinted 7vi/h corrections 1863, 7vith many additions i%6e„7uith slight corrections 1867, 1871, 1872, 1873, 1875, '876, 1877, 1878, 1879, '882, 1883, 1885, 1887, 1890, 1892, 1896. TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Preface vii Essays i Colours of Good and Evii. . 243 Appendix 269 Notes 289 Appendix to the Notes . . . -351 Glossary . . . . . • 35«; ivi607607 FRANCIS BACON Born Matriculated at Trin. Coll. Cam- bridge . . . . . Admitted at Gray's Inn First sat in the House of Com- mons as Member for Melconibe Knighted by James i. King's Counsel . Solicitor General Attorney General Pi'ivy Councillor Lord Keeper Lord High Chancellor Haron \'erulam . Viscount St Alban Sentenced by the House of Lords Died 22 Jan. 15^)0-1 lo June, 1573 21 Nov. 1576 1584 23 July, 1603 75 Aug. 1 604 '2 5 June, 1607 26 Oct. 1613 9 June, 1616 3 March, 1616- 4 Jan, 1 617-8 July, 1 6 18 27 Jan. 16-20-1 3 May, 1621 9 Apr. 1626 PRE FA CE UXDER the daie 5 Feb. 1596 the folloiiung entry oc- curs in the books of the Stationers'' Company. " Hufrey Hooper. En t red for his copie tinder thandesof Mr Fr' Bacon Air D Stanhope Mr Barlowe, and Mr War- den Dazvson,a booke intituled Essaies Religious medi- tations, places of perswasion and diswasion by Mr Fr. Bacon.'''' This 7vas the first edition of Bacoji^s Essays. They were published in a small 8vo. volume, of which the full title is as follows: '■^ Essayes. Religious Medi- tations. Places of persivasion and dissruasion. Scene and alloxved. At London, Printed for Htimf'ey Hooper, and are to be sold at the blacke Beare in Chauncery Lane. 1597." The dedication to Antony Bacon occu- pies thj'ce pages. Then folhnv the table of Contents and the Essays, ten in number; i. Of studie. 1. Of dis- course. 3. Of Ceremonies and respedls. 4. Of fol- lowers a7id friends, i,. Sutors. 6. Of expence. 7. Of Regiment of health. 8. Of Honour and reputat'ion. 9. Of Faclion. 10. Of Negociaiing. The Essays occupy thirteen folios, and are followed by the ^' Medi- tation es Sacra',''' or Religious Meditations, in Latin, hi viii ^((tace consisting of 15 folios besides the title, and these by " The Coulers of Good dnd euill" which are the ''^places of pers7vasion and diss^vasion^'' already men- tioned. The numbering of the folios iti the last tuidently intended to be 1596-7, according to the then reckoning of the civil year, which began on the 2Zth of March. We have the entry at Stationers' Hall on Feb. ^; a memorandum on the title page of the copy in the British Museum that it luas sold on the *ith of Feb., l<)Eliz. {i.e. 1596-7); and a letter of Anthony Bacon'' s to the Earl of Essex, written on the 8/// of Feb. 1596, which appears to have accompanied a presentation copy of the Essays. There are MSS. of this edition in the British Museum {Latisd. A/SS. 775), and the Cam- bridge Univ. Lib. {Nn. 4. 5). The latter I have 1 Coined for the first time in 1582-3, and used without in- terruption till 1601. See Folkes, Table 0/ E7tglisk Silver Coins, p. 57, ed. 1745. X preface printed iti the Appendix. A fragment containing the essays ' Of Fadlion'' and * Of Xegotiatinge'' is in the I/arleia)i colletflion {no. 6797). In 1598 a second edi- tion 7vas published by Humfrey Hooper^ also in small Sto, differing from the first in having the Meditations in English, and the table of Contents of the Essays at the back of the title page. A pirated edition was printed for fohfi Jciggard in 1606, and in 161 2 he was pre- paring afioiher reprint, whett the second autho>'s edition appeared. In cotiseqnence of this, jfaggard cancelled the last two leaves of quire G, and in their place sub- stituted *' the second part of Essaies,'''' which contains all the additional Essays not printed in the edition of 1597. On the authority of a MS. list by Ma lone Mr Singer mentions an edition in 1604, but I have found no other trace of it. During the summer of the year 161 2 Bacon himself had prepared and printed, in a small Svo. volume of 24 1 pages, a second edition of the Essays by themselves, in 7vhich the original ten, with the exception of that " Of Honour and reputation,''* 7oere altered and en- larged, and twenty-nine new Essays added. The title of this second edition is; " The Essaies of S'' Francis Bacon Knight, the Kings Solliciter Generall. Imprinted at London by lohn Beale, 16 12." // "was entered at Stationers^ Hall on the \2th of Odober, as folhnvs. •' /^F" Hall, John Beale. Entred for their copy under the ha tides of my Lo: Bysshopp of London ct the Wardens A booke called The Essayes of S"" Fr' Bacon knight the Ks Sollicitor gen\ill." It 7uas Bacon^s in- tention to have dedicated it to Prince Henry, and the dedication was acliially writtcti, but in consequence of ^^reface xi the Prince's death on the 6th of November, it was ad- dressed instead to his brother in law Sir John Con- stable^. A copy of the dedication to Prince Henry exists in the British Aliisemn {Birch MSS. ^le^gj/ol. 155), and is 7vritten on a single leaf which appears on examination to have belonged to an impetfecl A/S. 0/ the Essays, presefved among the Harleian MSS. [no. 5106), ivhich Mr Spedding describes as "a volume undoubtedly authentic ; for it contains interlineations in BacotCs own hand; and transcribed some time between 1607, whoi Bacon became Solicitor-general, and 16 r -2, when he brought out a nei.u edition of the Essays with further additions and alterations. It is unluckily not quite perfecl ; one leaf at least, if not jnore, having bee^i lost at the beginning; though other- wise in excellent preservation. " The title page, which remains, bears the following inscription, very handsotnely written in the old English character, 7oith flounshed capitals: The writings of Sr Francis Bacon Knt. the Kinge's Sollicitor Gene- rail : in Moralitie, Policie, and Historie." {Bacon^s Works, VI. /. 535). The Essays in this A/S. are thirty-four in number, and include two, " Of Honour and Reputation" and " Of Seditions and Troubles,'' which are not contained m the edition of 1612, -cvhile in the printed edition six new Essays were added, ^^ Of Religion,'" ^^ Of Cun- ning," ^'' Of Lone,'''' '■'' Of Judicature,"' ''■ Of vaine glory,'' and " Of greatnes of Kingdomes." It is to this AIS. I have referred in the notes, when quoting the 2 Sir John Constable married Dorothy Barnham the sister of Lady Bacon. xii preface AIS. of the edition of 1612. The dedication to Prince Henry 7c>as as follo%vs : '* To the most high and excellent Prince Henry, Pnnce of Wales, D: of Connvall and Earlc of Chester ) '/ may please your //. Having dct'ided my life into the contemplative and adive parte, I am desirous to giue his AT, and yo" II. of thefruite of both, simple thoughe they be. To xvrite itist Treatises requircth leasure in the Writer, and leasure in the Reader, and therefore are not so fitt, neither in regard of yo' II: princely affaires, nor in regard of my continuall sen'ice, ■iif'' is the cause, that hath made me choose to write certainc breif notes, sett do7i'nc rather significantlye, then curiously, 7tf* I have called ESSAIES. The ivord is late, but the thing is auncient. For Senacaes Epistles to Lucilius, yf one marke them icell, are but Essaies, — That is dispersed Aleditacons, thoughe conveyed in the forme of Epistles. Theis labors of myne I kno7o cannot be u'0)ihie of yo" II: for lohat can be ivorthie of you. But my hope is, they may be as graynes of salte, that loill rather give you an appetite, then offend you i(f^ satiety. And although e they handle those things ivherein both mens Lives and the ire pens are most conversant yet \What I have attained, I knoioe not) hut I have endeavoured to make them not vulgar; but of a nature, 7vhereof a man shall find much in experience, title in boohes : so as they are neither repeticons nor fansies. But ho7vsoever, I shalTmost humbly desier yo" II: to accept them in gratious part, and so contrn'e that if I cannot rest, i^tefa« xiii but must shewe my dutifiiU, aud devoted affeember, the date of Prince Heniys death, and the I'jth of Dec. when Chamberlain lorotc the let- ter which is (/noted in the note to Essay 44. In 16 1 3 faggard published a reprint of this edition, also in small 'ivo, contai?iing the omitted Essay ^^ Of Honour and Reputation,''' the Religious Meditations, and the Colours of Good and Evil ; and in the same year another reprint was issued by the same publisher with a neiu title page and the printer s errors of the former cor reded. Copies of both these impressions are in the Cambridge University Libra >y, to 7ierson being of course observed. Of this Italian translation, ac- cording to Air Singer, Dure were two editions bearing the same date, but differing in the titles of some of the Essays. As I have seen but one^ I subjoin his descrip- tion. He says, ^^In one of the copies no7o before me the Essays contain 102 pages, the Wisdom of the An- cients 150 pages, arid a list of Errata is appended to each. In the other copy the Essays comprise 112 paga, the last of which is blank; the Wisdom of the Ancients i^^ pages only, and there is no list of Errata. Beside tJie changes in the titles of the Essays, tJure are also some in the titles of the chapters in the Wisdom of the Ancients; and it is probable that the text of the version is also revised J but I have not collated it, " The French translation published in 16 19 was by Sir Arthur Gorges. But the only translation to 7vhich any impoHance can be attached, as having in a great measure tJie impress of Bacon'' s authority, is the Latin. From the dedica- tion of the third edition it is ez'ident that, at the time it was written. Bacon had in course of preparation a latin translation of the Essays, which it appears to have been his intention to have published immediately, probably as part of the volume of tchich we find the entry in the books of Stationers* Hall, on the ^th of April, 1625, but which he did not live to bring out. The entry is as follo7vs: '^^Mrs Griffin. Jo. Havilond. Entred for their coppie under the hands of Dodl" Wilson and Matheives Lo7cnes 7varden A booke called xviii preface Opcrnjii Francisci Barouis V'crulami Vice Comitis Sanifli Albani by S' Fran: Bacon." This was proba- bly intended to be the second volume of his works, the De Augmentis being the first, and to have container 7vhat were afterwards published by his chaplain, D> Ra7vliy, in 1638, ujidcr the title Operum Moralium et Civilium Tomus. Amon<; these were the Essays in their Latin dress: ^'Sennones fideles, sive ititeriora renim. Per p'ranciscuni Baconuni Barone/n de Veru- lamio, Vice- Comi tern Satufti Albani. ^^ The question then arises, by whom was the translation made ? In- temal evidence is sufiicient to shezv that it 7i'as the work of se7'eral hands, but it is impossible from this alone to assign to each his work. Archbishop Ten i son, in his Baconiana {pp. 60, 61, ed. 1679) ^'^y^ of the Essays: " 7he Latine Translation of them was a Work per- fanned by divers Hands; by those of Dodo r Ilacket {Jate Bishop of Lichfield) Mr. Benjamin Johnson {the learned and judicious Poet) and some others, 7chosi Names I once heard from Dr. Ra.\v\ey; but / cannot no7u rccal them. 7o this Laline Edition, he ga7'e the Title of Sermones Fideles, after the manner of the Jews, luho caird the 7vords Adagies, or Obser-rations of the Wise, Faithful Sayings ; that is, credible Propo- sitions worthy of finn Assent, and ready Acceptance. And {as I think) he alluded more particulai'ly, in this Title, to a passage in Ecclesiastes', where the Preacher saith that he sought to find out Verba Delecflabilia, {as Treniellius rcndreth the Hebrew) pleasant Words, {that is, perhaps, his Book of Canticles) ; ami Verba ' Eccles. xii. 10, 11. preface xix Fidelia {as the same Tremellius) Faithful Sayings; meatiing^ it may be, his Colleclion of Proverbs, In the next Verse^ he calls them Words of the Wise, and so many Goads and Xails given Ab eodem Pastore, from the same Shepherd \of the Flock of Israeiy The next direcl testimony is that of Aubrey. Speaking of Hobbes of Malmesbiuy, and his intimacy xvith Bacon^ fie says; '-'Mr. Tho. Hobbes [Malmesbnriensis) was beloz'ed by his Lo^. 7vho ivas wont to have him tvalke with him in his delicate grozes, when he did meditate : and when a notion darted into his fnind, Mr. Hobbes was presently to write it do7i>ne, and his Lo^. was wont to say that he did it better than any one els about him ; for that many times, when he read their notes he scarce understood what they writt, because they tinderstood it not clearly themseh es'' (Letters, II. ■222, 3), Again; ''He assisted his Lordship in translating severall of his essayes into Lafifi, one I well remember is that. Of the Greatness of Cities: the rest 1 have forgott" \\\. p. 602). In another passage Aubrey is still })iore precise: ''He told me that he was employed in translating part of the Essayes, viz. three of them, one 7uhereof was that of the Greatnesse of Cities, the other two I have now forgvtt'" (11. /. 234). The Essay here called " Of the Greatnesse of Cities'"' is no doubt that which stands as Essay XXIX. "Of the true Greatnesse of Kitigdomes and Estates,'' and which first appeared in Lati?i in the De Augnientis. // is cetiainly one of the best translated of all, and arguing from internal evidence, based on a comparison of it with the rest, I should be incliiied tc set do7t>n as the other two, xvhich Hobbes translated but which Aiibrey had forgotten, the Essays " Of Simula- C 2 XX preface tion and Dissimulation " and '^0/ Innmiations.''^ This of course is a mere conjeclnre, but it seetns a rea- sonable one. Who translated the others it is impossible to say. Among the Maloniana in Prior'' s Life of Ma- lone (/. 424, ed. i860), uig so positively tipon the point I haz-e been unable (0 discover. There is nothing contrary to probability in the supposition that .Selden may have translated the Essays in 16 19, but there is nothing to she^v that his translation 2oas ever published, as Malone asserts. It certainly is not indicated in the letter itself of which the follozving is the passage in question. '■^Joannes Sarisburiensis e nosiris pene solus est, qui rimatus arcana Ethices et Philologite puriora, monimentum reliquit mentis Philosophicn in libris de nugis Curia- preface xxi Hum ; 7iiiperrime vera viagnus ille Franciscus Ba- cojius in teiitameniis suis Ethico-politicis, qttic ex Anglico sennoue ad correiance. The variations of these copies are given in the Appetidix to the A'otes. The only alter- ation I have ?nade has been the adoption of the modern usage with regard to the letters \\ and v. The Colours of Good and Evil are reprinted from the edition of 1597; the de7'iations from it are given in the A'otes, and are merely corrections of oln 11 Of rS Of ^3 s 4 7 II 14 Of --15 Of "i6 Of • ^7 Of ^i8 Of 19 Of 20 (9/ TrutA £>eai/i . / . Vnitie in Religion Reuenge .... Adiiersitie .... Simulation and Dissimulatioji Parents and Children . • / Marriage and Single Life .>' Enuie ..... Lone ..... Great Place .... Boldfiesse .... Goodftesse^ and Goodnesse of Xature Nobilitie ..... Seditions ana Troubles Atheisme . . . Superstition Trauaile . . . • . Empire ..... CoiinscU ..... PAGE I 5 8 14 i6^ i8. ^3 - 26 29 39 - 44 47 51 54 ^4 p 684s 71 ^ 75 81s 'E\)t ZnhU ^ 21 22 '26 29 30 31 32 33 34 -^35 -37 r38 > 39 40 41 42 ^ 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 ■^50 Of Delaks Of Cunning Of Wisdome for a Mans Selfe Of Itinoiiations Of Dispatch Of Seeming Wise Of Frendship . Of Expence Of the true Greatnesse of Estates .... Of Regiment of Health Of Suspicion Of Discourse Of Plantations Of Riches Of Prophecies . Of Atnbition ,: Of Maskes and lYinmphs Of Xatiire in Men . ''' . Of Custome and Education Of Fortune Of Vsuty . /^ Of Youth and Age . Of Beautie Of Dcformitie . Of Building . Of Gardens Of iVegotiating Of Follo'ioers and Frends . Of Sutours Of Studies Kingdo and ^^c ^ahU XXXI 51 0/ Faction 52 Of Ceremonies and Respe(fls 53 Of Praise 54 Of Vain- Glory 55 Of Honour and Repictation 56 Of hidjcature . 57 Of Anger 58 Of Vicissitude of Things . lAGE 207 216 219 222 228 231 Of Fame, a fragment 239 ESSAYES I (Bi ^rutj WHAT is Truth; said jesting A7rt:/ i» taigjty saith prettily, when he enquired the rea- '\^* ^ sorii, why the word of the Lie^ should be such a ,,aJJkM Disgrace, and such an Odious Charge? Saith I; he, If it be well weighed^ To say thai a man . lieth^ is as much to say, as that he is h'ave to- \ wards God, and a Coward towards Men. For a Lie faces God, and shrinkes from Man. Surely the Wickednesse of Falshood, and Breach of '^ P^aith, cannot possibly be so highly expressed, - — ^ as in that it shall be the last Peale, to call the ludgements of God, upon the Generations of Men, It being foretold, that when Christ com- rneth, He shall notfinde Faith upon the Earth. II ^i Beats MEN feare Deaths as Children feare to goe in the darke : And as that Natural Feare in Children, is increased with Tales, so is the other. Certainly, the Contemplation of Deaths j as the waives of sin fie, and Passage to another world, is Holy, and Religious ; But the Feare of it, as a Tribute due unto Nature, is weake, Yet in Religious Meditations, there is some- times. Mixture of Vanitie, and of Superstition. You shal reade, in some of the Friars Books of Mortification, that a man should thinke with himselfe, what the Paine is, if he have but his Fingers end Pressed, or Tortured ; And thereby imagine, what the Paines of Death are, when the whole Body, is corrupted and dis- solved ; when many times. Death passeth v/ith lesse paine, then the Torture of a Limme : For the most vitall parts, are not the quickest of Sense. And by "him, that spake onely as a Philosopher, and Naturall Man, it was well said ; Pouipa Mortis magis te?-ret, qiiavi Mors ipsa. Groanes and Convulsions, and a disco- 6 ^55aric^ loured Face, and Friends weeping, and Blackes. and Obsequies, and the like, shew Death Ter- rible. It is worthy the observing, that there is no passion in the minde of man, so weakc, but it Mates, and Masters, the Fearc of Death : And therefore Death, is no such terrible Ene- mie, when a man hath so many Attendants, about him, that can winne the combat of him. Re7'e)ige triumphs over Death : Lo7'e slights it ; Honour aspireth to it ; Grief e flieth to it ; Feare pre-occupateth it ; Nay we reade, after Otho the Emperour had slaine himselfe, Pitty (which is the tcnderest of Affeclions) provoked many to die, out of meere compassion to their Soveraigne, and as the truest sort of Followers. Nay Seneca addes Nicenesse &^ Saciety ; Cogita quam diii eadem fecej'is; Mori 7'ette, non tantiun Fortis^ ant Miser, sed etiani Fastidiosus potest. A man would die, though he were neither valiant, nor miserable, onely upon a wearinesse to doe the same thing, so oft over and over. It is no lesse worthy to observe, how little Alteration, in good Spirits, the Approaches of Death make ; For they appeare, to be the same Men, till the last Instant. Augustus Ccpsar died in a Comple- ment ; Livia^ Coningij nostri jnefno?; vive ^ vale. Tiberius in dissimulation ; As Tacitus saith of him ; Ia?n Tiber in in J7res, dr" Corpus, non Dissimiclatio, deserebant. Vespasian in a lest; Sitting upon the Stoole, Ut puto Deusjio. Galba with a Sentence; Feri., si ex re sit populi Roinani; Holding forth his Necke. Septiniius Sciierus in dispatch ; Adeste, si quid niihi re- stat agendum. And the like. Certainly, the ^i Scatl) 7 Stoikes bestowed too much cost upon Deaths and by their great preparations, made it ap- peare more fearefull. Better saith he, (2ui Pi- mm VitcE extrcmuvi inter Munera ponat Na- ture. It is as Naturall to die, as to be borne; And to a httle Infant, perhaps, the one, is as painfull, as the other. He that dies in an earn- est Pursuit, is like one that is wounded in hot Bloud ; who, for the time, scarce feeles the Hurt; And therefore, a Minde fixt, and bent upon somewhat, that is good, doth avert the Dolors of Death : But above all, beleeve it, the sweetest Canticle is, Nunc dhmttis ; when a Man hath obtained worthy Ends, and Expecta- tions. Death hath this also ; That it openeth the Gate, to good Fame, and extinguisheth Envie. ExtinClus amabitur idem. ITT (Bi ®nttp in ladigion ryELIGIOX being the chiefe Band of hu- j^ *■ mane Society, it is a happy thing, when it selfe, is well contained, within the true Band of Utiify. The Quarrels, and Divisions about AV- ligion^ were Evils unknowne to the Heathen. The Reason was, because the Relij^ion of the Heathen, consisted rather in Rites and Cere- monies ; then in any constant Beleefe. For you may imagine, what kinde of Faith theirs was, when the chiefe DoClors, and Fathers of their Church, were the Poets. But the true God hath this Attribute, That he is a Icalousjjod; And therefore, his worship and Religion, will endure no Mixture, nor Partner. We shall therefore spcake, a few words, concerning the Unity of the Chnrc/i; Hliat are the Fruits thereof; what the Bounds ; And luhat the Meanes? The Fruits of Unity (next unto the well Pleasing of God, which is All in All) are two ; The One, towards those, that are without the Church; The Other, towards those, that are within. For the Former ; It is certaine, that Heresies, and Schismes, are of all others, the greatest Scandals j yea more then Corruption of Of 2ilnitg in Mcligion 9 Manners. For as in the Natiirall Body, a Wound or Solution of Continuity, is worse then a Corrupt Humor; So in the Spirituall. So that nothing, doth so much keepe Men out of the Church, and drive Men out of the Church, as Breach oi Unity: And therefore, whensoever it commeth to that passe, that one saith, Ecce in Desaio; Another saith, Ecce in pencti'alibns ; That is, when some Men seeke Christ, in the Conventicles of Heretikes, and others, in an Outward Face of a Church, that voice had need continually to sound in Mens Fares, Nolite exii'e, Goe not out. The Docflor of the Gentiles (the Propriety of whose Vocation, drew him to have a speciall care of those without) saith ; If an Heathen come i?i^ and heare yon sfieake with severall Tongues, Will he not say that you ai'e mad? And certainly, it is little better, when Atheists, and prophane Persons, do heare of so many Discordant, and Contrary Opinions in Re- ligion; It doth avert them from the Church, and maketh them, To sit downe in the chaii'e of the Scorne7's. It is but a light Thing, to be Vouched in so Serious a Matter, but yet it expresseth well the Deformity. There is a Master of Scoffing ; that in his Catalogue of Books, of a faigned Library, sets Downe this Title of a Booke ; The morris daunce of Heretikes. For indeed, every Se(ft of them, hath a Divers Posture, or Cringe by themselves, which cannot but Move Derision, in Worldlings, and Depraved Politickes, who are apt to contemne Holy Things. As for the Fruit towards those that ai'e within; It is Peace; which containeth infinite lo 1£S0a£C0 Blessings: It establishcth Faith; It kindleth Charity ; The outward Peace of the Church, Dis tilleth into Peace of Conscience ; And it turneth the Labours, of Writing, and Reading of Con- troversies, into Treaties of Mortification, and Devotion. Concerning the Bounds of Unity; The true Placing of them, importeth exceedingly. There appeare to be two extremes. For to certaine Zelants all Speech of Pacification is odious, h it peace, lehu? What hast thou to doe with peace '^ turne thee behinde me. Peace is not the Matter, but Following and Party. Contrariwise, certaine Laodiceans, and Luke-warme Persons, thinke they may accommodate Points of Reli- gion^ by Middle Waies, and taking part of both ; And witty Reconcilements ; As if they would make an Arbitrement, betweene God and Man. Both these Extremes are to be avoyded ; which will be done, if the League of Christians, penned by our Saviour himselfe, were in the two crosse Clauses thereof, soundly and plainly expounded; He that is not with us, is against ns: And againe ; //e that is not against us, is with us : That is, if the Points Fundamentall and of Sub- stance in Religion, were truly discerned and dis- tinguished, from Points not meerely of Faith, but of Opinion, Order, or good Intention. This is a Thing, may secmc to many, a Matter triviall, and done already : But if it were done lesse par- tially, it would be embraced more generally. Of this I may give onely this Advice, accord- ing to my small Modell. Men ought to take iieede, of rending Gods Church, by two kinds of (Bi Sanitg m JrlcUgion ii Controversies. The one is, when the Matter of the Point controverted, is too small and light, not worth the Heat, and Strife about it, kindled onely by Contradi6\ion. For, as it is noted b> one of the Fathers ; Christs Coat, indeed, had no seanie: But the Chnrches Vestm'e was of divers colours; whereupon he saith, /;/ veste varietas sit, Scissura nan sit; They be two Things, Unity, and Uniformity. The other is, when the Matter of the Point Controverted is great ; but it is driven to an over-great Subtilty, and Obscurity ; So that it becommeth a Thing, rather Ingenious, then Substantiall. A man that is of Judgement and understanding, shall sometimes heare Ignorant Men differ, and know well within himselfe, that those which so differ, meane one thing, and yet they themselves would never agree. And if it come so to passe, in that distance of ludgement, which is betweene Man and Man ; Shall wee not thinke, that God above, that knowes the Heart, doth not discerne, that fraile Men, in some of their Contradictions, intend the same thing ; and accepteth of both? The Nature of such Contro- versies is excellently expressed, by S^. Pant, in the Warning and Precept, that he giveth, con- cerning the same, Devita profa7ias vocum Novi- tates, o^ Oppositiones falsi Nomitiis Scienticr. Men create Oppositions, which are not ; And put them into new termes, so fixed, as whereas the Meaning ought to governe the Terme, the Terme in effe(fl governeth the Meaning. There be also two false Peaces, or Unities ; The one, when the Peace is grounded, but upon an implicite ignor- ance; For all Colours will agree in the Darke: 12 i£$0aj»f$ The other, when it is peeced up, upon a direcl Admission of Contraries, in Fundamental! Points. For Truth and Falshood, in such things, are Hke the Iron and Clay, in the toes of Nabiicadnezcos Image; They may Cleave, but they will not Incorporate. Concerning the Meanes of procuring Unity; Men must beware, that in the Procuring, or Muniting, of Religious Unity, they doe not Dis- solve and Deface the Lawes of Charity, and of humane Society. There be two Swords amongst Christians ; the Spiritual!, and Temporal! ; And both have their due Office, and place, in the maintenance of Religion. But we may not take up the Third sword, which is Mahomets Sword, or like unto it ; That is, to propagate Religion, by Warrs, or by Sanguinary Persecutions, to force Consciences ; except it be in cases of Overt Scan- dal!, IMasphemy, or Intermixture of Pracflize, against the State; Mucli lesse to Nourish Sedi- tions ; To Autliorizc Conspiracies and Rebellions; To put the Sword into the Peoples Hands; And tlie like ; Tending to the Subversion of all Gov- ernment, whicli is the Ordinance of God. For this is, but to dash the first Table, against the Second ; And so to consider Men as Christians, as we forget that they are Men. Lucretius the Poet, when he beheld the Acl; of Agamemnon, that could endure the Sacrificing of his ownr Daughter, exclaimed ; Tan turn Relligio potuit suadere malorum What would he have said, if he had knownc of the Massacre in France, or the Powder Treason enge, are Desirous the party should know, whence it com- meth : This is the more Generous. For the De- light seemeth to be, not so much in doing the Hurt, as in Making the Party repent : But Base and Crafty Cowards, are like the Arrow, that flyeth in the Darke. Cosmus Duke of Florence^ had a Desperate Saying, against Peiiidious or Neglecting Friends, as if those wTongs were un- pardonable: Y021 shall 7'eade (saith he) that we are commanded to forgive our Enemies; But you never read, that wee are commanded, to forgive our Friends. But yet the Spirit of lob, was in a better tune ; Shall wee saith he) take good at Gods Hands, and not be content to take evill also? And so of Friends in a proportion. This is certaine; That a Man that studieth Re- venge, keepes his owne Wounds greene, which otherwise would heale, and doe well. Publique Revenges, are, for the most part. Fortunate ; As that for the Death of Ccesar; For the Death of Pertina.v; for the Death of Houy the Third of France ; And many more. But in private Re- venges it is not so. Nay rather, \'indicative Persons live the Life of Witches; who as they are Mischievous, So end thev Infortunate. V IT was an high speech of St^neca, (after the manner of the Stoickes) T/iaf the good things, ivhich belong to Prosperity, are to be wished; bnt the good thi)igs, that belong to Advei'sity, are to be admired. Bona Reruni Secundariini, j Optabilia; Adversaj'um, Mirabilia. Certainly \ if Miracles, be the Command over Nature, they ^appeare most in Adversity. It is yet a higher speech of his, then the other, (much too high for a Heathen) // is true great nesse, to have in one, the Frailty of a Man, ijr^ the Seeurity of a God. Verk magnum, habere Fragilitatem Hominis, Securitatem Dei. This would have done better in Poesy ; where Transcendences are more al- lowed. And the Poets indeed, have beene busy with it; For it is, in effecfl, the thing, which is figured in that Strange Fi(flion, of the Ancient Poets, which seemeth not to be without mystery; Nay, and to have some approach, to the State of a Christian : That Hercules, when hee went to unbinde Prometheus, (by whom Humane Na- ture is represented; je, and Envy. They both have vehement wishes ; They frame themselves readily into Imaginations, and Suggestions ; And they come easily into the Eye ; especially upon the presence of the Obie(5ls ; which are the Points, that con- duce to Fascination, if any such Thing there be. We see likewise, the Scripture calleth Eftvy, An Evill Eye: And the Astrologers, call the evill Influences of the Starrs, Evill Aspe6lsj So that still, there seemeth to be acknowledged, in the A(fl of E?i7fy, an Eiaculation, or Irradiation of the Eye. Nay some have beene so curious, as to note, that the Times, when the Stroke, or Percussion of an Envious Eye doth most hurt, are, when th" ^^arty envied is beheld in Glory, or Triumph ; For that sets an Edge upon Envyj And besides, at such times, the Spirits of the person Eftvied, doe come forth, most into the outward Parts, and so meet the Blow. But leaving these Curiosities, (though not 30 lEjJeJaprs? unworthy, to be thought on, in fit place,) wee will handle, what Persons are apt to Envy others; What persons are most Sublet to be Eni'ied themselves; And, What is the Differ- ence betiueen Pi/bliqiw, and priiuite Knvy. A man, that hath no vertue in himselfe, ever efi7'ieth Vertue in others. For Mens Mindes, will either feed upon their owne (iood, or upon others Evill ; And who wanteth the one, wil prey upon the other ; And who so is out of Hope to attaine to anothcrs Vertue, will seeke to come at even hand, by Depressing an others Fortune. A man that is Busy, and Inquisitive, is com- monly E7ivio2is: For to know much of other Mens Matters, cannot be, because all that Adoe may concerne his owne Estate : Therfore it must needs be, that he taketh a kindc of plaie-plea- sure, in looking upon the Fortunes of others ; Neither can he, that mindeth but his own Husi- nesse, finde much matter for Envy. For Envy is a Gadding Passion, and walketh the Streets, and doth not keepe home ; Non est cnriosus, quin idem sit malevolus. Men of Noble birth, are noted, to be eiivious towards New Men, when they rise. For the distance is altered ; And it is like a deceipt of the Eye, that when others come on, they thinkc themselves goe backe. Deformed Persons, and Eunuche'^, and Old Men, and Bastards, are Envious: For he that cannot possibly mend his owne case, will doc what he can to impairc anothers ; Except these Defe6ls light, upon a very brave, and Heroicall Nature; which thinkcth to make his Natural! W lEnbg 31 Wants, part of his Honour: In that it should be said, that an Eunuch, or a Lame I\Ian, did such great Matters ; Affecling the Honour of a Mira- cle ; as it was in Xarses the Eunuch, and Agc- silaus, and Tambcrlanes^ that were Lame men. The same, is the Case of Men, that rise after Calamities, and Misfortunes ; For they are, as Men fallen out with the times; And thinke other Mens Harmes, a Redemption, of their owne Sufferings. They, that desire to excell in too many Mat- ters, out of Levity, and A''aine glory, are ever Envious J For they cannot want worke ; It being impossible, but many, in some one of those Things, should surpasse them. Which was the Chara(fler of A dr/au the Emperour, that mor- tally Envied Foe/s, and Painters, and Artificers, in Works, wherein he had a veine to excell. Lastly, neare Kinsfolks, and Fellowes in Of- fice, and those that have beene bred together, are more apt to Envy their Equals, when they are raised. For it doth upbraid unto them, their owne Fortunes ; And pointeth at them, and commeth oftner into their remembrance, and in- curreth likewise more into the note of others: And Envy ever redoubleth from Speech and Fame. Caitis Envy, was the more vile, and Malignant, towards his brother Abelj Because, when his Sacrifice was better accepted, there was no Body to looke on. Thus much for those thai ai'c apt to Envy. Concerning those that are mo7'e or lesse sieb- ied to Envy: First, Persons of eminent Vertue, when thev are ad\anced, are lesse envied. For 32 "^c^jSapcji their Fortune seemeth but due unto them ; and no man Envieth the Payment of a Debt, but Rewards, and LiberaUty rather. Againe, E7ivy is ever ioyned, with the Comparing of a Mans Selfe ; And where there is no Comparison, no Envy; And therfore Kings, are not envied^ but by Kings. Neverthelesse, it is to be noted, that unworthy Persons, are most envied^ at their first comming in, and afterwards overcome it better ; wheras contrariwise, Persons of Worth, and Merit, are most envied^ when their Fortune con- tinueth long. For by that time, though their Vertue be the same, yet it hath not the same Lustre J For fresh Men grow up, that darken it. Persons of Noble IMoud, are lesse envied, in their Rising: For it seemeth, but Right, done to their Birth. Besides, there seemeth not much added to their Fortune ; And Envy is as the Sunne Beames, that beat hotter, upon a Bank or steepe rising Ground ; then upon a Flat. And for the same reason, those that are ad- vanced by degrees, are lesse envied^ then those that are advanced suddainly, and per saltum. Those that have ioyned with their Honour, great Travels, Cares, or Perills, are lesse subiecl to Envy. For Men thinke, that they carne their Honours hardly, and pitty them some- times; And Pitty, ever healeth Envy: Where- fore, you shall observe that the more decpc, and sober sort of Politique persons, in their Great- nesse, are ever bemoaning themselves, what a Life they lead; Chanting a Quanta patinmr. Not that they fcclc it so, but oncly to abate the Edge of Envy. But this is to be understood, of Businesse, that is laid upon Men, and not such as they call unto themselves. For Nothing in- creaseth Envy more, then an unnecessary, and Ambitious Ingrossing of Businesse. And no- thing doth extinguish Etruy more, then for a great Person, to preserve all other inferiour Of- ficers, in their full Rights, and Preheminences, of their Places. For by that meanes, there be so many Skreenes betweene him, and Envy. Above all, those are most subiecfl to Envy^ which carry the Greatnesse of their Fortunes, in an insolent and proud Manner: Being never well, but while they are shewing, how great they are. Either by outward Pompe, or by Tri- umphing over all Opposition, or Competition ; whereas Wise men will rather doe sacrifice to Envy; in suffering themselves, sometimes of purpose to be crost, and overborne in things, that doe not much concerne them. Notwithstanding, so much is true ; That the Carriage of Great- nesse, in a plaine and open manner (so it be without Arrogancy, and Vaine glory) doth draw lesse Envy, then if it be in a more crafty, and cunning fashion. For in that course, a Man doth but disavow Fortune ; And seemeth to be conscious, of his owne want in worth ; And doth but teach others to Envy him. Lastly, to conclude this Part ; As we said in the beginning, that the A(fl of Envy, had some- what in it, of Witchcraft; so there is no other Cure of Envy, but the cure of Witchcraft : And that is, to remove the Lot (as they call it) & to lay it upon another. For which purpose, the wiser Sort of great Persons, bring in ever upon 34 iidsagos the Stage, some Body, upon whom to derive the Envie^ that would come upon themselves ; Sometimes upon Ministers, and Servants ; Some- times upon Colleagues and Associates ; and the like ; And for that turne, there are never want- ing, some Persons of violent and undertaking Natures, who so they may have Power, and Businesse, will take it at any Cost. Now to speake of Publique Eni'v. There is yet some good in Publique Envy; whereas in Private, there is none. For Publique Envy is as an Ostracisme, that cclipseth Men, when they grow too great. And therefore it is a Bridle also to ("ireat Ones, to keepc them within Bounds. This Ewiy, being in the Latine word Invi- diam goeth in the Moderne languages, by the name of Discontentment : Of which we shall speake in handling Sedition. It is a disease, in a State, like to Infedlion, For as Infection, spreadeth upon that, which is sound, and taint- eth it ; So when Envy, is gotten once into a State, it traduceth even the best Aclions there- of, and turneth them into an ill Odour. And therefore, there is little won by intermingling of plausible Aclions. For that doth argue, but a Weaknessc, and Feare of Efivy, which hurteth so much the more, as it is likewise usuall in In- fections: which if you feare them, you call them upon you. This publique E?ivy, seemeth to beat chiefly, upon principall Officers, or Ministers, rather then upon Kings, &: Estates themselves. But this is a sure Rule, that if the E7ivy upon the Minister, be great, when the cause of it, in him, is smal ; or if the Envy be generall, in a manner, upon all the Ministers of an Estate; then the jEn7'y (though hidden) is truly upon the State it selfe. And so much oi publike envy or dis- contentment, &. the difference therof from Pri- vate E)ivy^ which was handled in the tirst place. We will adde this, in generall, touching the Afifeclion of E)nyj that of all other Affeclions, it is the most importune, and continuall. For of other Affedicvis^ there is occasion given, but now and then : And therefore, it was well said, Invi- dia festos dies non agit. For it is ever working upon some, or other. And it is also noted, that Love and Eniy, doe make a man pine, which other Affecl:ions doe not ; because they are not so continuall. It is also the vilest Affecflion, and the most depraved ; For which cause, it is the proper Attribute, of the Devill, who is called ; The Envious Man, that soweth tares amongst the wheat by night. As it alwayes commeth to passe, that Envy worketh subtilly, and in the darke ; And to the preiudice of good things, such as is the Wheat. D2 X C^f Hobe THE Stage is more beholding to Love^ then the Life of Man. For as to the Stage, Love is ever matter of Comedies, and now and then of Tragedies: But m Life, it doth much mischiefe: Sometimes hke a Syren j Sometimes like a Fury. You may observe, that amongst all the great and worthy Persons, (whereof the memory remaineth, either Ancient or Recent) there is not One, that hath beene transported, to the mad degree of Lo7>e : which shewes, that great Spirits^ and great Businesse, doe keepe out this weake' Passion. You must except, never- thelesse, Marciis Atitoniiis the halfe Partner of the Empire of Rome; and Appiiis CUudius the Decemvir, and Law-giver : Whereof the former, was indeed a Voluptuous Man, and Inordinate; but the latter, was an Austere, and wise man : And therefore it seemes (though rarely"* that Lo7>e can finde entrance, not only into an open Heart ; but also into a Heart well fortified ; if watch be not well kept. It is a poore Saying of Epicurus; Satis viaoinnn Alter Alteri Then- .j^zu <9f Sobc 37 tnnn suvtus: As if Man, made for the contem- plation of Heaven, and all Noble Obiecfls, should doe nothing, but kneele before a little IdoU, and make himselfe subiect, though not of the Mouth (as Beasts are^ yet of the Eye ; which was given him for higher Purposes. It is a strange Thing, to note the Excesse of this Passion ; And how it braves, the Nature, and value of things ; by this, that the Speaking in a perpetuall Hyperbole^ is comely in nothing, but in Lo7'e. Neither is it meerely in the Phrase ; For whereas it hath beene well said, that the Arch-flatterer, with whom all the petty Flatterers have Intelligence, is a Mans ♦^^ u.**A5^^^^^^^-^^^^*-^^^ ^M-u brace, and invite Helps, and Advices, touching the Execution of thy Place; And doe not drive \ away such, as bring thee Information, as Med- | lers ; but accept of them in good part. The ^ vices of A iithoritie are chiefly foure : Delates; Co7Tuption; RoiigJmesse; and Facilitie. For Delates; Give easie Accesse ; Keepe times ap- pointed ; Goe through with that which is in hand ; And interlace not businesse, but of ne- 42 Ics50a5C0 cessitie. For Corruption; Doe not onely binde thine owne Hands, or thy Servants hands, from taking ; but binde the hands of Sutours also from offring. For Integritie used doth the one; but Integritic professed, and with a manifest detes- tation of Briber}', doth the other. And avoid not onely the Fault, but the Suspicion. Whosoever is found variable, and changeth manifestly, without manifest Cause, giveth Suspicion of Corruption. Therefore, alwayes, when thou changcst thine Opinion, or Course, professe it plainly, and de- clare it, together with the Reasons, that move thee to change; And doe not thinke to stcalc it. A Servant, or a Favorite, if hee be inward, and no other apparant Cause of Esteeme, is commonly thought but a By-way, to close Co7-- ruptio7t. For Roughncsse; It is a necdlesse CTmsQ. o^ Discontent : .^Vtw/V/V breedeth Feare, but Rougluicsse breedeth Hate. Even Reproofes from Authoritie, ought to be Grave, and not Taunting. As for Facilitic ; It is worse then Bribery. For Bribes come but now and then ; But iflmportunitie, or IdJe^Resp^ecl:s lead a Man, he shall never be without. As Salomon saith ; To respeft Persons, is not good; For such a man will transgresse for a pecce of Bread. It is most true, that was anciently spoken; A place shewcth the Man : And it sheweth some to the better, and some to the worse : Omnium con- sensu, capax Imperij, nisi imperasset ; saith Ta- citus oi Galba: but of Vespasian he saith; Solus Imperantium Vespasian us mutatus in melius. Though the one was meant of Sufificiencie, the other of Manners, and Affccftion. It is an as- ^1 ^.)>i^- m Smt l^lnct 43 sured Signe, of a worth)- and generous Spirit, i [;6U*^ whom Honour amends. For Honour is, or should be, the Place of Vertue : And as in Nature, Things move violently to their Place, and calmely in their Place: So Vertue in Am- bition is violent, in Authoritie setled and calme. All Rising to Great Place, is by a winding Staire : And if there be Facftions, it is good, to side a Mans selfe, whilest hee is in the Rising ; and to ballance Himselfe, when hee is placed. Use the Memor}- of thy Predecessour fairely, and ten- derly ; For if thou dost not, it is a Debt, will sure be paid, when thou art gone. If thou have Colleagues, respedl them, and rather call them, when they looke not for it, then exclude them, when they have reason to looke to be called. Be not too sensible, or too remembring, of thy Place, in Conversation, and private Answers to Suitors ; But let it rather be said ; When he sits in Place, he is another Man. "~' i i XII IT is a triviall Grammar Schoole Text, but yet worthy a wise Mans Consideration. Question was asked oi Demosthenes; Uliaf ^uas the Chief e Part of an O rat our? He answered, A6lion ; what next ? AH ion; what next again? Aflion. He said it, that knew it best; And had by nature, himselfe, no Advantage, in that he commended. A strange thing, that that Part of an Oratour, which is but superficial!, and rather the vcrtuc of a Player ; should be placed so high, above those other Noble Parts, of In- vention^ Elocution^ and the rest : Nay almost alone, as if it were All in All. But the Reason is plaine. There is in Humane Nature, gene- rally, more of the Foole, then of the Wise ; And therfore those faculties, by which the Foolish part of Mens Mindes is taken, arc most potent. WondcrfuU like is the Case of BoIdnesst\ in Civill liusinesse ; What first? Boldnesse; What Second, and Third? Boldnesse. And yet Bold- nesse is a Childe of Ignorance, and Basenesse, farre inferiour to other Parts. But neverthelesse, it doth fascinate, and binde hand and foot, those, that are either shallow in ludgment ; or weake in Courage, which are the greatest Part; Yea and prevaileth with wise men, at weake times. Therfore, we see it hath done wonders, in Popu- lar States; but with Senates and Princes lesse; And more ever upon the first entrance of Bo/{f Persons into Acl;ion, then soone after; For Boldnesse is an ill keeper of promise. Surely, as there are Mountebanques for the Natural! Body : So are there Mountebanques for the Politique Body : Men that undertake great Cures; And perhaps have been Lucky, in two or three Experiments, but want the Grounds of Science ; And therfore cannot hold out. Nay you shall see a Bold Fellow, many times, doe Mahomets Miracle. Mahomet made the People beleeve, that he would call an Hill to him; Ajid from the Top of it, offer up his Praiers, for the Obser\'ers of his Law. The People assembled ; Mahomet cald the Hill to come to him, againe, and againe; And when the Hill stood still, he was never a whit abashed, but said; If the Hill will tiot come to Mahomet, Mahomet wil go to the hil. So these Men, when they have pro- mised great Matters, and failed most shame- fully, (yet if they have the perfection of Bold- nesse) they will but slight it over, and make a turne, and no more adoe. Certainly, to Men of \ great ludgment. Bold Persons, are a Sport to behold ; Nay and to the Vulgar also, Boldnesse \ hath somewhat of the Ridiculous. For if Ab- surdity be the Subiecl of Laughter, doubt you not, but great Boldnesse is seldome without some 4^ Ic^Sanc^ Absurdity. Especially, it is a Sport to see, when a Bold Fellow is out of Countenance ; For that puts his Face, into a most Shruncken. and woodden Posture ; As needes it must ; For in Bashfulnesse, the Spirits doe a little goe and come; but with Bold Men, upon like occasion, they stand at a stay ; Like a Stale at Chesse, where it is no Mate, but yet the Game cannot stirre. But this last, were fitter for a Satyre, then for a serious Observation. This is well to be weighed ; That Boldnesse is ever blinde : For it seeth not dangers, and Inconveniences. Ther- fore, it is ill in Counsell, good in Execution : So that the right Use of Bold persons is, that they never Command in Chiefe, but be Seconds, and under the Direcflion of others. For in Counsell, it is good to see dangers ; And in Execution, not to see them, except they be very great. I XIII ^f ^oolincssE anti CRoolintsst of Xature I TAKE Goodtiesse in this Sense, the affet'WJ.- which shewes, that even those Bar- barous People, have the Notion, though they have not the Latitude, and Extent of it. So that against Atheists, the ver)' Savages take part, with the very subtillest Philosophers. The Contemplative Atheist is rare; A Diagoras, a Bion, a Liieian perhaps, and some others ; And yet they seeme to be more then they are ; For that, all that Impugne a received Religio/i, or Superstition, are by the adverse Part, branded with the Name of Atheists. But the great Atheists, indeed, are Hypocrites; which are ever Handling Holy Things, but without Feeling. So as they must needs be cauterized in the End. The Causes oi Atheisnie are; Divisions in Re- ligion, if they be many ; For any one maine Division, addeth Zeale to both Sides ; But many Divisions introduce Atheisnie. Another is, Scandall of Priests; When it is come to that, which S. Bernard s?i\\h\ Non est iam dicere, ut Populus, sic Saeerdos : quia ?iee sic Populus, ut Sacerdos. A third is, Customc of Profane Scoff- ing in Holy Af alters; which doth, by little and little, deface the Reverence of Religion. And lastly, Learned Times, specially with Peace, and Prosperity: For Troubles and Adversities doe more bow Mens Mindes to Religion. They that deny a God, destroy Mans Nobility: For cer- tainly, Man is of Kinne to the Beasts, by his Body; And if, he be not of Kinne to God, by his Spirit, he is a Base and Ignoble Creature. Of ^t\)tm\t 67 It dcstroles likewise Magnanimity, and the Rais- ing of Humane Nature: For take an Example of a Dog; And mark what a Generosity, and Courage he will put on, when he findcs himselfe maintained, by a Man ; who to him is in stead of a God, or Melior Natura: which courage is manifestly such, as that Creature, without that Confidence, of a better Nature, then his owne, could never attaine. So Man, when he resteth and assureth himselfe, upon divine Prote(flion, and Favour, gathereth a Force and Faith ; which Humane Nature, in it selfe, could not obtaine. Therefore, as Atheisme is in all respecfls hate- full, so in this, that it depriveth humane Nature, of the Meanes, to exalt it selfe, above Humane Frailty. As it is in particular Persons, so it is in Nations: Never was there such a State^ for Magnanimity, as Rome: Of this State heare what OVtv-^saith; (2uain vohimiis, licet, pati'es conscripti, nos ainemus, tatnen nee nume^'o His- panos^ nee robore Gallos, nee calliditate Panos, nee artibus Grcseos, nee deniqne hoc ipso huius Gentis ^ TerrtB doniestieo nativoque sensu Italos ipsos (Sr^ Latinos; sed Pietate, ae Religione, at- que hdc una Sapientid, qnod Deoruni Iniinoi'ta- liuni Nnniine, omnia 7-egi,gubernarique perspexi- fuics, omnes Gentes Nationesqne superavimus. P 2 XVII (J^i S'uperstition IT were better to have no Opinion of God at all ; then such an Opinion, as is unworthy of him : For the one is Unbeleefe, the other is Contumely: And certainly Siiperstitioi is the Reproach of the Deity. Plutarch saith well to that purpose : Surely (saith he) / had rather., a great deah\ Men should say., there was no such Man, at all, as Plutarch; then that they should say, that there luas one Plutarch, that would eat his Children, as soon as they were borne, as the Poets speake of Saturne. And, as the Contumely is greater towards God, so the Danger is greater towards Men. Atheisme leaves a Man to Sense ; to Philosophy ; to Naturall Piety ; to Lawes ; to Reputation ; All which may be Guides to an outward Morall vcrtue, though Religion were not ; But Superstition dismounts all these, and ere(fleth an absolute Monarchy, in the Mindes of Men. Therefore Atheisme did never perturbe States; For it makes Men wary of themselves, as looking no further: And we see the times enclined to Atheisme (as the Time of Of Superstition 69 Ajigiistus Ccesar) were civil Times. But Super- slition, hath beene the Confusion of many States ; And bringeth in a new Priinuui Mobile, that ravisheth all the Spheares of Government. The Master of Superstition is the People ; And in all Superstition, Wise Men follow Fooles; And Arguments are fitted to Pra(flise, in a re- versed Order. It was gravely said, by some of the Prelates, in the Councell of Tre7it, where the dodlrine of the Schoolemen bare great Sway ; That the Schoolemen were like Astronomers, which didfaigne Eccentricks and Epicycles, and such Ejigines of 0?'ds, to save the Phenomena; though they knew, there were no sjtch Things : And, in like manner, that the Schoolmen, had framed a Number of subtile and intricate Axiomes, and Theorems, to save the pracflise of the Church. The Causes of Siiperstitio?i are : Pleasing and sensuall Rites and Ceremonies: Excesse of Outward and PharisaicallHolinesse; Over-great Reverence of Traditions, which can- not but load the Church; The Stratagems of Prelates for their owne Ambition and Lucre : The Favouring too much of good Intentions, which openeth the Gate to Conceits and Novel- ties ; The taking an Aime at divine Matters by Human, which cannot but breed mixture of Imaginations ; And lastly. Barbarous Times, Especially ioyned with Calamities and Disasters. Supe?'stition, without a vaile, is a deformed Thing ; For, as it addeth deformity to an Ape, to be so like a Man ; So the Similitude of Sjt- perstition to Religion, makes it the more de- formed. And as wholesome Meat corrupteth to little Wormcs ; So good Formes and Orders, corrupt into a Number of petty Observances. There is a Superstition^\x\. avoiding Superstition; when men thinke to doe best, if they goe fur- thest from the Superstition formerly received : Therefore, Care would be had, that, (as it fareth in ill Purgings) the Good be not taken away, with the Bad; which commonly is done, when the People is the Reformer. XVIII .JU^JJC^ (Bt '^Trabaile y^RA VAILE, in the younger Sort, is a Part -^ of Education; In the Elder, a Part of Ex- perience. He that travaileth into a Country, before he hath some Entrance into the Lan- guage, goeth to Schoole, and not to Travaile. That Young Men travaile under some Tutor, or grave Servant, I allow well ; So tha t he be such a one, that hath the Language, and hath been in the Country before ; whereby he may be able to tell them, what Things are worthy to be scene in the Countr}' where they goe ; what Acquaint- ances they are to seeke; What Exercises or discipline the Place yeeldeth. For else young Men shall goe hooded, and looke abroad little. It is a strange Thing, that in Sea voyages, where there is nothing to be seene, but Sky and Sea, Men should make Diaries ; but in Land- Travaile, wherin so much is to be observed, for the most part, they omit it ; As if Chance, were fitter to be registred, then Observation. Let Diaries, therefore, be brought in use. The Things to be seene and observed are : The tv-< 72 lig^age^ Courts of Princes, specially when they give Au- dience to Ambassadours : The Courts of lustice, while they sit and heare Causes ; And so of Con- sistories Ecclesiasticke : The Churches, and Monasteries, with the Monuments which are therein extant: The Wals and Fortifications of Cities and Townes ; And so the Havens & Har- bours : Antiquities, and Ruines : Libraries ; Col- ledges, Disputations, and Le(flures, where any are: Shipping and Navies: Houses, and Gar- dens of State, and Pleasure, neare great Cities : Armories : Arsenals : Ma^azens : Exchanges : Burses ; Ware-houses: Exercises of Horseman- ship ; Fencing ; Trayning of Souldiers ; and the like : Comedies ; Such wherunto the better Sort of persons doe resort; Treasuries of Jewels, and Robes ; Cabinets, and Rarities : And to conclude, whatsoever is memorable in the Places ; where they goe. After all which, the Tutors or Ser- vants, ought to make diligent Enquirie. As for Triumphs ; Masques ; Feasts ; Weddings ; Fune- ralls ; Capitall Executions ; and such Shewes ; Men need not to be put in mind of them ; Yet are they not to be neglecfled. If you will have a Young Man, to put his Travailc, into a little Roome, and in short time, to gather much, this you must doe. First, as was said, he must have some Entrance into the Language, before he goeth. Then he must have such a Servant, or Tutor, as knoweth the Country, as was likewise said. Let him carry with him also some Card or Booke describing the Country, where he tra- velleth ; which will be a good Key to his I^nquiry. Let him kccpo also a Diary. Lot him not stay es; their Children; their Prelates or Clergie; their Nobles; their Second-Nobles or Gentlemen; their Mej'chatits; their Commons; and their Men of Warre; And from all these arise Dangers, if Care and Circumspedlion be not used. First for their Neighbouis; There can no generall Rule be given, (The Occasions are so variable,) save one ; which ever holdeth ; which is, That Princes doe keepe due Centinell, that none of their Neighbours doe overgrow so, (by Encrease of Territory, by Embracing of Trade, by Approaches, or the like) as they become more able to annoy them, then they were. And this is, generally, the work of Standing Counsels to foresee, and to hinder it. During that 7>7- timvirate of Kings, J^if^g Henry the 8. of Eng- land, Francis the i. King o^ France, and Chaj-les the 5. Emperour, there was such a watch kept, 78 l£00age$ that none of the Three, could win a Palme of Ground, but the other two, would straightwaies ballance it, either by Confederation, or, if need were, by a Warre : And would not, in any wise, take up Peace at Interest. And the like was done by that League (which, Giiicciardine saith, was the Security of Italy) made betwene Ferdi- nando King of Naples; Lorenzius Medices, and Liidovicjis Sforza, Potentates, the one of Flo- 7'ence, the other of Millaine. Neither is the Opinion, of some of the Schoole-Men, to be re- ceived ; That a warre cannot iustly be made, but upon a precedent Inimy, or Pt'ovocation. For there is no Question, but a iust Feare, of an Imminent danger, though there be no Blow given, is a lawfull Cause of a Warre. For their Wives; There are Cruell Exam- ples of them. Livia is infamed for the poyson- ing of her husband: Roxolana, Solynians Wife, was the destruction, of that renowned Prince, Sultan Mustapha; And otherwise troubled his House, and Succession : Edward the Second of England, his Queen, had the principall hand, in the Deposing and Murther of her Husband, This kinde of danger, is then to be feared, chiefly, when the Wives have Plots, for the Raising of their owne Children ; Or else that they be Ad- voutresses. For their Children: The Tragedies, likewise, of dangers from them, ha\ c been many. And generally, the Entring of Fathers, into Suspicion of iheir Children, hath been ever unfortunate. The destru(flion of Afustapha, (that we named before) was so fatall to Solynians Line, as the <[^f l£mpitc 79 Succession of the TurkSj from Solyman, untill this day, is suspe(fted to be untrue, and of strange Bloud ; For that Selymus the Second was thought to be Supposititious, The destruc- tion of C?'ispus, a young Prince, of rare Toward- nesse, by Constantinus the Great, his Father, was in like manner fatall to his House ; For both Constantinus, and Constance, his Sonnes, died violent deaths ; And Constantius his other Sonne, did little better; who died, indeed, of Sicknesse, but after that hdiamis had taken Armes against him. The destrucflion of De7nc- trins, Sonne to Philip the Second, of Macedon, turned upon the Father, who died of Repent- ance. And many like Examples there are: But few, or none, where the Fathers had good by such distrust ; Except it were, where the Sonnes were up, in open Armes against them; As was Selyfnjis the first against Balazet: And the three Sonnes of Hemy the Second, King of England. For their Prelates; when they are proud and great, there is also danger from them: As it was, in the times of Anselmiis, and Thomas Becket, Archbishops of Canterbury ; who with their Crosiars, did almost try it, with the Kings Sword; And yet they had to deale w^th Stout and Haughty Kings; William Rufns, Henry the first, and Henry the second. The danger is not from that State, but where it hath a de- pendance of forraine Authority; Or where the Churchmen come in, and are elecfled, not by the Collation of the King, or particular Patrons, but by the People. 8o lE^^ajifg For their A^ohlcs; To kccpc them al a dis- tance, it is not amisse ; But to dcpresse them, may make a King more Absolute, but lesse Safe; And lesse able to performe any thing, that he desires. I have noted it, in my Histor}'^ of King Heti7'y the Seventh, of England^ who depressed his Nobility; Whereupon, it came to passe, that his Times were full of Difficulties, & Troubles ; For the Nobility^ though they continued loyall unto him, yet did they not co-operate with him, in his Businesse. So that in efifecfl, he was faine to doe all things, himselfe. For their Second Nobles ; There is not much danger from them, being a Body dispersed. They may sometimes discourse high, but that doth little Hurt: Besides, they are a Counter- poize to the Higher Nobility, that they grow not too Potent: And lastly, being the most imme- diate in Authority, with the Common People, they doe best temper Popular Commotions. For their J/^;r//^;//i'; They are Vena porta; And if they flourish not, a Kingdome may have good Limmes, but will have empty Vcincs, and nourish little. Taxes, and Imposts upon them, doe scldome good to the Kings Revcnew ; For that that he winnes in the Hundred, he leeseth in the vShire ; The particular Rates being in- creased, but the totall Bulke of Trading rather decreased. For their Conunons; There is little danger from them, except it be, where they have Great and Potent Heads; Or where you meddle, with the Point of Religion ; Or their Customcs, or Meanes of Life. ©f lEmptre 8i For their Men of war re; It is a dangerous State, where they live and remaine in a Body, and are used to Donatives ; whereof we see Ex- amples in the lanizaries, and Pretorian Bands of Rome: But Traynings of Men, and Arming them in severall places, and under severall Com- manders, and without Donatives, are Things of Defence, and no Danger. Princes are like to Heavenly Bodies, which cause good or evill times ; And which have much Veneration, but no Rest. All precepts concerning Kings, are in efife(ft comprehended, in those two Remembrances : Meinenio quod es Homoj And Meynento quod es Dens, or Vice Dei: The one bridleth their Power, and the other their Will. XX (Bi QLoxwntW THE greatest Trust, betvveene Man and Man, is the Trust of Giving Counse/L For in other Confidences, Men commit the parts of life ; Their Lands, their Goods, their Children, their Credit, some particular Affaire ; But to such, as they make their Counscllours^ they commit the whole: By how much the more, they are obliged to all Faith and integrity. The wisest Pri7iccs, need not thinke it any diminution to their Greatnesse, or derogation to their Sufficiency, to rely upon CoutiselL God himselfe is not without: But hath made it one of the great Names, of his blessed Sonne; The CounscUour. Salomon hath pronounced, that /// Connsell is Stability, Things will have their first, or second Agitation ; If they be not tossed upon the Argu- ments of Counscll^ they will be tossed upon the Waves oi Fortune; And be full of Inconstancy, doing, and undoing, like the Reeling of a drunk- en Man. Salomons Sonne found the Force of Connsell, as his Father saw the Necessity of it. For the Beloved Kinjrdome of God was first m ©oun^cU 83 rent, and broken by ill Counsell; Upon which Conns ell ^ there are set, for our Instru(flion, the two Markes, whereby Bad Couiisell is, for ever, best discerned: That it -^2,% young Counsell^ for the Persons ; And Violent Counsell^ for the Matter. The Ancient Times doe set forth in Figure, both the Incorporation, and inseparable Con- iuncftion of Counsel \i\\k\. Kmgs; And the wise and Politique use of Cotmsell by Kings: The one, in that they say, lupiter did marry Metis, which signifieth Counsell: Whereby they in- tend, that Soveraignty is married to Counsell: The other, in that which foUoweth, which was thus: They say after lupiter was married to Metis, she conceived by him, and was with Childe ; but hipiter suffered her not to stay, till she brought forth, but eat her up ; Wherby he became himselfe with Child, and was delivered of Pallas A?'ined, out of his Head. Which mon- strous Fable, containeth a Secret of Empii'e; How Kings are to make use of their Cou?icell of State. That first, they ought to referre mat- ters unto them, which is the first Begetting or Impregnation ; But when they are elaborate, moulded, and shaped, in the Wombe of their Councell, and grow ripe, and ready to be brought forth ; That then, they suffer not their Coujicell to goe through with the Resolution, and direc- tion, as if it depended on them; But take the matter backe into their owne Hands, and make it appeare to the world, that the Decrees, and finall Dire(5lions, (which, because they come forth with Prtcdence, and Power, are resembled G2 84 lEsl^agcg to Pallas Armed) proceeded from themselves: And not onely from their Authority, but (^the more to adde Reputation to Themselves) from their Head, and Device. Let us now speake of the Inconveniences of Coitnsell, and of the Remedies. The Inconveni- ences, that have been noted in calling, and using Counsell, are three. First, the Revealing of Affaires, whereby they become lesse Secret. Secondly, the Weakning of the Authority of Princes, as if they were lesse of Themselves. Thirdly, the Danger of being unfaithfully coun- ulled, and more for the good of them that conn- sell, then of him that is connsellcd. For which Inconveniences, the Do(flrine of Italy, and Prac- tise of France, in some Kings times, hath intro- duced Cabinet Counsels; A Remed)- worse then the Disease. As to Secrecy; Princes are not bound to communicate all Matters, with all Counsellors; but may cxtra(fl and selecft. Neither is it neces- sary, that he that consulteth what he should doe, should declare what he will doe. But let Princes beware, that the unsecreting of their AfifAires, comes not from Themselves. And as for Cabinet Counsels, it may be their Motto; Pletius rimarum sum: One futile person, that maketh it his glory to tell, will doe more hurt, then many, that know it their duty to conceale. It is true, there be some Affaires, which require extreme Secrecy, which will hardly go beyond one or two persons, besides the King: Neither are those Counsels unprosperous: For besides the Secrecy, they commonly goe on constantly ©f CDoun^eir 85 in one vSpirit of Direction, without distraction. But then it must be a Prudent King, such as is able to Grinde with a Hand-MiU; And those Inward Counsellours, had need also, be Wise Men, and especially true and trusty to the Kings Ends ; As it was with King Henry the Seventh of England, who in his greatest Businesse, im- parted himself to none, except it were to Morton and Fox. For Weakening of Authority; The Fable sheweth the Kennedy. Nay the Maiesty of Kings, is rather exalted, then diminished, when they are in the Chaire of Counsell : Neither was there ever Priftce, bereaved of his Dependances, by his Counsell; Except where there hath beene, either an Overgreatnesse in one Coimsellour, Or an Overstridl Combination in Divers ; which are Things soone found, and holpen. For the last Inconvenience, that Men will Counsell with an Eye to themselves; Certainly, Non inveniet Fideni super terram, is meant of the Nature of Times, and not of all particular Persons ; There be, that are in Nature, Faith- fuU, and Sincere, and Plaine, and Direct ; Not Crafty, and Involved: Let Princes, above all, draw to themselves such Natures. Besides, Counselloicrs are not Commonly so united, but that one Counsellour keepeth Centinell over Another; So that if any do Counsell out of Facftion, or private Ends, it commonly comes to the Kings Eare. But the best Remedy is, if Princes know their Counsellours, as well as their Counsellours know Them : Principis est Virtus maxima nosse suos. 86 lEs^apcg And on the other side, Counsellojns should not be too Speculative, into their Sovcraignes Per- son. The true Composition of a Counscllou)', is rather to be skilfull in their Masters Businesse, then in his Nature ; For then he is like to Ad- vise him, and not to Feede his Humour. It is of singular use to Princes^ if they take the Opi- nions of their Coimsell, both Seperately, and Together. For Private Opinion is more free; but Opinion before others is more Reverend. In private, Men are more bold in their owne Hu- mours ; And in Consort, Men are more obnox- ious to others Humours; Therefore it is good to take both: And of the inferiour Sort, rather in private, to preserve Freedome ; Of the greater, rather in Consort, to preserve Respecfl. It is in vaine for Princes to take Counsel concern- ing Matters^ if they take no Counsell likewise concerning Persons: For all Matters^ are as dead Images ; And the Life of the Execution of Affaires, resteth in the good Choice of Persons. Neither is it enough to consult concerning Per- sons, Secundum genera, as in an Idea, or Ma- thematicall Description, what the Kinde and Chara(fter of the Person should be; For the greatest Errours are committed, and the most Judgement is shewne, in the choice of Indian- duals. It was truly said; Optimi Consiliarij mortui; Books will speake plaine, when Coun- sellors Blanch. Therefore it is good to be con- versant in them ; Specially the Bookes of such, as Themselves have been A(flors upon the Stage. The Counsels, at this Day, in most Places, m ©oun^eU 87 are but Familiar Meetings; where Matters are rather talked on, then debated. And they run too swift to the Order or A(fl of Counsell. It were better, that in Causes of weight, the Mat- ter were propounded one day, and not spoken to, till the next day; hi No6le Co7is ilium. So was it done, in the Commission of Ufiion, be- tween Ejiglaitd and Scotland; which was a Grave and Orderly Assembly. I commend set Daies for Petitions : For both it gives the Suit- ors more certainty for their Attendance ; And it frees the Meetings for Matters of Estate, that they may Hoc agei'e. In choice of Committees, for ripening Businesse, for the Counsell^ it is better to choose Indifferent persons, then to make an Indifferency, by putting in those, that are strong, on both sides. I commend also standing Commissions; As for Trade ; for Trea- sure ; for Warre ; for Suits ; for some Provinces : For where there be divers particular Counsels, and but one Connsell of Estate, (as it is in Spaine) they are in effe6l no more, then Stand- ing Commissiojis ; Save that they have greater Authority. Let such, as are to informe Coun- sels, out of their particular Professions, (as Law- yers, Sea-men, Mint-men, and the like) be first heard, before Co?nmitteesj And then, as Occa- sion serves, before the Coimsell. And let them not come in Multitudes, or in a Tribunitious Manner; For that is, to clamour Coufisels, not to enforme them. A long Table, and a square Table, or Seats about the Walls, seeme Things of Forme, but are Things of Substance ; For at a long Table, a few at the upper end, in effe61:. 88 ?E03afic» sway all the Businesse ; But in the other Forme, there is more use of the Coiinsellours Opinions, that sit lower. A King, when he presides in Coimsell,\ei him beware how he Opens his owne Inclination too much, in that which he pro- poundeth : For else CotinseUours will but take the Winde of him ; And in stead of giving Free Counsell, sing him a Song of Placebo* XXI FORTUNE is like the Market; Where many times, if you can stay a little, the Price will fall. And againe, it is sometimes like Sy- billa's Offer; which at first offereth the Com- modity at full, then consumeth part and part, and still holdeth up the Price. For Occasion (as it is in the Common verse) tiirneth a Bald Noddle, after she hath presented her locks in Front, and no hold taken: Or at least tumeth the Handle of the Bottle, first to be received, and after the Belly, which is hard to claspe. There is surely no greater Wisedome, then well to time the Beginnings, and Onsets of Things. Dangers are no more light, if they once seeme light : And more dangers have deceived Men, then forced them. Nay, it were better, to meet some Dangers halfe way, though they come nothing neare, then to keepe too long a watch, upon their Approaches ; For if a Man watch too long, it is odds he will fall asleepe. On the other side, to be deceived, with too long Sha- dowes, (As some have beene, when the Moone 90 ^$$agc$ was low, and shone on their Enemies backe) And so to shoot off before the time ; Or to teach dangers to come on, by over early Buckling to- wards them, is another Extreme. The Ripe- nesse, or Unripenesse, of the Occasion (as we said) must ever be well weighed ; And generally, it is good, to commit the Beginnings of all great Adlions, to Argos with his hundred Eyes; And the Ends to Briareiis with his hundred Hands: First to Watch, and then to Speed, For the Helmet of Pluto, which maketh the Politicke Man goe Invisible, is. Secrecy in the Counsell, & Celerity in the Execution, For when Things are once come to the Execution, there is no Se- crecy comparable to Celerity; Like the Motion of a Bullet in the Ayre, which flycth so swift, as it out-runs the Eye. ^>u'»eM-4'4-«« XXTI (©f OPunning WE take CioDiing for a Sinister or Crooked Wisedome. And certainly, there is great difference, between a C^mning Alan, and a Wise Man; Not onely in Point of Honesty, but in point of Ability. There_be that can packe the Cards, and yet cannot play well; So there are some, that are good in Canvasses, and Fadlions, -^ ^^^ ,*f^ that are otherwise Weake Men. Againe, it is ' ^ one thing to understand Persons, and another thing to understand Matters ; For many are ^ ^ perfect in Mens Humours, that are not greatly f^^--^*-^*^*^ Capable of the Reall Part of Businesse ; Which is the Constitution of one, that hath studied Men, more then Bookes. Such Men are fitter for Practise, then for Counsell ; And they are good but in their own Alley: Turne them to New Men, and they have lost their Ayme; So as the old Rule, to know a Foole from a Wise Man ; Mittc ambos )iudos ad ig7iPtos, 6r» videbisj ^ doth scarce hold for them. And because these . Cunning Men, are like Haberdashers of Small Wares, it is not amisse to set forth their Shop. VaA^ 1 1 4 1E^«{age0 giveth it. The other, that he shall have Counsell given, hurtfull, and unsafe, (though with good Meaning) and mixt, partly of Mischiefe, and partly of Remedy : Even as if you would call a Physician, that is thought good, for the Cure of the Disease, you complaine of, but is unac- quainted with your body ; And therefore, may put you in way for a present Cure, but over- throweth your Health in some other kinde ; And so cure the Disease, and kill the Patient. But a Fre7idy that is wholly acquainted with a Mans Estate, will beware by furthering any present Businesses how he dasheth upon other Incon- venience. And therefore, rest not upon Scatter- ed Counsels; They will rather distract, and Mis- leade, then Settle, and Dired. After these two Noble Fruits of Frcndship; [Peace in the Affellions^ and Support of the ludgevient^ followeth the last Fruit; which is like the Po7ngranat, full of many kernels ; I meane Aid, and Bearing a Part, in all Ad ions, and Occasions. Here, the best Way, to repre- sent to life the manifold use oi Frendship, is to cast and see, how many Things there arc, which a Man cannot doe Himselfe; And then it will appeare, that it was a Sparjng Speech of the Ancients, to say. That a Frend is another Himselfe: For that a Frend is farre more then Himselfe, Men have their Time, and die many times in desire of some Things, which they prin- cipally take to Heart; The bestowing of a Child, The Finishing of a Worke, Or the like. If a Man have a true Frend, he may rest almost secure, that the Care of those Things, will con- tinue after Him. So that a Man hath as it were two Lives in his desires. A Man hath a Body, and that Body is confined to a Place ; But where Frendship is, all Offices of Life, are as it were U/uu,s granted to Him, and his Deputy. For he may exercise them by his Frend. How many Things are there, which a Man cannot, with any Face or Comelines, say or doe Himselfe? A Man °^^-^x-^^ can scarce alledge his owne Merits with mo- desty, much lesse extoU them : A man cannot sometimes brooke to Supplicate or Beg: And a number of the like. But all these Things, are GracefuU in a Frends Mouth, which are Blush- ing in a Mans Owne. So againe, a Mans Per- son hath many proper Relations, which he can- not ptit off. A Man cannot speake to his Sonne, but as a Father; To his Wife, but as a Hus- band ; To his Enemy, but upon Termes : where- '^.»LA*-Ct« as a Frend may speak, as the Case requires, and not as it sorteth with the Person. But to enu- merate these Things were endlesse : I have given the Rule, where a Man cannot fitly play his owne Part : If he have not a Frend ^ he may quit ; /--- •-- the Stage. ' ^ I 2 I XXVTII C^f (Sxpcnce TDICHES are for Spending; And Spending for Honour and good Acflions. Therefore Extraordinary Expence must be limitted by the Worth of the Occasion: For Voluntary Undoings may be as well for a Mans Country^ as for the Kingdoync of Heaven. But Ordinary Expence ought to be limitted by a Mans Estate ; And go- verned with such regard, as it be within his Compasse ; And not subieCl to Deceit and Abuse of Servants ; And ordered to the best Shew, that the Bils may be lesse, then the Estimation abroad. Certainly, if a Man will keep but of Even hand, his Ordinary Expences ought to be, but to the Halfe of his Receipts; And if he thinke to waxe Rich, but to the Third Part. It is no Basenesse, for the Greatest, to descend and looke, into their owne Estate. Some for- beare it, not upon Negligence alone. But doubt- ing to bring Themselves into Melancholy, in respecfl they shall finde it Broken. But Wounds cannot be Cured without Searching. He that cannot looke into his own Estate at all, had need (Bf Icipcnce 117 both Choose well, those whom he employeth, and change them often: For New are more Timorous, and lesse Subtile. He that can looke into his Estate but seldome, it behoveth him to turne all to Certainties. A Man had need, if he be Plentifull, in somekinde oi Expence^ to be as Saving againe, in some other. As if he be Plen- tifull in Diet, to be Saving in Apparell: If he be Plentifull in the Hall, to be Saving in the Stable : And the like. For he that is Plentifull in Ex- Pences of all Kindes, will hardly be preserved from Decay. In Clearing of a ]\Ians Estate, he may as well hurt Himselfe in being too sudden, as in letting it runne on too long. For hasty Selling is commonly as Disadvantageable as Interest. Besides, he that cleares at once, will relapse ; For finding himselfe out of Straights, he will revert to his Customes: But hee that cleareth by Degrees, induceth a Habite of Fru- galitie, and gaineth as well upon his Minde, as upon his Estate. Certainly, who hath a State to repaire, may not despise small Things: And commonly, it is lesse dishonourable, to abridge pettie Charges, then to stoope to pettie Gettings. A Man ought warily to beginne Charges, which once begun will Continue : But in Matters, that returne not, he may be more Magnificent. XXIX (^i t\)t true CSrcatnesse of Binatiomes anti (IBstatcs THE Speech of Thcmistocles the Athenian, which was Haughtie and Arrogant, in tak- ing so much to Himselfe, had been a Grave and Wise Observation and Censure, applied at large to others. Desired at a Feast to touch a Lute, he said ; He could not fiddle, but yet he cojtld make a small Towne, a great Citty. These Words (holpen a little with a Metaphore) may expresse two differing Abilities, in those that deale in Businesse of Estate. For if a true Sur- vey be taken, of Counsellours and Statesmen, there may be found (though rarely) those, which can make a Small State Great, and yet cannot Fiddle: As on the other side, there will be found a great many, that can fiddle very cunningly, but yet are so farre from being able, to make a Small State Great, as their Gift lieth the other way; To bring a Great and Flourishing Estate to Ruine and Decay. And certainly, those De- generate Arts and Shifts, whereby many Coun- Of 6ircatnc«;0c of HingDomcs anD ligtatcg 119 sellours and Governours, gaine both Favour with their Masters, and Estimation with the Vulgar, deserve no better Name then Fidling; Being Things, rather pleasing for the time, and gracefull to themselves onely, then tending to the Weale and Advancement of the State, which they serve. There are also (no doubt) Counsel- lours and Governours, which may be held suffi- cient, {Negotijs pares ^ Able to mannage Affaires, and to keepe them from Precipices, and mani- fest Inconveniences ; which neverthelesse, are farre from the Abilitie, to raise and Amplifie an Estate, in Power, Meanes, and Fortune. But be the worke-men what they may be, let us speake of the Worke ; That is ; The true Great- nesse ofKingdomes and Estates ; and the Mea?ies thereof. An Argument, fit for Great and Mightie Princes, to have in their hand ; To the end, that neither by Over-measuring their Forces, they leese themselves in vaine Enterprises ; Nor on the other side, by undervaluing them, they de- scend to Fearefull and Pusillanimous Coun- sells. The Greatnesse of an Estate in Bulke and Territorie, doth fall under Measure ; And the Greatnesse of Finances and Revenew doth fall under Computation. The Population may ap- peare by Musters: And the Number and Great- nesse of Cities and Townes, by Cards and Maps, But yet there is not any Thing amongst Civill Affaires, more subiecft to Errour, then the right valuation, and true Judgement, concerning the Power and Forces of an Estate. The King- done of Heaven is compared, not to any great 1 20 li^gagej; Kern ell or Nut, but to a Graine of Mustard- seed; which is one of the least Graines, but hath in it a Propertic and Spirit, hastily to get up and spread. So are there States, great in Terri- torie, and yet not apt to Enlarge, or Command ; And some, that have but a small Dimension of Stemme, and yet apt to be the Foundations of Great Monarchies. Walled Townes, Stored Arcenalls and Ar- mouries, Goodly Races of Horse, Chariots of Warre, Elephants, Ordnance, Artillery, and the like: All this is but a Sheep in a Lions Skin, except the Breed and disposition of the People, be stout and warlike. Nay Number (it selfe) in Armies, importeth not much, where the People is of weake Courage: For (as Virgil saith) // never troubles a Wolfe^ how jnany the sheepe be. The Armie of the Persiafis, in the Plaines of Arbela, was such a vast Sea of People, as it did somewhat astonish the Commanders in Alex- ande?-s Armie; Who came to him therefore, and wisht him, to set upon them by Night; But hee answered, He would not pilfer the Vifiory. And the Defeat was Easie. When Tigrcines the Armenian, being incamped upon a Hill, with 400000. Men, discovered the Armie of the Romans, being not above 14000. Marching to- wards him, he made himsclfe Merr>' with it, and said ; Yonder Men, are too Many for an Ambassage, and too Few for a Fight. But be- fore the Sunne sett, he found them enough, to give him the Chace, with infinite Slaughter. Many are the Examples, of the great oddos be- tween Number and Courage: So that a Man (&i Guatne^^e of Ijlingnomc^ ant) li^tate^ 121 may truly make a Judgement; That the Princi- pal Point of Greatncsse in any State, is to have a Race of Military Men. Neither is Money the Sinewes of Warre, (as it is trivially said) where the Sinewes of Mens Armes, in Base and Effe- minate People, are failing. For Solon said well to Croesus (when in Ostentation he shewed him his Gold) Sir, if any Other come, that hath bet- ter Iron then you, he will be Master of all this Gold. Therfore let any Prince or State, thinke soberly of his Forces, except his Militia of Na- tives, be of good and Valiant Soldiers. And let Princes, on the other side, that have Subieds of Martiall disposition, know their owne Strength ; iinlesse they be otherwise wanting unto Them- selves. As for Mercenary Forces, (which is the Helpe in this Case) all Examples shew; That, whatsoever Estate or Prince doth rest upon them ; Hee may spread his Feathers for a ti?ne, but he will mew them soone after. The Blessing of ludah and Issachar will never meet ; That the same People or Nation^ should be both The Lions whelpe, and the Asse betweene Burthens: Neither will it be, that a People over-laid with Taxes, should ever be- come \^aliant, and Martiall. It is true, that Taxes levied by Consent of the Estate, doe abate Mens Courage lesse ; As it hath beene seene notably, in the Excises of the Low Coun- tries; And in some degree, in the Subsidies of Enghmd. For you must note, that we speake now, of the Heart, and not of the Purse. So that, although the same Tribute and Tax, laid by Consent, or by Imposing, be all one to the 122 ic^^agc^ Purse, yet it workes diversly upon the Courage. So that you may conclude; That no People^ 07'er-charged with Tribute^ is Jit for Empire. Let States that aime at GreatnessCj take heed how their Nobility and Gentlemen^ doe multiply too fast. For that maketh the Common Sub- iecTi, grow to be a Peasant, and Base Swaine, driven out of Heart, and in effe(fl but the Got- ilemans Labourer. Even as you may see in Coppice Woods ; If you leave your staddles too thick, you shall never have cleane Underwood, hit Shrubs and Bushes. So in Countries, if the Gentle7nen be too many, the Conunons will be base ; And you will bring it to that, that not the hundred poll, will be fit for an Helmet: Es- pecially as to the Infantery, which is the Nerve of an Army: And so there will be Great Popu- lation, and Little Strength. This, which I speake of, hath been no where better seen, then by comparing of England and France; whereof England, though farre lesse in Territory and Population, hath been (neverthelesse) an Over- match ; In regard, the Middle People of Eng- lattd, make good Souldiers, which the Peasants of France doe not. And herein, the device of King HeTiry the Seventh, (whereof 1 have spoken largely in the History of his Life) was Profound, and Admirable; In making Farmes, and houses of Husbandry, of a Standard; That is, main- tained with such a Proportion of Land unto them, as may breed a Subie(5\, to live in Conve- nient Plenty, and no Servile Condition ; And to keepe the Plough in the Hands of the Owners, and not meere Hirelings. And thus indeed, you Of ffireatnes^c of Itingtiomc^ ant) lE^tate^ 123 shall attaine to Virgils Characfter, which he gives to Ancient Italy. — Terra potens A?'mis atque ubere GlebcB. Neither is that State (which for any thing I know, is almost peculiar to Efigland, and hardly to be found any where else, except it be perhaps in Poland) to be passed over ; I meane the State of Free Servants and Attendants upon Noble- ?nen and Gentlemen; which are no waies infe- riour, unto the Yeomanry^ for Armes. And therefore, out of all Question, the Splendour, and Magnificence, and great Retinues, and Hos- pitality of A^oblemen, and Gefitlemen, received into Custome, doth much conduce, unto Mar- tiall Greatnesse. Whereas, contrariwise, the Close and Reserved living, of Noblemen, and Gentleme?i, causeth a Penury of Military Forces. By all meanes, it is to be procured, that the Trunck of Nebuchadnezzars Tree of Monarchy, be great enough, to beare the Branches, and the Boughes ; That is, That the Naturall Sublets of the Crowne or State, beare a sufficient Pro- portion, to the Stranger Sublets, that they go- verne. Therfore all States, that are liberall of Naturalization towards Strangers, are fit for Empire. For to thinke, that an Handfull of People, can, with the greatest Courage, and Po- licy in the World, embrace too large Extent of Dominion, it may hold for a time, but it will faile suddainly. The Sparta?ts were a nice Peo- ple, in Point of Naturalization ; whereby, while they kept their Compasse, they stood firme ; But when they did spread, and their Boughs were becommen too great, for their Stem, they 124 lc$0age^ became a Windfall upon the suddaine. Never any State was, in this Point, so open to receive Strangers, into their Body, as were the Romans-. Therefore it sorted with them accordingly ; For they grew to the greatest Monarchy. Their manner was, to grant' Naturalization, (which they called lus Civitatis) and to grant it in the highest Degree ; That is, Not onely lus Com- mercij, lus Connubij, lus HcEreditatis j But also, lus Suffragij, and lus Honorum. And this, not to Singular Persons alone, but likewise to whole Families ; yea to Cities, and sometimes to Nations. Adde to this, their Custome of Plantation of Colonies; whereby the Roman Plant, was removed into the Soile, of other Na- tions. And putting both Constitutions together, you will say, that it was not the Romans that spred upon the World; But it was the World, that spred upon the Romans: And that was the sure Way of Greatnesse. I have marveiled sometimes at Spaine, how they claspe and con- taine so large Dominions, with so few Naturall Spaniards : But sure, the whole Compasse of Spain e, is a very Great Body of a Tree ; Farre above Rome, and Sparta, at the first. And be- sides, though they have not had that usage, to Naturalize liberally; yet they have that, which is next to it ; That is, To employ, almost indiffer- ently, all Nations, in their Militia of ordinary Soldiers: yea, and sometimes in their Highest Cofnmands. Nay, it seemeth at this instant, they are sensible of this want of Natives ; as by the Pragmaticall SanClion, now published, ap- peareth. rat Brittainc) is Great : Both be- cause, Most of the Kingdomes of Europe, are not meerely Inland, but girt with the Sea, most part of their Compasse ; And because, the Wealth of both Indies, seemes in great Part, but an Ac- cessary, to the Command of the Seas. The Warres of Latter Ages, seeme to be made in the Darke, in Respecl of the Glory and Honour, which reflecled upon Men, from the Warres in Ancient Time. There be now, for Martial! Encouragement, some Degrees and Orders of Chivalr)-; which neverthelesse, are conferred promiscuously, upon Soldiers, & no Soldiers ; And some Remembrance perhaps upon the Scutchion ; And some Hospitals for Maimed Soldiers ; And such like Things. But in Ancient Times; The Trophies erected upon the Place of the Victory ; The Funerall Lauda- tives and Monuments for those that died in the Wars ; The Crowns and Garlands Personal ; The Stile of Emperor, which the Great Kings of the World after borrowed ; The Triumphes of the Generalls upon their Returne ; The great Donatives and Largesses upon the Disbanding of the Armies ; were Things able to enflame all Mens Courages. But above all, That of the Triumph, amongst the Rofnans, was not Page- ants or Gauderie, but one of the Wisest and No- blest Institutions, that ever was. For it con- tained three Things; Honour to the Generall; Riches to the Treasur>' out of the Spoiles ; And Donatives to the Army. But that Honour, per- haps, were not fit for Monarchies ; Except it be K 130 lE^^agcj} in the Person of the Mo7iarch himselfe, or his Sonncs; As it came to passe, in the Times of the Roman Einperours^ who did impropriate the A(fluall Triumphs to Themselves, and their Sonnes, for such Wars, as they did atchieve in Person: And left onely, for Wars atchieved by Subie(fls, some Triumphall Garments, and En- signes, to the Generall. To conclude; No Man can, by Care takmg (as the Scripture saith) adde a Cub He to his Stature; in this little Modell of a Mans Body: But in the Great Frame of Kingdomes^ Sc Com- mon Wealths, it is in the power of Princes, or Estates, to adde Amplitude and Greatnesse to their Kingdomes. For by introducing such Or- dinances, Constitutions, and Customes, as we have now touched, they may sow Greatnesse, to their Posteritie, and Succession. But these Things arc commonly not Observed, but left to take their Chance. XXX (Bi Hegiment of f^caltft THERE is a wisdome in this, beyond the Rules of Physicke: A Mans owne Obser- vation, what he findes Good of, and what he findes Hurt of, is the best Physicke to preserve Health. But it is a safer Conclusion to say; This agree th not well with me, therefore I will not continue it; Then this ; I Jittde no offence of this, therefore I may use it. For Strength of Nature in youth, passeth over many Excesses, which are owing a Man till his Age. Discerne of the comming on of Yeares, and thinke not, to doe the same Things still ; For Age will not be Defied. Beware of sudden Change in any great point of Diet, and if necessity inforce it, fit the rest to it. For it is a Secret, both in Nature, and State ; That it is safer to change Many Things, then one. Examine thy Customes, of Diet, Sleepe, Exercise, Apparell, and the like ; And trie in any Thing, thou shalt iudge hurtfull, to discontinue it by little and little ; But so, as if thou doest finde any Inconvenience by the Change, thou come backe to it againe : For it K 2 132 Icsgagcs is hard to distinguish, that which is generally held good, and wholesome, from that, which is good particularly, and fit for thine owne Body. To be free minded, and cheerefully disposed, at Houres of Meat, and of Sleep, and of Exercise, is one of the best Precepts of Long lasting. As for the Passions and Studies of the Minde ; Avoid Envie ; Anxious Feares ; Anger fretting inwards ; Subtill and knottie Inquisitions ; loyes, and Ex- hilarations in Excesse ; Sadnesse not Communi- cated. Entertaine Hopes; Mirth rather then loy ; Varietie of Delights, rather then Surfet of them ; Wonder, and Admiration, and therefore Novelties ; Studies that fill the Minde with Splen- dide and Illustrious Obiecl;s, as Histories, Fa- bles, and Contemplations of Nature. If you flie Physicke in IJcalth altogether, it will be too strange for your Body, when you shall need it. If you make it too familiar, it will worke no Ex- traordinary EffeCl, when Sicknesse commeth. I commend rather, some Diet, for certaine Sea- sons, then frequent Use of Physicke, Except it be growen into a Custome. For those Diets alter the Body more, and trouble it lesse. Des- pise no new Accident, in your Body, but aske Opinion of it. In Sicknesse, respecl Health principally; And in Health, AHion. For those that put their Bodies, to endure in Health, may in most Sicknesses, which are not very sharpe, be cured onely with Diet, and Tendering. Celsus could never have spoken it as a Physician, had he not been a Wise Man withall ; when he giveth it, for one of the great precepts of Health and Lasting; That a Man doe vary, and enterchange Hedge ^ doth cause sometimes a wonderful 1 Overgrowth in Riches; As it was with the first Sugar Man, in the Canaries: Therefore, if a Man can play the true Logician, to have as well Judgement, as Invention, he may do great Mat- ters ; especially if the Times be fit. He that resteth upon Gaines Certaine, shall hardly grow to great Riches : And he that puts all upon Ad- ventii?'es, doth often times breake, and come to Poverty: It is good therefore, to gua.rd Adven- tnres with Certainties, that may uphold losses. Monopolies, and Coemption of Wares for Resale, where they are not restrained, are great Meanes to enrich ; especially, if the Partie have intelli- gence, what Things are like to come into Re- quest, and so store Himselfe before hand. Riches gotten by Service, though it be of the best Rise, yet when they are gotten by Flattery, Feeding Humours, and other Servile Conditions, they may be placed amongst the Worst. As for Fishing for Testaments and Executorships (as Tacitus saith of Seneca ; Testa?nenta et Orbos, tanqua^n Indagine capij) It is yet worse ; By how much Men submit themselves, to Meaner Persons, then in Service. Beleeve not much them, that seeme to despise Riches: For they \ despise them, that despaire of them; And none J L2 148 l£00agc^ Worse, when they come to them. Be not Pen- ny-wise ; Riches have Wings, and sometimes they Fly away of themselves, sometimes they must be set Flying to bring in more. Men leave their Riches^ either to their Kindred ; Or to the Publique : And moderate Portions prosper best in both. A great State left to an Heire, is as a Lure to all the Birds of Prey, round about, to seize on him, if he be not the better stablished in Yeares and Judgement. Likewise Glorious Gifts and Foundations, are like Sacrifices with- out Salt; And but the Painted Sepulchres of Alines^ which soone will putrifie, and corrupt inwardly. Therefore, Measure not thine Ad- vancements by Quantity, but Frame them by Measure; and Deferre not Charities till Death: For certainly, if a Man weigh it rightly, he that doth so, is rather Liberall of an Other Mans, then of his Owne. XXXV Of ^rop|)£C{£S I MEAN E not to speake of Divine Prophe- cies; Nor of Heathen Oracles; Nor of Na- turall Predi(flions ; But only of Prophecies, that have beene of certaine Memory, and from Hid- den Causes. Saith the Pytho7iissa to Saul; To Morrow thou and thy sonne shall be with me. Ho7ner hath these Verses. At Domus jEnece ctin^is dominabitnr Oris, Et Nati Natonmi, ^ qui nasceiitur ab illis: A Prophecie, as it seemes, of the Ro7na7i E77t- pire. Se7ieca the Tragedian hath these Verses. ■ Ve7tie7it A7i7tis Seen la seris, quibus Ocea7ius Vi7icida Reru77i laxet, &^ i7ige7is Pateat Tellus, Typhisque tiovos Detegat Orbes; 7iec sit Terris Ulti77ia Thule: A Prophecie of the Discovery oi A7jterica. The Daughter of Polycrates dreamed, that hipiter bathed her Father, and Apollo annointed him : And it came to passe, that he was crucified in 150 liSsagciS an Open Place, where the Sunne made his Bodie runne with Sweat, and the Raine washed it. Philip of Macedon dreamed. He sealed up his Wives Belly: Whereby he did expound it, that his Wife should be barren; But Aristander the Soothsayer, told him, his Wife was with Childe, because Men doe not use to Seale Ves- sells that are emptie. A Phantasme, that ap- peared to M. Bnitus in his Tent, said to him ; Philippis iteriini me vidcbis. Tiberius said to Galba. Tu quoqiie Galba degustabis Imperiuvi. In Ve spas inns Time, there went a Prophecie in the East ; That those that should come forth of ludea^ should reigne over the World : which though it may be was meant of our Saviour, yet Tacitus expounds it of Vespasian. Domi- iian dreamed, the Night before he was slaine, that a Golden Head was growing out of the Nape of his Necke: And indeed, the Succession that followed him, for many yeares, made Gold- en Times. He>iry the Sixt of Engla>id^ said of Henry the Seventh, when he was a Lad, and gave him Water; This is the Lad, that shall enioy the Crowne, for which we strive. When I was in France, I heard from one D'. Pena, that the Q. Mother, who was given to Curious Arts, caused the King\\tx Husbands Nativitie, to be Calculated, under a false Name; And the Astrologer gave a ludgement, that he should be killed in a Duell ; At which the Queene laughed, thinking her Husband, to be above Challenges and Duels: but he was slaine, upon a Course at Tilt, the Splinters of the Staffe of Mongomery, going in at his Bever. The triviall Prophecie, ©f ^topDcctcg 151 which I heard, when I was a Childe, and Queene Elisabeth was in the Flower of her Yeares, was ; When Heinpe is sponnej EjiglancVs done. Whereby, it was generally conceived, that after the Princes had Reigned, which had the Princi- piall Letters, of that Word Hempe, (which were Henry, Edward, Mary, Philip, and Elizabeth) Eng-land should come to utter Confusion : Which, thankes be to God, is verified only, in the Change of the Name : For that the Kings Stile, is now no more of Ejigland, but of Britaine. There was also another Prophecie, before the year of 88. which I doe not well understand. There shall be seene upon a day, Betweene the Baugh, and the May, The Blacke Fleet of Norway. When that that is co?ne and gojie, Engla?id build Houses of Lime and Stone For after Warres shall you have None. It was generally conceived, to be meant of the Spanish Fleet, that came in 88. For that the King of Spaines Surname, as they say, is No7'- way. The Predi(5lion of Regiomontajius ; O^ogessitnus o£laviis inirabilis Anmis; Was thought likewise accomplished, in the Send- ing of that great Fleet, being the greatest in Strength, though not in Number, of all that ever swamme upon the Sea. As for Cleans Dreame, I thinke it was a lest. It was, that he was de- voured of a long Dragon ; And it was expound- ed of a Maker of Sausages, that troubled him There are Numbers of the like 152 Itsissageg kinde; Especially if you include Dremnes^ and Predi^ions q>{ Astrologie. But I have set downe these few onely of certaine Credit, for Example. My Judgement is, that they ought all to be De- spised; And ought to serve, but for Winter Talke, by the Fire side. Though when 1 say Despised^ I meane it as for Beleefe : For other- wise, the Spreading or Publishing of them, is in no sort to be Despised. For they have done much Mischiefe: And I see many severe Lawes made to suppresse them. That, that hath given them Grace, and some Credit, consisteth in three Things. First, that Men marke, when they hit, and never marke, when they misse : As they doe, generally, also of Dreames. The se- cond is, that Probable Conieer-great. Another meanes to curbe them, is to Ballance them by others, as Proud as they. But then, there must be some Middle Counsellours, to keep Things steady : For with- out that Ballast, the Ship will roulc too much. At the least, a Prince may animate and inure <&i Ambition 155 some Meaner Persons, to be, as it were, Scourges to Ambitious Moi. As for the having of them Obnoxious to Ruine, if they be of fearefull Na- tures, it may doe well : But if they bee Stout, and Daring, it may precipitate their Designes, and prove dangerous. As for the pulling of them downe, if the Affaires require it, and that it may not be done with safety suddainly, the onely Way is, the Enterchange continually of Favours, and Disgraces ; whereby they may not know, what to expecl: ; And be, as it were, in a Wood. Oi Ambitions, it is lesse harmefull, the yi w^^zV/^;/ to prevaile in great Things, then that other, to appeare in every thing; For that breeds Confu- sion, and marres Businesse. But yet, it is lesse danger, to have an Ambitious Man, stirring in Businesse, then Great in Dependances. He that seeketh to be Eminent amongst Able Men, hath a great Taske; but that is ever good for the Publique. But he that plots, to be the onely Figure amongst Ciphars, is the decay of an whole Age. Honour hath three Things in it: The Vantage Ground to doe good: The Ap- proach to Kings, and principall Persons: And the Raising of a Mans owne Fortunes. He that hath the best of these Intentions, when he as- pireth, is an Honest Man: And that Prince, that can discerne of these Intentions, in Another that aspireth, is a wise Prince. Generally, let Princes and States, choose such Ministers, as are more sensible of Duty, then of Rising ; And such as love Businesse rather upon Conscience, then upon Bravery: And let them Discerne a Busie Nature, from a WiUing Minde. XXXVII THESE Things are but Toyes, to come amongst such Serious Observations. But yet, since Princes will have such Things, it is better, they should be Graced with Elegancy, then Daubed with Cost. Dancing to Song, is a Thing of great State, and Pleasure. I understand it, that the Song be in Quire, placed aloft, and accompanied with some broken Musicke: And the Ditty fitted to the Device. Ading in Song, especially in Dialogues, hath an extreme Good Grace: I say A ding, not Dancing, (For that is a Meane and Vulgar Thing;) And the Voices of the Dialogue, would be Strong and Manly, (A Base, and a Tenour ; No Treble ;) And the Ditty High and Tragicall; Not nice or Dainty. Severall Quires, placed one over against an- other, and taking the Voice by Catches, Ant heme wise, give great Pleasure. Turning Dances into Figure, is a childish Curiosity. And generally, let it be noted, that those Things, which I here set downe, are such, as doe naturally take the Sense, and not respecft Petty Wonderments. It g Men are the Ruine of Businesse ; But the Errours of Aged Men amount but to this ; That more might have beene done, or sooner. Young Men, in the Conducfl, and Mannage of Acftions, Embrace more then they can Hold, Stirre more then they can (2uiet; Fly to the End, without Considera- tion of the Meanes, and Degrees ; Pursue some few Principles, which they have chanced upon absurdly; Care not to Innovate, which draws unknowne Inconveniences; Use extreme Reme- dies at first ; And, that which doubleth all Er- rours, will not acknowledge or retracl them ; Like an unready Horse, that will neither Stop, nor Turne. Men of Age, Obied; too much, Consult too long. Adventure too little, Repent too soone, and seldome drive Businesse home to the full Period ; But content themselves with a Mediocrity of Successe. Certainly, it is good to compound Employments of both ; For that will be Good for the Present, because the Vertues of either Age, may corre(fl the defecls of both •. And good for Succession, that Young Men may be Learners, while ^fen in Age are A(5\ours : And lastly. Good for Externe Accidents, because Authority foUoweth 0/d Men, And Favour and Popularity Youth. P>ut for the Morall Part, perhaps Youth will have the preheminence, as Age hath for the Politique. A certaine Rabbine, (Bi ^outjb and ^gc ly^ upon the Text ; Vour Young Men shall see vi- sions, and your Old Men shall drcame dreamesj Inferreth, that Young Men are admitted nearer to God then Oldj Because Vision is a clearer Revelation, then a Dreame. And certainly, the more a Man drinketh of the World, the more it intoxicateth ; And Age doth profit rather in the Powers of Understanding, then in the Vertues of the Will and Affections. There be some have an Over-early Ripenesse in their yeares, which -~- fadeth betimes: These are first. Such as have t^^'C^- Brittle Wits, the Edge whereof is soone turned; Such as was Hermogenes the Rhetorician^ whose Books are exceeding Subtill ; Who afterwards waxed Stupid. A Second Sort is of those, that have some naturall Dispositions, which have bet- ter Grace in Youth, then in Age: Such as is a fluent and Luxuriant Speech; which becomes Youth well, but not Age: So Tully saith of Hortensius; Idem 7nanebat, neque idem decebat. The third is of such, as take too high a Straine ■ at the First; And are Magnanimous, more then r»A^*^ra(fl of yeares can uphold. As was Scipio Af- fricanus, of whom Livy saith in effecfl; Ultima primis cedebant. ^^-Jr^ XLIII Oi 33enutg VERTUE is like a Rich Stone, best plaine set : And surely, Vertue is best in a Body, that is comely, though not of Delicate Features : And that hath rather Dignity of Presence, then Beauty of Aspe(fl. Neither is it almost seene, that very Beautifiill Persons, are otherwise of great Vertue ; As if Nature, were rather Busie not to erre, then in labour, to produce Excel- lency, And therefore, they prove Accomplished, but not of great Spirit ; And Study rather Beha- viour, then Vertue. But this holds not alwaies ; For Augustus Ccrsar, Titus Vespasianus, Phi- lip le Belle of France^ Edward the Fourth of England, Alcibiades o{ Athens, I sniael Xhe So- phy o{ Persia, were all High and (ireat Spirits; And yet the most Beaut i/ull Men of their Times. In Beauty, that of Favour, is more then that of Colour, And that of Decent and Gracious Mo- tion, more then that of Favour. That is the best Part oi Beauty, which a Picflure cannot cxpresse ; No nor the first Sight of the Life. There is no Excellent Beauty, that hath not some Strange- m i^cautg 177 nesse in the Proportion. A Man cannot tell, whether Apelles, or Albert Dure?; were the more Trifler: Whereof the one would make a Personage by Geometricall Proportions : The other, by taking the best Parts out of divers Faces, to make one Excellent. Such Person- ages, I thinke, would please no Body, but the Painter, that made them. Not but I thinke a Painter, may make a better Face, then ever was ; But he must doe it, by a kinde of Felicity, (As a Musician that maketh an excellent Ayre in Musicke) And not by Rule. A Man shall see Faces, that if you examine them, Part by Part, you shall finde never a good ; And yet all to- gether doe well. If it be true, that the Principall Part of Beauty, is in decent Motion, certainly it is no marvaile, though Persons in Yeares, seeme many times more Amiable; Pulchrorimi Au- tiwinus pulcher: For no Youth can be comely, but by Pardon, and considering the Youth, as to make up the comelinesse. Beauty is as Sum- mer-Fruits, which are easie to corrupt, and can- not last : And, for the most part, it makes a dis- solute Youth, and an Age a little out of counte- nance : But yet certainly againe, if it light well, it maketh Vertues shine, and Vices blush. XLIIII utteries, and Pan- tries, and the like. As for the Tower, I would have it two Stories, of Eighteene Foot High a peece, above the two Wings ; And a Goodly Leads upon the Top, railed with Statua's inter- posed ; And the same Tower to bee divided into Roomes, as shall be thought fit. The Staires likewise, to the upper Roomes, let them bee upon a Faire open Newell, and finely raild in, with Images of Wood, cast into a Brasse Colour: Of 33uilDing 183 And a very faire Landing Place at the Top. But this to be, if you doe not point, any of the lower Roomes, for a Dining Place of Servants. For otherwise, you shall have the Servants Din- ner, after your owne : For the Steame of it will come up as in a Tunnell. And so much for the Front. Only, 1 understand the Height of the first Staires, to be Sixteene Foot, which is the Height of the Lower Roome. Beyond this Front, is there to be a Faire Court, but three Sides of it, of a Farre Lower building, then the Front. And in all the foure Comers of that Court, Faire Staire Cases, cast into Tiirrets, on the Outside, and not within the Row of Buildings themselves. But those Towers, are not to be of the Height of the Front; But rather Proportionable to the Lower Building. Let the Court not be paved, for that striketh up a great Heat in Summer, and much Cold in Winter. But onely some Side Alleys, with a Crosse, and the Quarters to Graze, being kept Shorne, but not too neare Shorne. The Row of Returne, on the Banquet Side, Let it be all Stately Galleries; In which Galleries, Let there be three, or five, fine Cupola's, in the Length of it, placed at equall distance : And fine Coloured IVindowes of severall workes. On the Houshold Side, Chambers of Presence, and Ordinary Entertainments, with some Bed- chanibers; And let all three Sides, be a double House, without Thorow Lights, on the Sides, that you may have Roomes from the Sunne, both for Fore-noone, and After- noone. Cast it also, that you maj- have Roomes, both for Sum- 1 84 ic&gagcs mer, and Winter : Shadie for Summer, and Warme for Winter. You shall have sometimes Faire Houses, so full of Glasse, that one cannot tell, where to become, to be out of the Sunne, or Cold : For Inbowed Windowcs^ I hold them of good Use ; (In Cities indeed, Upright doe better, in respe6l of the Uniformitie towards the Street ;) For they bee Prettie Retiring Places for Conference ; And besides, they keepe both the Wind, and Sunne off: For that which would strike almost thorow the Roome, doth scarce passe the Window. But let them be but few, Foure in the Court, On the Sides onely. Beyond this Court, let there be an In- ward Court of the same Square, and Height ; Which is to be environed, with the Garden, on all Sides : And in the Inside, Cloistered on all Sides, upon Decent and Beautifull Arches, as High as the first Story. On the Under Story, towards the Garden, Let it be turned to a Grotta, or Place of Shade, or Estivation. And onely have opening and lVi?idowes towards the Garden; And be Levell upon the Floare, no whit sunke under Ground, to avoid all Dampish- nesse. And let there be a Fountaine, or some faire Worke of Statuds, in the Middest of this Court; And to be Paved as the other Court was. These Buildings to be for Privie Lodg- ings, on both Sides ; And the End, for Privie Galleries. Whereof, you must fore-see, that one of them, be for an Infirmary, if the Prince, or any Speciall Person should be Sicke, with Chambers, Bed-chamber, Anticamera, and AV- camera, ioyning to it. This upon the Second m 33uiltiing 185 Story. Upon the Ground Story ^ a Faire Gal- lery^ Open, upon Pillars : And upon the Third Story likewise, an Open Gallery upon Pillars, to take the Prospecfl, and Freshnesse of the Garden. At both Corners of the further Side, by way of Returne, Let there be two Delicate or Rich Cabinets, Daintily Paved, Richly Hanged, Glased with Crystalline Glasse, and a Rich Cu- pola in the Middest; And all other Elegancie that may be thought upon. In the Upper Gal- lery too, I wish that there may be, if the Place will yeeld it, some Fountaines Running, in di- vers Places, from the Wall, with some fine Avoidances. And thus much, for the Modell of the Pallace : Save that, you must have, before you come to the Front, three Courts. A Greene Court Plain, with a Wall about it : A Second Court of the same, but more Garnished, with little Turrets, or rather Embellishments, upon the Wall : And a Third Court, to make a Square with the Front, but not to be built, nor yet en- closed with a Naked Wall, but enclosed with Tarrasses, Leaded aloft, and fairely garnished, on the three Sides ; And Cloistered on the In- side, with Pillars, and not with Arches Below. As for Offices, let them stand at Distance, with some Low Galleries, to passe from them, to the Pallace it Selfe. XLVI (&i (Sartiens GOD Abnightie first Planted a Garden. And indeed, it is the Purest of Humane plea- sures. It is the Greatest Refreshment to the Spirits of Man ; Without which, Buildings and Pallaces are but Grosse Handy-works: And a Man shall ever see, that when Ages grow to Civility and Elcgancie, Men come to Build Stately, sooner then to Garden Finely : As if Gardening were the Greater Perfedlion. I doe hold it, in the Royall Ordering of Gardens, there ought to be Gardens, for all the Moneths in the Yeare: In which, severally, Things of Beautie, may be then in Season. For Deeeniber, and January, and the Latter Part oi Xov ember, you must take such Things, as are Greene all Win- ter: Holly; Ivy; Bayes; Juniper; Cipresse Trees ; Flugh ; Pine-Apple-Trees ; Firre-Trees ; Rose-Mary ; Lavander ; Periwinckle, the White, the Purple, and the Blewe ; Germander ; Flagges; Orenge-Trees ; Limon-Trees ; And Mirtles, if they be stooved ; & Sweet Marioram warme set. There foUowcth, for the latter Part of January, and February, the Mezerion Tree, which then blossomcs ; Crocus Vernus, botii the ^'ellow, iBt (SarDcn^ 187 and the Gray ; Prime-Roses ; Anemones ; The Early Tuhppa; Hiacynthus OrientaHs; Cha- mairis ; Frettellaria. For March, There come Violets, specially the Single Blew, which are the Earliest ; The Yellow Daffadill ; The Dazie ; The Almond-Tree in Blossome; The Peach- Tree in Blossome ; The Cornelian-Tree in Blos- some; Sweet-Briar. In Aprill follow, The Double white Violet; The Wall-flower; The Stock-Gilly-Flower ; The Couslip ; Flower-De- lices, & Lillies of all Natures; Rose-mar>- Flowers ; The Tulippa ; The Double Piony ; The Pale Daffadill ; The French Honny-Suckle ; The Cherry-Tree in Blossome ; The Dammasin, and Plum-Trees in Blossome ; The White- Thorne in Leafe ; The Lelacke Tree. In May, and lune, come Pincks of all sorts, Specially the Blush Pincke ; Roses of all kinds, except the Muske, which comes later ; Hony-Suckles ; Strawberries ; Buglosse ; Columbine ; The French Mar>--gold ; Flos Africanus ; Cherry-Tree in Fruit ; Ribes ; Figges in Fruit ; Raspes ; Vine Flowers ; Lavender in Flowers ; The Sweet Sa- tyrian, with the White Flower ; Herba Muscaria ; Lilium Convallium; The Apple-tree in Blos- some. In hdy, come Gilly- Flowers of all Va- rieties ; Muske Roses ; The Lime-Tree in blos- some ; Early Peares, and Plummes in Fruit ; Gin- nitings; Ouadlins. \n August, Qova^ Plummes of all sorts in Fruit ; Peares ; Apricockes ; Ber- beries ; Filberds ; Muske-Melons ; Monks Hoods, of all colours. In September, come Grapes ; Apples ; Poppies of all colours ; Peaches ; Alelo- Cotones ; Nectarines ; Cornelians ; Wardens ; 1 88 "Eji^agcsi Quinces. In O^ober, and the beginning of November, come Services ; Medlars ; Bullises ; Roses Cut or Removed to come late; Holly- okes ; and such like. These Particulars are for the Climate of London; But my meaning is Perceived, that you may have J^er Perpetuum, as the Place affords. And because, the Breath of Flowers, is farre Sweeter in the Aire, (where it comes and Goes, like the Warbling of Musick) then in the hand, therfore nothing is more fit for that delight, then to know, what be the Flowers, and Plants, that doe best perfume the Aire. Roses Damask «& Red, are fast Flowers of their Smels ; So that ; you may walke by a whole Row of them, and finde Nothing of their Sweetnesse ; Yea though it be, in a Mornings Dew. Bayes likewise yeeld no Smell, as they grow. Rosemar)- little ; Nor Sweet-Marioram. That, which above all Others, yeelds the Sweetest Smell in the Aire, is the Violet ; Specially the White-double-Violet, which comes twice a Yeare ; About the middle of Apr ill, and about Bartholomew-tide. Next to that is, the Muske-Rose. Then the Strawberry- Leaves dying, which [yeeldj a most Excellent Cor- diall Smell. Then the Flower of the Vmes ; It is a little dust, like the dust of a Bent, which growes upon the Cluster, in the First comming forth. Then Sweet Briar. Then Wall-Flowers, which are very Delightfull, to be set under a Parler, or Lower Chamber Window. Then Pincks, and Gilly-Flowers, specially the Matted Pinck, & Clove Gilly-flower. Then the Flowers of the Lime tree. Then the Hony-Suckles, so they be ©f GarDeng 189 somewhat a farre off. Of Beane Flowers I speake not, because they are Field Flowers. But those which Perfume the Aire most delight- fully, no\. passed by as the rest, but being Troden upon and Crushed^ are Three : That is Burnet, Wilde-Time, and Water-Mints. Therefore, you are to set whole Allies of them, to have the Pleasure, when you walke or tread. For Gardens, (Speaking of those, which are indeed Prince-like, as we have done of Build- ings] the Contents, ought not well to be, under Thirty Acres of Ground j And to be divided into three Parts : A Greene in the Entrance ; A Heath or Desart in the Going forth ; And the Maine Garde7i in the midst; Besides Alleys, on both Sides. And I like well, that Foure Acres of Ground, be assigned to the Greoie; Six to the Heath; Foure and Foure to either Side; And Twelve to the Maine Gardeti. The Greene hath two pleasures ; The one, because nothing is more Pleasant to the Eye, then Greene Grasse kept finely shorne ; The other, because it will give you a faire Alley in the midst, by which you may go in front upon a Stately Hedge, which is to inclose the Garden. But, because the Alley will be long, and in great Heat of the Yeare, or Day, you ought not to buy the shade in the Garden, by Going in the Sunne thorow the Greene, therefore you are, of either Side the Greene, to Plant a Covert Alley, upon Carpen- ters Worke, about Twelve Foot in Height, by which you may goe in Shade, into the Garden. As for the Making of Knots, or Figu?'es, with Divers Coloured Earths, that they may lie un- der the Windowes of the House, on that Side, which the Garden stands, they be but Tojes: Vou may see as good Sights, many times, in Tarts. The Garden is best to be Square; In- compassed, on all the Foure Sides, with a Stately Arched Hedge. The Arches to be upon Pillars^ of Carpenters Worke, of some Ten Foot high, and Six Foot broad: And the Spaces between, of the same Dimension, with the Breadth of the Arch. Over the Arches., let there bee an Entire Hedge., of some Foure Foot High, framed also upon Carpenters Worke : And upon the Upper Hedge., over every Arch., a little Turret., with a Belly., enough to receive a Cage of Birds : And over every Space., betwecne the .hches, some other little Figure, with Broad Plates of Round Coloured Glasse, gilt, for the Sunne., to Play upon. But this Hedge I entend to be, raised upon a Bancke, not Steepe, but gently Slope, of some Six Foot, set all with Flowers. Also I understand, that this Square of the Garden, should not be the whole lireadth of the Ground, but to leave, on either Side, Ground enough, for diversity of Side Alleys : Unto which, the Two Coi'ert Alleys of the Gi'cene, may deliver you. But there must be, no Alleys with Hedges, at either E?id, of this great Inclosure: Not at the Hither End, for letting your Prospecfl upon this Faire Hedge from the Greene; Nor at the Further End, for letting your Prospe(fl from the Hedge, through the Arches, upon the Heath. For the Ordering of the Ground, within the Great Hedge, I leave it to Variety of Device; Advising ncverthelesse, that whatsoever forme ©f GarDcn0 191 you cast it into, first it be not too Busie. or full of Worke. Wherein I, for my part, doe not like Images Cut out in lunipcr^ or other Garden stuffe: They be for Children. Little lotu Hedges, Round, like Welts, with some Pretty Pyn-a- mides, I like well: And in some Places, Fairc Columnes upon Frames of Carpenters Worke. I would also, have the Alleys, Spacious and Faire. You may have Closer Alleys upon the Side Grounds, but none in the Maine Garden. I wish also, in the ver)' Middle, a Faire Mount, with three Ascents, and Alleys, enough for foure to walke a breast ; Which I would have to be Perfecl; Circles, without any Bulwarkes, or Im- bosments ; And the Whole Mount, to be Thirty Foot high; And some ^ne Banqiietting House, with some Chimneys neatly cast, and without too much Glasse. For Fountaines, they are a great Beauty, and Refreshment ; But Pooles marrc all, and make the Garden unwholsome, and full of Flies, and Frogs. Fountaines I intend to be of two Natures: The One, that Sprinekleth or Spout- eth Water; The Other a Faire Receipt of Water, of some Thirty or Forty Foot Square, but with- out Fish, or Slime, or Mud. For the first, the Ornaments of Images Gilt, or of Marble, which are in use, doe well: But the maine Matter is, so to Convey the Water, as it never Stay, either in the Bowles, or in the Cesteme; That the Water be never by Rest Discoloured, Greene, or Red, or the like; Or gather any Mossinesse or Putrefadion. Besides that, it is to be cleansed ever}' day by the Hand. Also some Steps up 192 Hg^agfg to it, and some Fine Pavement about it, doth well. As for the other Kinde of Fountaine^ which we may call a Bathing Poole, it may admit much Curiosity, and Beauty ; wherewith we will not trouble our selves : As, that the Bot- tome be finely Paved, And with Images: The sides likewise ; And withall Embellished with Coloured Glasse, and such Things of Lustre ; Encompassed also, with fine Railes of Low Sta- tua's. But the Maine Point is the same, which we mentioned, in the former Kinde of Foitntaine ; which is, that the Water be in Perpetuall Mo- tion, Fed by a Water higher then the Poole, and Delivered into it by faire Spouts, and then dis- charged away under Ground, by some Equalitie of Bores, that it stay little. And for fine De- vices, of Arching Water without Spilling, and Making it rise in severall Formes, (of Feathers, Drinking Glasses, Canopies, and the like,) they be pretty things to looke on, but Nothing to Health and Sweetnesse. For the Heath, which was the Third Part of our Plot, I wish it to be framed, as much as may be, to a Naturall wildnesse. Trees I would have none in it ; But some Thickets, made onely of Sweet-Briar, and Honny-suckle, and some Wilde Vine amongst ; And the Ground set with Violets, Strawbenies, and Prifne-Roses, For these are Sweet, and prosper in the Shade. And these to be in the Heath, here and there, not in any Order. 1 hke also little Heaps, in the Nature of Mole-hils, (such as are in Wilde Heaths) to be set, some with Wilde Thyme ; Some with Pincks ; .Some with Germander, that gives a (Bf ©articn^ 193 good Flower to the Eye; Some with Peri- winckle ; Some with A'iolets ; Some with Straw- berries; Some with Couslips; Some with Daisies; Some with Red-Roses ; Some with Lihum Con- valhum ; Some with Sweet-WiUiams Red ; Some with Beares-Foot ; And the hke Low Flowers, being withal Sweet, and Sightly. Part of which Ht-apes, to be with Standards^ of little Bushes^ prickt upon their Top, and Part with- out. The Standards to be Roses ; Juniper ; Holly; Beare-berries (but here and there, be- cause of the Smell of their Blossome;) Red Currans ; Goose-berries; Rose-Mary; Bayes; Sweet-Briar; and such like. But these Sta?id- ards, to be kept with Cutting, that they grow not out of Course. For the Side Grounds, you are to fill them \\4th Varietie of Alleys^ Private, to give a full Shade ; Some of them, wheresoever the Sun be. You are to frame some of them likewise for Shelter, that when the Wind blows Sharpe, you may walke, as in a Galler}-. And those Alleys must be likewise hedged, at both Ends, to keepe out the Wind; And these Closer Alleys, must bee ever finely Gravelled, and no Grasse, be- cause of Going wet. In many of these Alleys likewise, you are to set F?-u it-Trees of all Sorts ; As well upon the Walles, as in Ranges. And this would be generally obser^"ed, that the Boi- ders, wherin you plant your Fruit-Trees, be Faire and Large, and Low, and not Steepe; And Set with Fine Flowers, but thin and spar- ingly, lest they Deceive the Trees. At the End of both the Side Grounds, I would ha\e a Mount 194 1c0$a5C0 of some Pretty Height, leaving the Wall of the Enclosure Brest high, to looke abroad into the Fields. For the Maine Gaf'den, I doe not Deny, but there should be some Faire Alleys^ ranged on both Sides, with Fruit Tfees; And some Pretty Tif/ts of Fiiiit Trees ^ And Arbours with Seats, set in some Decent Order ; But these to be, by no Meanes, set too thicke ; But to leave the Maine Garden, so as it be not close, but the Aire Open and Free. For as for Shade^ I would have you rest, upon the Alleys of the Side Grounds, there to walke, if you be Disposed, in the Heat of the Yeare, or day ; But to make Account, that the Maine Garden, is for the more Temperate Parts of the yeare ; And in the Heat of Sum- mer, for the Morning, and the Evening, or Over-cast Dayes. For Aviaries, I like them not, except they be of that Largenesse, as they may be TurJ^ed, and have Living Plants, and Bushes, set in them ; That the Birds may have more Scope, and Naturall Neastling, and that no Foulenesse appeare, in the Floare of the Aviary. So I have made a Platforme of a Princely Garden, Partly by Precept, Partly by Drawing, not a Modell, but some generall Lines of it ; And in this I have spared for no Cost. But it is No- thing, for Great Princes, that for the most Part, taking Advice with Workmen, with no Lesse Cost, set their Things together; And sometimes adde Statuds, and such Things, for State, and Magnificence, but nothing to the true Pleasure of a Garden. XLVII IT is generally better to t^eale by Speech, then by Letter; And by the Mediation of a Third, then by a Mans Selfe. Letters are good, when a Man would draw an Answer by Letter backe againe ; Or when it may serve, for a Mans Justification, afterwards to produce his owne Letter; Or where it may be Danger to be in- terrupted, or heard by Peeces. To dt^a/e in Person is good, when a Mans Face breedeth Regard, as Commonly with Inferiours ; Or in Tender Cases, where a Mans Eye, upon the Countenance of him with whom he speaketh, may give him a Dire/ very Wittily ; In coynmcnding Ano- ther, you doe your selfe right; For he that you Commend, is either Superiour to you, in that you Commend, or Inferiour. If he be Inferiour, if he be to be Commended, you much more: If he be Superiour, if he be not to be commended, you much lesse. Glorious Men are the Scorne of Wise Men ; the Admiration of Fooles ; the Idols of Parasites ; And the Slaves of their own , Vaunts. LV ^f l^onour mts 3Ktputatfon THE Winning oi Honour^ is but the Reveal- ing of a Mans Vertue and Worth, without Disadvantage. For some in their Acftions, doe Wooe and affect Ho?toii}', and Reputation : Which Sort of Men, are commonly much Talked of, but inwardly little Admired. And some, contrariwise, darken their Vertue, in the Shew of it ; So as they be under-valued in opinion. If a Man performe that which hath not beenc attempted before; Or attempted & given over; Or hath beene atchieved, but not with so good Circumstance ; he shall purchase more Honour^ then by Effecting a Matter of greater Difficulty, or Vertue, wherein he is but a Follower. If a Man so temper his A(flions, as in some one of them, hee doth content everie Fa(flion, or Com- bination of People, the Musicke will bee the fuller. A man is an ill Husband of his Honour^ that entreth into any A(flion, the Failing where- in may disgrace him more, then the Carying of it through can Honor him. Honour^ that is gained and broken upon Another, hath the 220 ls00a£C0 quickest Reflection ; Like Diamonds cut with P'ascets. And therefore, let a Man contend, to excell any Competitors of his in Honour, in Out-shooting them, if he can, in their owne Bowe. Discreet Followers and Servants helpe much Xq Reputation : Oninis Fama cl Domestic is emanat. Envy, which is the Canker of Honour, is best extinguished, by declaring a Mans Selfe, in his Ends, rather to seeke Merit, then Fame: And by Attributing a Mans Successes, rather to divine Providence and Felicity, then to his owne Vertue or Policy. The true Marshalling of the Degrees of Soveraigne Horioiir are these. In the First Place are Conditores Imperiorum; Foundeis of States, and Common- Wealths: Such as were Romulus, Cyrus, Ccrsar, Ottoman^ Is- inael. In the Second Place are Legis-latores, Lawgivers ; which are also called, Second Foundej's, or Perpetui Principes, because they Governe by their Ordinances, after they are gone: Such were Lycujgus, Solon, lustinian, PJadgar, Aiphonsus of Castile, the Wise, that made the Siete Partidas. In the Third Place, are Liberatores, or Salvatores : vSuch as com- pound the long Miseries of Civill Warres, or deliver their Countries from Servitude of Stran- gers, or Tyrants ; As Augustus Ccesar, Vespasia- 71US, Aurelianus, Theodoricus, K. Henfy the 7. oi England, K. Henry the 4. oi France. In the Fourth Place, are Propagatores or Propugna- iores hnperij j Such as in Honourable Warres enlarge their Territories, or make Noble defence against Invaders. And in the Last Place, are Patres Patrice; which reigne iustly, & make Of ?i?onour and JUcputatiou 221 the Times good, wherein they live. Both which last Kindes, need no Examples, they are in such Number. Degrees of Honour in Subieds are ; First, Participes Cu)\irumj Those upon whom Princes doe discharge the greatest Weight of their Affaires ; Their Right Hands, as we call them. The Next are, Duces Belli, Great Lead- ers; Such as are Princes Lieutenants, and doe them Notable Services in the Warres. The Third are, Gratiosij Favourites; Such as ex- ceed not this Scantling; To be Solace to the Soveraigne, and Harmelesse to the People. And the Fourth, Xegotijs pares ; Such as have great Places under Princes, and execute their Places with Sufficiency. There is an Honour likewise, which may be ranked amongst the Greatest, which happeneth rarely: That is, of such as Sacrifice themselves, to Death or Danger, for the Good of their Countrey : As was M. Regulus, and the Two Decij. LVI (Bi gju^icaturc JUDGES ought to remember, that their Office ■^ is his dicere, and not Ijis dare; To Interpret Law, and not to Make Law, or Give Law. Else will it be like the Authority, claimed by the Church of Rome; which under pretext of Exposition of Scripture, doth not sticke to Addc and Alter; And to Pronounce that, which they doe not Finde ; And by Shew of Antiquitie, to introduce Novel tie. Judges ought to be more Learned, then Wittie ; More Reverend, then Plausible; And more Advised, then Confident. Above all Things, Integritie is their Portion, and Proper Vertuc. Cursed (saith the Law) is hee that removeth the Land-ma?-ke. The Mis- laier of a Meere Stone is to blame. But it is the Uniust ludge, that is the Capitall Remover of Land-markcs, when he Defineth amisse of Lands and Propcrtie. One Foulc Sentence, doth more Hurt, then many Foule Examples. For these doe but Corrupt the Streame ; The other Corrupteth the Fountaine. So saith Salomon; Fons turbatus, &r> Vena corrupt a, est Justus ra- dens in causd sua coram Adversaria. The Office of /ut/ifc's, may have Reference, Unto the Parties that sue; Unto the Advocates that Plead; Unto the Clerkes Tind Ministers of Jus- tice underneath them; And to the Soveraigne or State above them. First, for the Causes or Parties that Sue. There be (saith the Scripture) that turne ludge- 7nent into Worme-wood; And surely, there be also, that turne it into Vinegar; For Iniustice maketh it Bitter, and Delaies make it Soure. The Principall Dutie of a ludge, is to suppresse Force and Fraud ; whereof Force is the more Pernicious, when it is Open ; And Fraud, when it is Close and Disguised. Adde thereto Con- tentious Suits, which ought to be spewed out, as the Surfet of Courts. A Judge ought to pre- pare his Way to a lust Sentence, as God useth to prepare his Way, by Raising Valleys, and Taking doivne JJills : So when there appeareth on either side, an High Hand; Violent Prose- cution, Cunning Advantages taken. Combina- tion, Power, Great Counsell, then is the Vertue of a Judge scene, to make Inequalitie Equall ; That he may plant his Judgement, as upon an Even Ground. Qui fort iter eniungit, elicit san- guinem; And where the Wine-Presse is hard wrought, it yeelds a harsh Wine, that tastes of the Grape-stone. Judges must beware of Hard Constru(flions, and Strained Inferences ; For there is no Worse Torture, then the Torture of Lawes. Specially in case of Lawes Penall, they ought to have Care, that that which was meant for Terrour, be not turned into Rigour ; And that they bring not upon the People, that Shower, 224 l£00agC9 whereof the Scripture speaketh ; Pluct super eos Laqueos: For Pcnall Lawes Pressed, are a Shower of S flares upon the People. Therefore, let Penall Lawes^ if they have beene Sleepers of long, or if they be grownc unfit for the present Time, be by Wise Judges confined in the Execu- tion; ludicis Officium est, ut Res, ita Tempora Rerum, In Causes of Life and Death; Judges ought (as farre as the Law permitteth) in Justice to re- member Mercy; And to Cast a Severe Eye upon the Example, but a MercifuU Eye upon the Person. Secondly, for the Advocates and Counsell that Plead: Patience and Gravitie of Hearing, is an Essentiall Part of Justice ; And an Over- speaking Judge is no luell timed CynibaU. It is no Grace to a Judge, first to finde that, which hee might have heard, in due time, from the Barre ; or to shew Quicknesse of Conceit in Cutting off Evidence or Counsell too short ; Or to prevent Information, by Questions though Pertinent. The Parts of a Judge in Hearing are Foure: To diredl the Evidence; To Mode- rate Length, Repetition, or Impertinency of Speech ; To Recapitulate, Select, and Collate, the Materiall Points of that, which hath beene said ; And to Give the Rule or Sentence. What- soever is above these, is too much; And pro- ceedeth. Either of Glory and willingnesse to Speake; Or of Impatience to Heare; Or of Shortnessc of Memorie; Or of Want of a Staid and Equall Attention. It is a Strange Thing to see, that the Boldnesse of Advocates, should prevaile with hedges j Whereas they should imi- tate God, in whose Seat they sit ; who represseth the P7-esumptuous, and giveth Grace to the Modest. But it is more Strange, that hedges should have Noted Favourites; Which cannot but Cause Multiphcation of Fees, and Suspicion of By-waies. There is due from the hedge, to the Advocate, some Commendation and Grac- ing, where Causes are well Handled, and faire Pleaded; Especially towards the Side which obtaineth not ; For that upholds, in the Cliefit, the Reputation of his Counscll, and beats downe, in him, the Conceit of his Cause. There is like- wise due to the Publique, a Civill Reprehension of Advocates, where there appeareth Cunning Counsel, Crosse Negledl:, Slight Information, Indiscreet Pressing, or an Over-bold Defence. And let not the Counsell at the Barre, chop with the hedge, nor winde himselfe into the handling of the Caiese anew, after the Judge hath Declared his Sentence : But on the other side, Let not the hedge meet the Cause halfe Way ; Nor give Occasion to the Partie to say ; His Coiensell 07' Proof es were 7tot heard. Thirdly, for that that concernes Clerks, and Ministers. The Place of hestice, is an Hallowed Place ; And therefore, not only the Bench, but the Foot-pace, and Precin', then below it: which is a Thing easily done, if a Man will give Law to himselfe in it. For the Second Point ; The Causes and Mo- tives of Anger, are chiefly three. First, to be too Sensible of Hurt: For no Man is Angry, that Feeles not himselfe Hurt: And therefore Tender and Delicate Persons, must needs be oft Angry : They have so many Things to trouble them; Which more Robust Natures have little Sense of. The next is, the Apprehension and Construclion, of the Iniury offred, to be, in the Circumstances thereof, full of Contempt. For Contempt is that which putteth an Edge upon Anger, as much, or more, then the Hurt it selfe. And therefore, when Men are Ingenious, in picking out Circumstances of Contempt, they doe kindle their ^ ;/_^^r much. Lastly, Opinion of the Touch of a Mans Reputation, doth mul- tiply and sharpen Anger. W^herein the Remedy is, that a Man should have, as Consalvo was wont to say, Telam Honoris crassiorem. But in all Refrainings oi Anger, it is the best Remedy to win Time ; And to make a Mans Selfe beleeve. 230 I£0gagc0 that the Opportunity of his Revenge is not yet come : But that he foresees a Time for it ; And so to still Himselfe in the meane Time, and reserv^e it. To containe Anger from Mischief c, though it take hold of a Man, there be two Things, whereof you must have speciall Caution. The one, of extreme Bitternesse of Words; Espe- cially, if they be Aculeate, and Proper : For Commujiia Maledi6la arc nothing so much : And againe, that in Anger, a Man revealc no Secrets: For that makes him not fit for Society. The other, that you doe not peremptorily break off, in any Businesse, in a Fitt of Anger: But how- soever you shew Bitternes, do not AR any thing, that is not Revocable. For Raising and Appeasing Anger in Ano- ther; It is done chiefly, by Choosing of Times, when Men are frowardest and worst disposed, to incense them. Againe, by gathering (as was touched before) all that you can findc out, to aggravate the Contempt. And the two Remedies are by the Contraries. The Former, to take good Times, when first to relate to a Man, an Angry Businesse : For the first Impression is much ; And the other is, to sever, as much as may be, the Construction of the Iniury, from the Point of Contempt: Imputing it, to Misun- derstanding, Fcare, Passion, or what you will. s LVIII <&i ^ictssituDc of stings ALOMON saith; There is no New Thing upon the Earth. So that as Plato had an Imagination ; That all Knoivledge was but Re- niembra?tct' : So Salomon giveth his Sentence; That all Xoveltie is but Oblivion. Whereby you may see, that the River of Lethe, runneth as well above Ground, as below. There is an abstruse Astrologer that saith ; If it were not., for two things, that are Constant; {The one is, that the Fixed Star res ever stand at like dis- tance, one from another, and never come nearer together, nor goe further asunder; The other, that the Diurnall Motion perpetually keepeth Time:) Xo Individuall would last one Moment. Certain it is, that the Matter, is in a Perpetuall Flux, and never at a Stay. The great Winding- sheets, that burie all Things in Oblivion, are two ; Deluges, and Earth-quakes. As for Con- flagrations, and great Droughts, they doe not jUL'vt- ' meerely dispeople, and destroy. Phaetons Carre went but a day. And the Three yeares Drought, in the time of Elias, was but Particular, and left People Alive. As for the great Burnings by 232 1£^sagc0 Lightnings, which are often in the West Indies^ they are but narrow. But in the other two Destrucflions, by Deluge, and Earth-quake, it is further to be noted, that the Remnant of People, which hap to be reserved, are commonly Igno- rant and Mountanous People, that can give no Account, of the Time past : So that the Oblivion is all one, as if none had beene left. If you consider well, of the People of the West Indies, it is very probable, that they are a Newer, or a Younger People, then the People of the Old World. And it is much more likely, that the Destru(flion, that hath heretofore been there, was not by Earth-quakes, (As the ^Egyptian Priest told Solon, concerning the Island of Atlantis; That it was swallowed by an Earth- quake;) But rather, that it was desolated, by a Particular Deluge. For Earth-quakes arc sel- dome in those Parts. But on the other side, they have such Powring Ri7>ers, as the Rivers of Asia, and Affrick, and Eui'ope, are but Brookes to them. Their Andes likewise, or Mountaines, are farre higher, then those with us ; Whereby it scemes, that the Remnants of Generation of Men, were, in such a Particular Deluge, saved. As for the Observation, that Macciavel hath, that the lealousie of Sefts, doth much extin- guish the Memory of Things ; Traducing Gre- gory the Great, that he did, what in him lay, to extinguish all Heathen Antiquities; I doe not finde, that those Zeales, doe any great Effeds, nor last long: As it appeared in the Succession of Sabinian, who did revive the former Anti- quities. ©f 2atcts$itutie of ^Ijings 233 The Vicissitude or Mutations, in the Super- tour Globe, are no fit Matter, for this present Argument. It may be, Plato's great Yeare, if the World should last so long, would have some Effect; Not in renewing the State of like Indi- viduals (for that is the Fume of those, that con- ceive the Celestiall Bodies, have more accurate Influences, upon these Things below, then in- deed they have) but in grosse. Comets, out of question, have likewise Power and Effedl, over the Grosse and Masse of Things: But they are rather gazed upon, and waited upon in their Journey, then wisely observed in their Effects ; Specially in their Respective Effects ; That is, what Kinde of Comet, for Magnitude, Colour, Version of the Beames, Placing in the Region of Heaven, or Lasting, produceth what Kinde of Effects. There is a Toy, which I have heard, and I would not have it given over, but waited upon a little. They say, it is obser\'ed, in the Low Countries (I know not in what Part) that Ever>' Five and Thirtie years. The same Kinde and vSute of Years and Weathers, comes about againe : As Great Frosts, Great Wet, Great Droughts, Warme Winters, Summers with little Heat, and the like : And they call it the Pritne. It is a Thing, I doe the rather mention, because com- puting backwards, I have found some Concur- rence. But to leave these Points of Nature, and to come to Men. The greatest Vicissitude of Things amongst Men, is the Vicissitude of Se^s, and Religions. For those Orbs rule in Mens 234 1i00agc0 Minds most. The True Religion is built upon the Rocke; The Rest are tost upon the Waves of Time. To speake therefore, of the Causes of New Scds J And to give some Counsell con- cerning them ; As farre, as the Weaknesse of Humane Judgement, can give stay to so great Revolutions. When the Religiofi formerly received, is rent by Discords; And when the Holinesse of the Professours of Religion is decayed, and full of Scandall ; And withall the Times be Stupid, Ig- norant, and Barbarous ; you may doubt the Springing up of a AVw Seh; If then also there should arise, any Extravagant and Strange Spi- rit, to make himselfe Authour thereof. All which Points held, when Mahomet published his Law. If a New Sed have not two Properties, feare it not: For it will not spread. The one is, the Supplanting, or the opposing, of Authority esta- blished : For Nothing is more Popular then that. The other is, the Giving Licence to Plea- sures, and a Voluptuous Life. For as for Spe- culative Hetesies (such as were in Ancient Times the Arrians^ and now the Arniinians) though they worke mightily upon Mens Wits, yet they doe not produce any great Alterations in States; except it be by the Helpe of Civill Occasions. There be three Manner of Planta- tions of New Seds. B)- the Power of Signes and Miracles: By the Eloquence and IVisedonie of Speech and Perswasion : And by the Sword. For Martyrdonies, I reckon them amongst Mi- racles ; Because they seeme to exceed, the Strength of Human Nature: And I may doe Of 2aici$0ituUe of ^f)ing0 235 the like oi Superlative 2ind Admirable Holinesse of Life. Surely, there is no better Way, to stop the Rising of New Seds, and Schismes ; then To reforme Abuses ; To compound the smaller Differences ; To proceed mildly, and not with SangTiinar>' Persecutions ; And rather to take off the principall Authours, by Winning and Advancing them, then to enrage them by Vio- lence and Bitternesse. The Changes and Vicissitude in Warrcs are many : But chiefly in three Things ; In the Seats or Stages of the War re; In the Weapons; And in the Ma finer of the Conduct. War res in ancient Time, seemed more to move from East to West: For the Persia>is, Assyrians, Arabians, Tartars, (which were the Invaders) were all Easterne People. It is true, the Gaules were Westerne ; But we reade but of two Incursions of theirs ; The one to Gallo-Grecia, the other to Rome. But East and West have no certaine Points of Heaven : And no more have the War res, either from the East, or West, any Cer- tainty of Observation. But Xoj-th and South are tixed: And it hath seldome or never been scene, that the farre Southern People have in- vaded the Northern, but contrariwise. Whereby it is manifest, that the Northern Tra^ of the World, is in Nature the more Martiall Region : Be it, in respe6l of the Stars of that Hemi- sphere; Or of the great Continents that are upon the North, whereas the South Part, for ought that is knowTie, is almost all Sea ; Or (which is most apparent) of the Cold of the Northern Parts, which is that, which without 236 Is^gaje^ Aid of Discipline, doth make the Bodies hard- est, and the Courages warmest. Upon the Breaking and Shivering of a great State and E7npire^ you may be sure to have Warres. For great Empires, while they stand, doe enervate and destroy the Forces of the Na- tives, which they have subdued, resting upon their owne Protecfling Forces: And then when they faile also, all goes to ruine, and they be- come a Prey. So was it, in the Decay of the Roman Empire; And likewise, in the Empire of Almaigne, after Charles the Great, every Bird taking a Fether ; And were not unlike to befall to Spaine, if it should break. The great Accessions and Unions of Kingdomes, doe like- wise stirre up Wanes. For when a State growes to an Over-power, it is like a great Floud, that will be sure to overflow. As it hath been scene, in the States of Rome, Turky^ Spaine, and others. Looke when the World hath fewest Barbarous Peoples, but such as com- monly will not marry or generate, except they know meanes to live; (As it is almost every where at this day, except Tartar}') there is no Danger of Inundations of People: But when there be great Shoales of People, which goc on to populate, without foreseeing Meanes of Life and Sustentation, it is of Necessity, that once in an Age or two, they discharge a Portion of their People upon other Nations : Which the ancient Northern People, were wont to doe by Lot : Casting Lots, what Part should stay at home, and what should seeke their Fortunes. When a Warre-like State growes Soft and Effeminate, ^f SaicMtuDe of ©IbingiS 237 they may be sure of a Warre. For commonly such States are growne rich, in the time of their Degenerating; And so the Prey inviteth, and their Decay in Valour encourageth a Warre. As for the Weapons^ it hardly falleth under Rule and Observation: yet we see, even they have ReUirnes and Vicissitudes. For certain it is, that Ordnance was known in the Citty of the Oxidt'akes in India; And was that, which the Macedonians called Thunder and Lightning, and Magicke. And it is well knowne, that the use of Ordnatice hath been in Chi^ia, above 2000. yeares. The Conditions of Weapons, & their Improvement are; First, The Fetching a farre off: For that outruns the Danger: As it is scene in Ordnance and Mnskets. Secondly, the Strength of the Percussion ; wherin likewise Ord- jiance doe exceed all Arietations, and ancient Inventions. The third is, the commodious use of them : As that they may serve in all Wethers ; That the Carriage may be Light and Manage- able ; and the like. For the Condufl of the Warre : At the first, Men rested extremely upon Number: They did put the Warres likewise upon Mai?ie Force, and Valour; Pointing Dayes for Pitched Fields, and so trying it out, upon an even Match: And they were more ignorant in Ranging and Arrayitig their Battailes. After they grew to rest upon Number, rather Competent, then Vast: They grew to Advantages, oi Place, Cu?ining Diver- sions, and the like : And they grew more skilful in the Orderifig of their Battailes. In the Youth of a State, Armes doe flourish: 238 ?£00agei5 In the Middle Age of a StatCy Learning; And then both of them together for a time: In the Declining Age of a State, Mechanicall Arts and Merchandise. Learning hath his Infancy, when it is but beginning, and almost Childish : Then his Youth, when it is Luxuriant and luven- ile: Then his Strength of yeares, when it is Solide and Reduced: And lastly, his old Age, when it waxeth Dry and Exhaust. But it is not good, to looke too long, upon these turning Wheeles of Vicissitude, lest we become Giddy. As for the Philology of them, that is but a Circle of Tales, and therefore not fit for this Writing. A FRAGMENT, OF AN ESSAY, (Bi ipame THE Poets make Fajne a Monster. They de- scribe her, in Part, finely, and elegantly; and, in part, gravely, and sententiously. They say, look how many Feathers she hath, so many Eyes she hath underneath : So many Tongues ; So many Voyces ; She pricks up so many Ears. This is a flourish : There follow excellent Pa7'ablesj As that, she gathereth strength in going; That she goeth upon the ground, and yet hideth her head in the Clouds, That, in the day time, she sitteth in a Watch Toiver, and flyeth, most, by night : That she mingleth Things done, with things not done: And that she is a Terrour to great Citties: But that, which passeth all the rest, is : They do recount, that the Ea?'th, Mo- ther of the Gyants, that made War against Ju- piter, and were by him destroyed, thereupon, in an anger, brought forth Fame: For certain it is. That Rebels, figured by the Gyafits, and Seditious Fames, and Libels, are but Brothei's, and Sisters j Masculine, and Feminine. But now, if a Man can tame this Mojister, and bring her to feed at 240 lE^^aje^ the hand, and govern her, and with her fly other ravening Fowle, and kill them, it is somewhat worth. But we are infected, with the stile of the Poets. To speak now, in a sad, and serious manner: There is not, in all the Politiques, a Place, lesse handled, and more worthy to be handled, then this of Fame. We will, therefore, speak of these points. What are false Fames; And what are true Fames; And how they may be best discerned ; How Fames, may be sown, and raised; How they may be spread, and mul- tiplyed ; And how they may be checked, and layed dead. And other Things, concerning the Nature of Fame. Fame., is of that force, as there is, scarcely, any great Acflion wherein, it hath not, a great part; Especially, in the War. Mucianus undid Vitellius by a Fajne, that he scattered ; That Vitellius had in purpose, to re- move the Legions of Syria, into Germany; And the Legions of Germany, into Syria: whereupon the Legions of Syria were infinitely inflan\ed. Julius Civsar, took Pompcy unprovided, and layed asleep his industry, and preparations, by a Fame that he cunningly gave out; How Ca- sars own Souldiers loved him not ; And being wearied with the Wars, and Laden with the spoyles of Gaul, would forsake him, as soon as he came into Italy. Livia, setled all things, for the Succession, of her Son Tiberius, by con- tinuall giving out, that her husband Augustus, was upon Recovery, and amendment. And it is an usuall thing, with the Basshawes, to con- ceale the Death of the Great Turk from the Ja)inizaries, and men of War, to save the Sack- 01 dFamc 241 ing of Constantinople^ and other Tow?is, as their Manner is. Themistocles, made Zerxes, king of Persia poast apace out of Gt'cecia, by giving out, that the GrcEcians, had a purpose, to break his Bridge, of Ships, which he had made athwart Hellespont. There be a thousand such Hke Ex- amplesj And the more they are, the lesse they need to be repeated ; Because a Man, meeteth with them, every where : Therefore, let all Wise Governers, have as great a watch, and care, over Fames, as they have, of the Anions, and De- signes themselves. Tht rest was not Finished. OF THE C O U L E R S OF GOOD AND EVILL A FRAGMENT. 1597. R2 1. Cui cetera partes vel setflir secuudas nnanimiter deferinit^ cum singulic principatnm sibi viudicctit inelior reliquis vidctnr. A^'atn primas ijuccque cx zelo videtiir siif/iere ; seciindas aiitcfn ex 7'ero trihiiere. 2. Cuius excellentia vel exuperautia mclior id toto genere vielius. 3. Quod ad veriiaton refertiir mains est quam quod ad opiuionem. Modus autem, &^ probatio eius quod ad opinioncvi pcrtinet Juvc est. Quod qiiis si clam putaret fore faclunis non esset. 4. Quod rem ijttegram senuit bonum quod sine re- ceptu est malum. Nam se recipere' non posse impo- tentiic genics est, potentia autem bonum. 5. Quod ex pluribus constat, (2r^ divisibiliiis est mains qnam quod ex pancioribus ^ magis unum: nam omnia per partes considerata maiora vidoitur: qnare &" pluralitas parlium nuxgnittuiinem pnt se fert, fortius autem operatur pluralitas partium si ordo absit, nam inducit similitudincm infviiti, &= impedit comprehensionem. 6. Cuius privatio bona, malnm^ cuius privatio mala bonum. 7. Quod bono vicinum, bonum, quod a bono rcmo- tum malum. 8. Quod quis culpa sua contraxit, mains malum, quod ab exteriiis imponitnr minus malum. 9. Quod opera, &=' vi^inte nostra partum est, mains bonum, quod ab alieno beneficio, vel ab i)idnlgentia fortnuic delatnm est, minus bonum. 10. Gradus privationis inaior videtur qnam gradns diminntionis, &^ rnrsns gradus inceptionis maior videtur qnam gradus incrementi. IN deliberatives the point is what is good and what is evill, and of good what is greater, and of evill what is the lesse. So that the perswaders labor is to make things appeare good or evill, and that in higher or lower degree, which as it may be perfourmed by true and solide reasons, so it may be repre- sented also by coulers, popularities and circum- stances, which are of such force, as they sway the ordinarie iudgement either of a weake man, or of a wise man, not fully and considerately attending and pondering the matter. Besides their power to alter the nature of the subiecl in appearance, and so to leade to error, they are of no lesse use to quicken and strengthen the opinions and per- swasions which are true : for reasons plainely delivered, and alwaies after one manner especi- ally with fine and fastidious mindes, enter but heavily and dully ; whereas if they be varyed and have more life and vigor put into them by these foiirmes and insinuations, they cause a stronger apprehension, and many times suddainely win the minde to a resokition. Lastly, to make a true and safe iudgement, nothing can be of greater use and defence to the minde, then the discovering and reprehension of these coulers, shewing in what cases they hold, and in what they deceive : Avhich as it cannot be done, but out of a very universall knowledge of the nature of things, so being perfourmed, it so cleareth mans iudgement and elecftion, as it is the lessc apt to slide into any error. A TABLE of Coulers, or apparances of good and evill, and their degrees as places of perswasion and disswasion ; and their severall fallaxes, and the elenches of them. I. Ctd ceterce partes vel secla: secundas unaniiniter defenint^ cu>n smgtili£ principatmn sibi vendiceiii i7ielior reliquis videttir, nam primus quitqiie ex zelo videtur sitmere, secundas atifem ex 7'ero &^ merito iribnere. SO Cicero went about to prove the Secle of Acadejniques which suspended all assevera- tion, for to be the best, for sayth he, aske a Sto- icke which Philosophie is true, he will preferre his owne: Then aske him which approcheth next the truth, he will confesse the Academiques. So deale with the Epicure that will scant in- dure the Stoicke to be in sight of him, as soone as he hath placed himselfe, he will place the Academiques next him. So if a Prince tooke divers competitors to a place, and examined them severallie whome next 248 €f}t ©oulm of themselves they would rathest commend, it were like the ablest man should have the most second votes. The fallax of this couler hapneth oft in re- specfl of envy, for men are accustomed after themselves and their owne faction to incline to them which are softest, and are least in their way in despite and derogation of them that hold them hardest to it. So that this couler of melioritie and preheminence is oft a signe of enervation and weakcnesse. 2. Cuius excellent'nx vel cxiipcrantia vielioy, id Mo generc melius. APPERTAINING to this are the fourmes; - Let us not wander in generalities : Let ns compare particular with pa^iicular^ &c. This appearance though it seeme of strength and ra- ther Logicall then Rhctoricall, yet is very oft a fallax. Sometimes because some things are in kindc very casuall, which if they escape, prove excel- lent, so that the kindc is inferior, because it is so subiecft to perill, but that which is excellent being proved is superior, as the blossome of March and the blossome of May, whereof the French verse goeth. Bou7-geon de Mars en/ant de Paris, Si un eschapcy it en vaut di.r. So that the blossome of May is generally better then the blossome of March ; and yet the best blossome of March is better then the best blos- some of Mav. GoolJ anil 1£faill 249 Sometimes, because the nature of some kindes is to be more equall and more indifferent, and not to have very distant degrees, as hath bene noted in the warmer clymates, the people are generally more wise, but in the Northerne cli- mate the wits of chiefe are greater. So in many Armies, if the matter should be tryed by duell betweene two Champions, the vi(flory should go on one side, and yet if- it be tryed by the grosse, it would go of the other side ; for excellencies go as it were by chance, but kindes go by a more certaine nature, as by discipline in warre. Lastly, many kindes have much refuse which countervale that which they have excellent ; and therefore generally mettall is more precious then stone, and yet a dyamond is more precious then gould. 3. Qiiod ad veritatcDi refeiiur fnaiiis est qitajn qnod ad opiniotiem. Modus autem dr' probaiio ems quod ad opiiiionem pejiinet, /uvc est, quod quis si dam ptitaret fore, faclurus noii esset. SO the Epicures say of the Stoicks felicitie placed in vertue. That it is like the felicitie of a Player, who if he were left of his Auditorie and their applause, he would streight be out of hart and countenance, and therefore they call vertue Bon urn theatrale. But of Riches the Poet sayth: Populus me sibilat, At 7nihi platido. And of pleasure. Grata sub iino Gaudia coj-dePrcmcns, vultu si7milante piido7-em. 250 ^l^e ©ouler^ of The fallax of this couler is somewhat subtile, though the aunswere to the example be readie, for vertue is not chosen propter aiiram popula- rem. But contrariwise, Maxime omnium teipsiim revererc, So as a vertuous man will be vertuous in solitudine^ and not onely in theatro, though percase it will be more strong by glory and fame, as an heate which is doubled by reflexion ; liut thatdenieth the supposition, it doth not reprehend the fallax whereof the reprehension is, alow that vertue (such as is ioyned with labor and conflict) would not be chosen but for fame and opinion, yet it followeth not that the chiefe motive of the elecftion should not be reall and for it selfe, for fame may be onely cmisa impulsiva^ and not caicsa co7istituens, or efficicns. As if there were two horses, and the one would doo better without the spurre then the other : but agayne, the other with the spurre \\:oulde farre exceede the doing of the former, giving him the spurre also ; yet the latter will be iudged to be the better horse, and the fourme as to say, Tush^ the life of this horse is but in the spurre, will not serve as to a wise iudgemente : For since the ordinary instru- ment of horsemanship is the spurre, and that it is no manner of impediment nor burden, the horse is not to bee accounted the lesse of, which will not do well without the spurre, but rather the other is to be reckoned a delicacie then a vertue, so glory and honor are as spurres to ver- tue : and although vertue would languish with- out them, yet since they be alwaycs at hand to attend vertue, vertue is not to be sayd the lesse, chosen for it selfe, because it needeth the spurre (SooD anD 1Et>iU 251 of fame and reputation : and therefore that posi- tion, Nota eiiis rci quod propter opinio7iein ^ non propter veritatem eligitiir, h' with them an obligation, which seemeth a kinde of burthen, whereas the other which derive from our selves, are like the freest patents absque aliquo inde reddendo, and if they procecde from fortune or providence, yet they seeme to touch us sccreatly with the reverence of the divine powers whose favours we tast, and therfore worke a kind of religious feare and restraint, whereas in the other kind, that come to passe which the Prophet speaketh, Lcetaiitur £t^ exultant, iinmolant pla- gis suis, (Sr' sacrijicant reti suo. ffiooD anU lEbill 263 Thirdely because that which commeth unto us without our owne virtue, yeeldeth not that commendation and reputation, for a(flions of great felicitie may drawe wonder, but prayselesse, as Cicei'o said to Cesar : Quce niireimir habe- nius, qucp laudemiis expe^ciDius. Fourthly because the purchases of our own Industrie are ioyned commonly with labour and strife which gives an edge and appetite, and makes the fruition of our desire more pleasant, Suavis cibus a venatu. On the other side there bee fowre counter colours to this colour rather then reprehensions, because they be as large as the colour it selfe, first because felicitie seemeth to bee a character of the favour and love of the divine powers, and accordingly worketh both confidence in our selves and respefte and authoritie from others. And this felicitie extendeth to many casuall thinges, whereunto the care or virtue of man cannot extend, and therefore seemeth to be a larger good, as when Ccpsar sayd to the sayler, CcEsarem portas &^ fortimam eiies, if he had saidcj 5-= virtutem eius, it had beene small com- fort against a tempest otherwise then if it might seeme upon merite to induce fortune. Next, whatsoever is done by vertue and industrie, seemes to be done by a kinde of habite and arte, and therefore open to be imi- tated and followed, whereas felicitie is inimita- ble: So wee generally see, that things of nature seeme more excellent then things of arte, be- cause they be inimitable, for quod imitabile est potentia qiiadain viilgatmn est. 264 ^jb? (^ouUx^ of Thirdly, felicitie commendeth those things which commcth without our owne labor, for they seeme gifts, and the other scemes peny- worths : whereupon Plutarch sayth elegantly of the acfles of Timoleon^ who was so fortunate, compared with the acles of Agcsilaus and Epafnhiondas, That they were like Homers verses they ratine so easily and so well, and therefore it is the word we give unto poesie, terming it a happie vaine, because facilitie seemeth ever to come from happines. Fourthly, this same prcEter spefn, vel prater expcdatum, doth increase the price and pleasure of many things, and this cannot be incident to those things that proceede from our owne care, and compasse. 10 Gradus privationis 9?iaior z^idettir quam gradus diminiiiionis ; &^ rursus gradus inceptionis maior videtur quam gradus incremetiti. IT is a position in the Mathematiques that there is no proportion betweene somewhat and nothing, therefore the degree of nullitie and quidditie or aCt, seemeth larger then the degrees of increase and decrease, as to a monoculos it is more to loose one eye, then to a man that hath two eyes. So if one ha\e lost divers children, it is more griefe to him to loose the last then all the rest, because he is spes gregis. And therefore Sybilla when she brought her three books, and had burned two, did double the whole price of both the other, because the ffiooD ant) ^i)i\l 26^ burning ot that had hvci gradiis privationis^ and not diminutionis. This couler is reprehended first in those things, the use and service whereof resteth in sufficiencie, competencie, or determi- nate quantitie, as if a man be to pay one hun- dreth poundes upon a penaltie, it is more for him to want xii pence, then after that xii pence supposed to be wanting, to want ten shillings more : So the decay of a mans estate seemes to be most touched in the degree when he first growes behinde, more then afterwards when he proves nothing worth. And hereof the common fourmes are, Sej-a in fundo parsimonia, and as good never a whit, as never the better, &c. It is reprehended also in respect of that notion, Corruptio unms, generatio alteriuSy so that gradus privationis, is many times lesse matter, because it gives the cause, and motive to some new course. As when Dejnosthenes reprehended the people for harkning to the conditions offered by King Phillip, being not honorable nor equall, he saith they were but aliments of their sloth and weakenes, which if they were taken away, necessitie woulde teach them stronger resolu- tions. So Do(flor Hedor was wont to say to [the] Dames of London, when they complayned they were they could not tell how, but yet they could not endure to take any medicine, he would tell them, Their way was onely to be sicke, for then they would be glad to take any medicine. Thirdly, this couler may be reprehended, in respe(ft that the degree of decrease is more sensitive, then the degree of privation ; for in the minde of man, gradus difninuttonts may z66 Zf)t ^ouler^ ot worke a waverinf^ betweene hope and feare, and so keepe the minde in siispcnce from setling and accommodating in patience, and resolution; here- of the common fourmes are, Better eye out, then alwayes ake, make or marre, &:c. For the second braunch of this couler, it depends upon the same generall reason : hence grew the common place of extolling the begin- ning of every thing, Dimidunn fa^i qui bene ccepit habet. This made the Astrologers so idle as to iudge of a mans nature and destiny by the constellation of the moment of his nativitie, or conception. This couler is reprehended, because many in- ceptions are but as Epicunts termeth them, tentavienta, that is, imperfe(fl offers, and essayes, which vanish and come to no substance without an iteration, so as in such cases the second degree seemes the worthyest, as the body-horse in the Cart, that draweth more then the fore- horse, hereof the common fourmes are, The seeond blow makes the fyeiy^ The second word makes the bargaine, Alter principinm dedit, alter \^>nodinn^ abstulit, ^c. Another reprehen- sion of this couler is in respedl of defatigation, which makes perseverance of greater dignitiethen inception, [for chaunce or instincfl of nature may cause inception,] but setled affedion or iudge- mcnt maketh the continuance. Thirdly, this couler is reprehended in such things which have a naturall course, and incli- nation contrary to an inception. So that the GooU anl) Icijill 267 inception is continually evacuated and gets no start, but there behoveth perpetua inccptio, as in the common fourme. A''o?i progredi^ est re- gredi^ Qui non proficit^ deficit: Running against the hill : Rowing against the streame, &c. For if it be with the streame or with the hill, then the degree of inception is more then all the rest. Fourthly, this couler is to be understoode of gradus inceptionis h potentia^ ad aHiim compa- 7-atus; cum gradu ab a6lu ad increinentuni: For other[wise], ?iiaior videtur gradus ab iinpo- tentia ad potentially quain apotentia ad a^u?n. FINIS. finted at London by lohn Windet for Humfrey Hooper. 1597- APPENDIX ESSAIES OF STUDIES Cap: ] STUDIES serue for pastimes, for ornaments, for abilities : their cheife vse for pastimes is in privatenes, and retiring: for ornaments, in discourse ; and for ability in ludgement : for ex- pert men can execute, but learned are men more fit to ludge, and censure: to spende to much time in them is sloth : to vse them to much for ornament is affe(flation : to make ludgement wholely by their rules is the humor of a scholler : they perfe^l nature, and are themselues perfecfled by experience : crafty men contemne them, wise men vse them, simple men admire them, for they teache not their owne vse, but that there is a wisdome wthout them, and aboue them wonne by observation : Reade not to contradi(5l, nor to beleeue, but to weigh, and consider. Some 270 ^ppenlJix bookes arc to bii tasted, others to be swallowed, and some fewe to be chewed, and disgested: that is: some are to be reade onely in partes, others to be reade but curiously, and some fewe to be reade wholely wth diligence, and atten- tion. Reading maketh a full man, conference a ready, and Avriting an exadl man : therefore if a man write litle he had neede of a greate memory ; if he confer litle, he had neede of a present wit, and if he reade litle, he had neede haue much cunning to seeme to knowe that he doth not knowe: Histories make men wise; Poets witty: the Mathematiques subtile ; Naturall Philoso- phic deepe : Morall graue : Logique, and Retho- rique able to contende. OF DISCOURSE Cap: 2 SOME in their discourse desire rather com- mendation of wit, in being able to holde all arguments, then of Judgement in discerning what is true: as if it were a praise to knowe what might be saide, and not what should be thought: some haue certaine common places, and theames, wherein they are good, and want variety: w^h kinde of Poverty is for the most parte tedious, and now, and then ridiculous : the honorablest parte of talke is to giue the occa- sion, and againe to moderate, and passe to some- what else : It is good to vary, and mixe speache of the present occasion w^h arguments ; tales wtl^ reasons: asking of questions wth telling of opinions: and lest wth earnest: but some thinges are priviledged from lest, namely, Re- ligion, matters of state, greate persons, all mens present busines of Importaunce, and any case that deserveth pitty: He that questioneth much, shall learne much, and content much, especially if he apply his questions to the skill of the party of whom he asketh : for he shall giue them occa- 272 ^ppentiii sion to please themselues in speaking, and hini- selfe shall continually gather knowledge: if some- times you dissemble your knowledge of that you are thought to knowe, you shallbe thought an- other time to knowe, that w^h you knowe not : speache of a mans selfe is not good often ; and there is but one thing wherein a man may com- mend himselfe wth good grace, and that is commending vertue in another: especially if it be such a vertue as wherevnto himselfe prctend- eth : Discretion of speache is more then elo- quence, and to speake agreeably to him wth whome we deale, is more then to speake in good wordes, or in good order: a good continued speache, wthout a good speache of Interloquu- tion showeth slownes ; and a good second speache wthout a good set speache showeth shallownes. to vse to many circumstaunces ere one come to the matter is wearisome, and to A-se none at all is blunt. OF CERIMONIES, AND RESPECTES Cap: 3 HE that is onely reall, needeth exceeding greate partes of vertue, as the stone had neede to bee exceeding riche that is set w'hout foyle : but commonly it is in praise, as it is in gaine : for as the proverbe is true, that light gaines make heavie purses, because they come thicke: whereas the greate come but now, and then: so it is as true that small matters win greate commendation, because they are continu- ally in vse, and in noate, whereas the occasion of any greate vertue commeth but on hollidaies : to attaine good formes it sufficeth not to despise them, for so shall a man obserue them in others, and let him trust himselfe wth the rest : for if he care to expresse them he shall loose their grace, w^h is to be naturall, and vnafTfe(fled; some mens behaviour is like a verse, wherein every sillable is measured : how can a man ob- serue greate matters, that breaketh his minde to much in small observations? not to vse cere- monies at all, is to teache others not to vse them againe, and so diminish his respe(ft: especially T 274 ^ppcnlJii they are not to be omitted to straungers, and straunge natures : among a mans equalls a man shallbe sure of familiarity, and therefore it is good a htle to keepe state : among a mans infe- riours a man shallbe sure of reverence, and therefore it is good a litle to be familiar : he that is to much in any thing, so that he giveth an- other occasion of satiety maketh himselfe cheape : to apply ones selfe to others is good, so it be wth demonstration that a man doth it vpon regarde, and not vpon facility : it is a good pre- cept generally in seconding another, yet to adde somewhat of his owne: if you graunt his opinion let it be wth some distinclion: if you will fol- lowe his motion let it be wth condition : if you allowe his counsaile, let it be wth aliedging far- ther reason. OF FOLLOWERS, AND FREINDES Cap : 4 COSTLY followers are not to be liked, least while a man maketh his traine longer, he maketh his winges shorter : I reckon to be cost- ly not them alone w^h charge the purse, but wch are wearisome, and importunate in suites: ordinary followers ought to challenge no higher conditions, then countenaunce, recommendation, and prote(flion from wrong: factious followers are worse to be liked w^h followe not vpon af- fecftion to him w^h whome they raunge them- selues, but vpon some discontentment receiv^ed against some others, wherevpon commonly in- sueth that ill intelligence, that many times we see betweene greate personages: the following of certaine states awnswerable to that w^h a greate personage himselfe professeth : as of soul- diers to him that hath bin imploied in the warres, and the like hath ever bin a thing civill. and well taken euen in Monarchies, so it be w'^out too much pompe, or popularity: but the most honorable kinde of following is to be followed, as one that intendeth to advaunce vertue, and T2 276 ^ppcnDti desert in all sortes of persons : and yet where there is no imminent ods in sufficiency, it is better to take w'^ the more passable, then w^h the more able : in government of charge it is good to vse men of one ranke equally: for to countenaunce some extraordinarily is to make them insolent and the rest discontent, because they may claime a due : but in favours to vse men w^h much difference, and election is good, for it maketh the persons preferred more thank- full, and the rest affeclious, because all is of favour: it is good not to make to much of any man at first, because one cannot holdc out that proportion, to be governed by one is not good, and to be distracted by many is worse: but to take ad\ise of freindes is ever honorable: for lookers on many times see more then gam- sters, and the vale best discovcrcth the hill, there is litle freindeship in the worlde, and least of all bctwecne equalls, that w^h jg^ is bctweene superiour, and inferiour, whose fortunes may comprchendc the one the other. OF SUITERS Cap: 5 MANY ill matters are vndertaken, and many good matters wth ill mindes: some em- brace suites wch never meane to deale effec- tually in them, but if they see, there may be life in the matter by some other meane, they will be content to win a thanke, or take a second re- warde: some take holde of suites onely for an occasion to crosse some others, or to make an information, whereof they could not otherwise haue apt pretext, w^hout care of what become of the suite, when that turne is served : nay some vndertake suites w^ii a full purpose to let them fall to the ende to gratify the adverse party, or competitor, surely there is in sorte a right in every sute, either a right of equity, if it be a sute of controversy, or a right of desert, if it be a sute of petition : if affe6lion leade a man to favour the wrong side, in Justice rather let him vse his countenaunce to compound the matter then to carry it : if affe(5lion leade a man to favour the lesse worthy in desert, let him doe wthout depraving, or disabling the better 278 ^ppentJii deserver: in suites wch a man doth not vnder- stande, it is good to refer them to some freinde of his, of trust, and Judgement, that may report whither he may deale in them w^h honour: Suters are so distasted w'h delaies, and abuses, that plaine deahng in denying to deale in suites at first, and reporting the successe barely, and in challenging no more thankes then one hath deserved is growne not onely honorable, but also gratious. in sutes of favour the first comming ought to take but litle place, so farfoorth con- sideration may be had of his trust, that if Intel- ligence of the matter could not otherwise haue beene had but by him, advauntage be not taken of the note: to be ignoraunt of the value of a suite, is simplicitie, aswell as to be ignoraunt of the right thereof is want of conscience : secrecy in suites is a greate meane of obtaining: for voycing them to be in forwardnes, may dis- courage some kinde of suiters, but doth quicken, and awake others: but timing of suites is the principall : timing, I say, not onely in respeCl of the person that should graunt it, but in respe<5l of those, wch are like to crosse it: nothing is thought so easie a request to a greate man as his ire, and yet not in an ill cause, it is so much out of his reputation. OF EXPENCE Cap: 6 RICHES are for spending, and spending lor honour, and good a6lions : therefore extra- ordinary expence must be hmited by the worth of the occasion : for voluntary vndoing may be aswell for a mans countrey, as for the kingdome of heauen : but ordinary expence ought to be limited by a mans estate, and governed w^^ such regarde as it be w^Hn his compasse, and not subject to deceite, and abuse of servauntes, and ordered by the best showe, that the billes may be lesse then the estimation abroade : it is no basenes for the greatest to discende, and looke into their owne estate: some forbeare it not of negligence alone, but doubting to bring themselues into melancholy, in respe(5l they shall finde it broken: but woundes cannot be cured w^hout searching: he that cannot looke into his owne estate, had neede both choose well those whome he imployeth, and chaunge them often: for newe [men] are more timerous, and lesse subtile: in clearing of a mans estate he may aswell hurt himselfe in being to suddaine. 28o ^ppcntti as in letting it runne out to long ; for hasty sell- ing is commonly as disadvantageable as interest : he that hath a state to repaire may not despise small thinges : and commonly it is Icssc dishon- our to abridge petty charges, then to stoope to petty gettings: a man ought warily to begin charges w^h begun must continue, but in mat- ters that returne not, he may be more liberall. OF REGIMENT OF HEALTH Cap: 7 THERE is a wisdome in this beyonde the rules of phisicke; a mans owne observa- tion, what he findes good of, and what he findes hurt of, is the best phisick to preserue healthe, but it is a safer conclusion to say, this agreeth well wth me, therefore I will continue it: I finde no offence of this, therefore I may vse it: for strength of nature in youth passeth over many excesses, w^h are owing a man till his age ; discerne of the comming on of yeares, and thinke not to doe the same thinges still: beware of any suddaine chaunge in any greate pointe of diet; and if necessity inforce it, fit the rest to it: to be freeminded, and cheerefully disposed, at howres of meate, and of sleepe, and of excercise, is the best precept of long lasting : if you fly phisicke in healthe altogither, it will be to strong for your boddy when you shall neede it : if you make it to familiar it will worke no extraordinary effe(5l when sicknesse commeth : despise no newe acci- dent in the body, but aske opinion of it : in sick- nes principally respede healthe, and in healthe 282 ^ppenDd action : for those that put their bodyes to indure in healthc, may in most sickncs wcH are not very sharpe, be cured onely wth diet, and good tending: Phisitions, are some of them so pleas- ing to the humors of the patient, that they pressc not the true cure of the disease, and some others so regular in proceeding according to art for the disease, as they respecfl not sufficiently the condition of the patient : take one of a milde temper, and forget not to call aswell the best acquainted w'h your body, as the best reputed of for his faculty. OF HONOUR, AND REPUTATION Cap: 8 THE winning of Honour, is but the revealing of a mans vertue, and worth w^hout disad- vauntage: for some in their actions doe affecft honour, and reputation, wch sorte of men are much talked of, but inwardly litle admired : and some darken their vertue in the shewe of it, so that they be undervalued, in opinion : If a man performe that w^h hath not beene attempted before, or attempted, and giu'n over, or hath beene atcheived, but not w^^ so good circum- staunce; he shall purchase more honour, then by effe(5ling a matter of greater difficulty wherein he is but a follower : if a man so temper his acflions, as in some of them he doe content ever\' fa6lion, the musicke willbe the fuller, a man is an ill husband of his honour, that enter- eth into any a(ftion, the failing wherein may disgrace him more then the carying it through can honour him : discreete followers helpe much to reputation: Envy wch is the canker of hon- our is best extinguished by declaring a mans selfe in his endes, rather to seeke merrit then 284 ^ppenbii fame, and by attributing a mans successe rather to providence, and foelicity, then to his owne vertuc, and policie. the true marshalling of the degrees of soveraigne honour are these : in the first place. Conditores. founders of states. In the 2d place are. LEGISLATORES. Lawgivers, wch are also called seconde founders : or PER- PETVI. PRINCIPES. because they governe by their ordinaunces after they are gonne. In the 3"? place are LIBERATORES. such as com- pounde the long miseries of civill warres, or de- liver their countrie from the servitude of straun- gers, or Tirauntes. in the 4^^ place, are PRO- PAGATORES. or. PROPVGNATORES. LM- PERII. such as in honorable warres inlarge their territories, or make noble defence against the Invadors: and in the last place are PATRIAE PAT RES. wch raigne Justly, and make the times good wherein they liue. Degrees of Hon- our in subjeas, are first. PARTICIPES CVRA- RVM. those vpon whome Princes doe discharge the greatest waight of their affaires, their right handes as we call them: the next are. DVCES, BELLI, greate Leaders, such as are Princes Leiuetenauntes, and doe them notable service in the wars: the 3^ are. GRATIOSI. FAVO- RITES, such as exceede not this scantling to be solace to their soveraigne, and harmelcsse to the people, and the 4'^ arc called NEGOTIIS. PARES, such as haue greate places vndcr Princes, and execute their places wth suffi- ciencye. OF FACTION * [Cap : 9] MANY haue a newe wisdome, otherwise called a fond opinion, that for a Prince to governe his estate, or for a greate person to go- verne his proceedings according to the respe6l of factions is the principall parte of poUicie: whereas contrariwise the chiefest wisdome is either in ordering those thinges w^li are gene-- rall, and wherein men of severall factions doe nevertheles agree ; or in dealing w'^ corrispond- ent persons one by one : but I say not that the consideration of factions is to be negledled: meane men must adheare, but greate men that haue strength in themselues were better to main- taine themselues indifferent, and neutrall: yet euen in beginners to adheare so moderately as he be a man of the one faction, w^h is pass- ablest wt^ the other commonly giveth best waye: the lower, and weaker fa(flion is the firmer in condition : when one of the factions is extinguished, the remaining subdivideth, wch is good for a second: it is commonly seene that men once placed take in wth the contrary 286 ^ppenlJti- fadlion to that by wch they enter: the traitor in fa(flions lightly goeth away w'h it, for when matters haue stuck long in ballancing the win- ning of some one man casteth them, and he getteth all the thankes. OF NEGOATIATING Cap : lo IT is better generally to deale by speeche, then by letters, and by the mediation of a third., then by ones selfe: ires are good, when a man would drawe an aunswere by letter backe againe, or when it may serue for a mans Justi- fication afterwardes to produce his owne ire: to deale in person is good, where a mans face breedes regarde, as commonly w^h inferiours: in choise of Instruments it is better to choose men of a plainer sorte, that are likely to doe that wch is committed vnto them, and to re- port back againe faithfully the successe ; then they that are cunning to contriue out of other mens busines somewhat to grace themselues, and will helpe the matter in reporte for satis- facflions sake: It is better to sounde a person wth whome one dealeth a far of, then to fall vpon the pointe at first, except you meane to surprize him by some short question: It is bet- ter dealing w'h men of appetite, then w^h those who are where they would be : if a man deale wth another vpon conditions, the start, or first 288 ^ppcntiii pcrformaunce is all, wch a man cannot reason- ably demaundc, except either the nature of the thing be such, w^h must goe before, or else a man can perswade the other party that he shall neede him in some other thing, or else that he be counted the honester man : all practise is to discover, or to make men discover themselues in trust, in passion, at vnawares, and of neces- sity, where they would haue somewhat donne, and cannot finde an apt pretext: If you would worke any man, you must either knowe his na- ture, and fashions, and so leade him : or his endes, and so win him ; or his weaknesses, or disadvauntages, and so awe him, or those that haue interest in him, and so governe him: In dealing w^^ cunning persons, we must ever con- sider their endes, to interpret their speaches, and it is good to say litle vnto them, and that wch they least looke for. FINIS. NOTES Essay i p. I [i] John xviii. 38. [3] Giddinesse : Lat. cogitaiionuin veriigine. [4] to fix a Beleefe : 'L2X.JideJi.xa aut axionatilms consta>itibus con- stringi. [7] discoursing: Lat. ventosa et disctirsantia. [13] Lat. qucrta/it et Jiihiime /ucata)n in negotits gerendis rationem. p. 4 [i] Essais 11. 18. Montaigne in this passage is supposed to allude to Lysander's saying recorded by Plutarch: " For he sayd, that children should be deceiued with the play of Kayles, and men with othes of men" (North's Pint. p. 480, ed. 1395;; on which Plutarch remarks, " for he that deceiueth his enemy, and breaketh his oth to him : shew- eth plainly that he feareth him, but that he careth not for God." [7] Lie: Lat. mendax. [13] Luke xviii. 8. Ess.'W 2 P- 5 [3] Tales: \j^\..fabtilosis qtiibiisdain terriculamentis. [4 — 7] In the ed. of 1612 this passage stood thus : " Certainely the feare of death in contemplation of the cause of it, and the issue of it, is religious : but the feare of it, for it selfe, is weake." [7] weake : Lat. iiijirma et innnis. [8] sometimes: added in 1625. [19] In ed. of 1612, " And to speake as a Philosopher or naturall man." [21] There is a passage in Seneca's Epistles \\\\. 3, § 14 , which may have suggested this: "ToUe istam pompam sub qua lates et stultos irritas : mors es quern nuper servus meus, quem ancilla contempsit." p. 6[i] Blackes, and Obsequies: Lat. atrata Jiinera. " Blackes," in the sense of mourning, occurs in Shakspere, Winters Tale, i. 2 ; " But were they false As o're-dy'd Blacks, as Wind, as Waters." [5] it Mates, and : added in 1625. [6] terrible : added in 1625. [7J Attendants: in the ed. of 1612 'followers.' [9] slights it: ' cs- teemes it not' (i5i2\ [10] After '//(?«^«/' aspireth to it,' the edition of 1612 has, "deliuery from /^;/<'w///_)' chuseth it," and this appears also in the Latin, inetiis igno»tiiiice digit. [11] reade: 'see' \\(i\z\. Tac. Hist. II. 49. the Emperour : added in 1625. [14, 15] out of. .Nay: added in 1625. [16] addes: ' speaketh of (1612'. atinin vitce extremuin inter viunera pouit Xaturcr. It occurs again in a parallel passage in the Adv. 0/ Learning, n. 21, § s: "And it seeineth to me, that most of the do<5lrines of the Philo- i^otc^ 291 sophers are more fearefull and cautionary then the Nature of things requireth. So haue they encreased the feare of death, in offering to cure it. For, when they would haue a mans whole life, to be but a discipline or preparation to dye : they must needes make men thinkc, that it is a terrible Enemy, against whom there is no end of preparing. Better saith the Poet, &c." [6] is: added in 1625. [7 — end] Added in 1625. [13] Luke ii. 29. [15] Comp. AntiiJieta xvi ; Nevio ■i>irtHtiinvidia)iireco>iciliavcrit propter mortem. [17] Hor. Ep. 11. i, 14. Entered in the Proums, fol. 2 a. Essay 3 p. 8. The Latin title is De imitate ecclesice. The Essay "Of Unity in Religion" has grown out of that 'Of Religion' which appeared in the edition of 1612, but ha.s been so expanded and transformed that the differences cannot easily be indicated. I have therefore given the original Essay at length for the sake of comparison. "The quarrels, and diuisions for Religion, were euils vnknowne to the Heathen : and no maruell ; for it is the true God that is the iealous God ; and the gods of the Heathen were good fellowes. But yet the bonds of religious vnity, are so to be strengthened, as the bonds of humane society be not dissolued. Liicretiiis the Poet, when hee beheld the acl of Agatnemfion, induring and assisting at the sacrifice of his daughter, concludes with this verse ; Ta7itu relligio potuit sjmdere maloruin. But what would hee haue done, if he had knowne the massacre of France, or the powder treason oi E7iglnnd? Certainly he would haue beene seuen times more Epicure and Atheist then he was. Nay, hee would rather haue chosen to be one of the Madmen oi I^Iiinster, then to haue beene a partaker of those Counsels. For it is better that Religion should deface mens vnderstanding, then their piet^' and charitie ; re- taining reason onely but as an Engine, and Chnrriot drincroi cxvL^\x.y, and malice. It was a great blasphemie, when the Diuell said; / 7vill ascend, and be like the highest: but it is a greater blasphemie, if they make God to say ; / luill descend, and bee like the Prince of Dark- nesse: and it is no better, when they make the cause of Religion descend, to the execrable accions of murthering of Princes, butchery of people, and firing of States. Neither is there such a sinne against the person of the holy Ghost, if one should take it literally" as in stead of the likenes of a Done, to bring him doune in the likenesse of a Vulture, or Raucn; nor such a scandall to their Church, as out of the Barke of Saint Peter, to set forth the flagge of a Barge* of Pirats a.nd Assassins. Therefore since these thinges are the common enemies of humane society; Princes by their power; Churches by their Decrees; and all learning, Christian, morall, of what soeuer secfl, or opinion, by their Mercurie rod ; ought to ioyne in the danming to Hell for euer, these fadls, and their supports ; and in all Counsels concerning Religion, * So in the original. In the copy in the Cambridge University Librar>' it is Corrected in MS. to ' Barke.' U2 292 i^otc^ thatCounsell of the Apostle, would be prefixed, Ira hominis non iiuplet iusiittavi Dei." [3] Band of Unity: Lat. itnitntis et charitatis vin- culis. [8] Beleefe: Lat confessione ctjidc. [12] Ex. xx. 5. p. 9 [7] Matt. xxiv. 26, quoted from the Vulgate. The same quotation occurs in the Advertisoitcut touching tlu Controversies 0/ the Church 0/ England; "Accordingly, was it foretold, by Christ, saying; Tliat in tfw latter times, it should he said; Lo Jiere, loe there is Christ', Which is to be understood, not as if the very Person of Christ, should be assumed, and counterfeitted ; But his Authority, and preheminence, (which is to be Truth it self,) should be challenged and pretended Thus have we read, and seen, to be fulfilled, that which followeth, Ecce in Deserto; Ecce in PeJietralibus: While some have sought the Truth, in the Cofiventicles, and Concilinbles, of Hereticks, and Secta- ries; others, in the E.xterne Face, and Representation, of the Church; And both Sorts have been seduced." And again in the same Adver- tisement; " But when these vertues in the Fathers, and Leaders, of the Church, have lost their Light ; And that they wax worldly, L overs of themselves, and Pleasers of Men ; Then Men begin, to groap for the Church, as in the Dark ; They are in doubt, whether they be the Successours of the Apostles, or of the Phnriscs: yea, howsoever they sit in Moses CJtair, Yet they can never speak, Tauquatn Authorita- iem habentcs, as Itaving Authority, because they have lost their Reputation, in the Consciences of Men, by declining their steps, from the way, which they trace out to others. So as Men, had need, con- tinually, have soimding in their Eares, this same; Noliie Exire; Go not out: So ready are they, to depart from the Church, upon every voice." These are two instances out of many which will be given of the man- ner in which Bacon worked into his Essays his ripest and choicest thoughts. [13] St Paul. [15] I Cor. xiv. 23. [18] " Two principal causes have I ever known of Atheism, curious controversies, and prophane scoffing." Advertisonent, ^c. [22] Ps. i. i. [25] Rabelais. [27] Pantag. 11. 7. La tnorisque dcs hereticques. [28J Morris- daunce: Lat. Saltationesjloralesetgesticulationes. p. 10 [8] The Latin adds ad omnia in religione. [lo] 2 Kings ix. 18. [14] Rev. iii. 14 — 16. [20] " But we contend, about Cfr^w^/v/rj, and Things Ifidiffcrent; About the Extern Pollicy, and Government of the Church. In which kind, if we would but remember, that the Ancient, and True Bounds, of Unity, are, One Faith, One Baptism; And not, One Ceremony, One Pollicy ; If we would observe the League amongst Christians, that is penned by our Saz'iour; He that is not against us is with us. .we should need no other Remedy at all." 'Ad- vertisement, i^c. Resnscitatio, p. 163, ed. 1657. And again; "And therefore it is good we returne vnto the ancient bonds of vnitic, in the Church of God, which was one Faith, one Bap- tisme, and not one Hierarchie, one Discipline, and that wee obsenie the league of Christians as it is penned by our Sauiour Christ which is in substance of dodlrinc this, Jlee that is not with vs, is against i^otc^ 293 vs. But in things indifferent and but of circumstance, this, Hee that is not against vs, is ivith vs." [Certaine considerations touching tlie Chufch of England, sig, B. 3, verso, ed. 1604.) Comp. Adv. of L. "■ ^5' § 7- [21] in the two crosse Clauses: Lat. z'w claitstdis illis qucB prime intuitu i}iter se opponi zndentur. [23] Matt. xii. 30; Mark ix. 40. [27] Lat. qi(ee non stint ex fide, sed ex opinione probabili,et intentione safifta propter ordi7iei}i et ecclesice politiam saficita. p. II [5] S. Bernard. Ad Guillel. Abbat. Apologia (p. 983 l, ed. Paris, 1640}. "Et hac ratione in tota Ecclesia, quae utique tarn pluribus tamque variatur dissiinilibus ordinibus, utpote regina quae in psalmo legitur circumami6la varietatibus, nulla pax, nulla pror.sus concordia esse putabitur." And again, p. 984 H ; "Relinquat videlicet sponsae suae Ecclesiae pignus haereditatis, ipsam tunicam suam, tunicam scilicet polymitam, eandem- que inconsutilem et desuper contextam per totum." This is one of Bacon's most favorite quotations. It occurs in the Adv. of L. II. 25, § 7, in his Speech on the Naturalization of the Scottish Nation [Resuscitatio, p. 15 , and in his Speech concerning the Union of Laws [Resiisc. p. 25). "One of the Fat/iers, made an excellent observation, upon the two Mysteries: The one, that in the Gospell; where the Garment of Christ, is said to have been without Seame; The other, that in the Psalm, where the Garment, of the Queen is said, to have been of divers Colotcrs; And concludeth. In veste Varie- tas sit, Scissnra non sit." It is found again in A Discourse, of the Union, of England, and Scotland {Resnscitatio, p. 204), and in the Articles totcching the Union, of England, and Scotland (ibid. p. 211). It was evidently in his mind at the Charge at the Sessions of the Verge (p. 6, ed. 1662). One other quotation is from the Certaine Conside- rations toiichi)tg the better pacification, ^^c. of the CJnirch of Eng- land ;sig B 3, verso, ed. 1604) : "The rest is left to the holy wisedome and spirituall discretion of the master-builders and inferiour builders in Christes Chtirch, as it is excellently alluded by that Father that noted that Christes garjnent was without seame, and yet the Churches garment was of diuers collours, and thereupon setteth downe for a Rule; In veste varietas sit scissnra no?i sit." It is entered in the Promus, fol. 9 b. Archdeacon Hare refers to the same passage of S. Bernard, in a charge delivered in 1842, on "The Means of Unity" (p. 17). The quotation is given at length in note B. The allusion is to Ps. xlv. 14, where, instead of " in raiment of needlework," the Vulgate has cir- cumamifla varietatibus. [20] 'La.t. qui corda scrutatnr et novit. [21] 'not' should be omit- ted. [26] I Tim. vi. 20, from the Vulgate; quoted again in Adv. of L. I. 4, § 4. p. 12 [4] Dan. ii. 33. [23] Lat. qtuB omnia manifesto tendtmt ad ma- jestatejn imperii tniyiuendam et arifloritatem 7nagistratun7n labefac- tandant; cum tamen omnis legitima potestas sit a Deo ordinata. [31] Lucr. I. 95. 294 ilotfs p. 13 [8] Is. xiv. 14. Bacon quotes it again in the .-lc^7'. 0/ L. 11. 22, § 17; "Aspiring to be like God in power, the Angells transgressed and fel : Ascendam, ^^ ero similis altissiiiw." [29] James i. 20, quoted from memory: the Vulgate is corredlly given in An Advertisement, S^c. Resuscitatio, p. 176}. Essay 4 p. 14 [i] Comp. Antitheta xxxix; I'lndiflaprivata, jiestitia agresfis. V'iiidifia, quo magis iiaturalis, eo inagis coercenda. [y] Prov. xix. II. p. 15 [5I Lat. alias ipse sibi puenavi conduplicat, iniviiats vera lucrum facit. [15] The same saying is repeated in Apoph. 206. I have not been able to trace it in any books, and it is quite possible that in Bacon's time some sayings of Cosmo might still be traditional. fig] Job ii- 10. [27] Pertinax: Hist. Aug. Script, i. 578, ed. 1671. Henry the Third: the Latin has Henrici Quarti tiiagni iilius Gallice Regis. There is no reason for the change ; Bacon again alludes to the assassi- nation of Henry 3 and Henry 4 in ^ Charge in the Star-chamber against William Talbot [Resuscitatio, p. 55,) " In France, H. 3, in the face of his Army, before the walls oi Paris, stabbed, by a wretched Jacobin e Fryer: H. 4 ,a Prince, that the French do surname the Great;) One, that had been a Saviour, and Redeemer, of his Country from infinite Calamities ; And a Restorer of that Monarchy, to the ancient State, and Splendour; and a Prince, almost, Heroicall; [ex- cept it be, in the Point, of Revolt, from Religion;) At a time when he was, as it were to mount on Horse-back, for the Commanding, of the greatest, Forces, that, of lon^ time had been levied in France; This King, likewise, stiletted, by a Rascal I'otary; which had been en- chanted and conjured, for the purpose." Henry 3 was assassinated by Friar Clement on the 2nd of August, 1589. Essay 5 p. 16 [2] Seneca, F/>. vii. 4, § 29. [12] Seneca, Ep. vr. i, § 12; quoted in Ad?'. 0/ L. 11. 20, § 5, and again in De Sap. I'et. c. 26, in con- nedlion with the same fable of Hercules. [17] ApollodoriB, de Deor. Orig. 11. c. 5. [20] " Hercules sailed across the ocean in a cup that was given to him by the Sun, came to Caucasus, shot the eagle with his aiTows, and set Prometheus free." ; Works, vi. p. 746, ed. Spedding', Bacon gives the same interpretation to this fable in De Sap. I'et. c. 26, but adds, at the end of the same chapter, another; "The voyage of Hercules especially, sailing in a pitcher to set Prometheus free, seems to present an image of God the Word hastening in the frail vessel of the flesh to redeem the human race. But I purposely refrain myself from all licence of speculation in this kind, lest peradventure I brinej strange fire to the altar of the Lord." (Works, vi. p. 753, ed. Spedding). p. 17 [4] World : the Latin adds unditjue ciraimfusos. But to speake in a ^leane: Lat. Veritin ut a granditate verbomm nd mediocrita- tern desccndamns. L24] Compare Apoph. 253: "Mr Bettenham i^otf^ 295 said ; that virtuous men were like some herbs and spices, that give not their sweet smell, till they be broken or crushed." Mr B. was Autumn Reader of Gray's Inn in 1590. Bacon gives a curious explanation of this in his XatJiral History (cent. iv. exp. 390) : "Most Odours smell best, Broken, or Crusht, as hath beene said ; \i\\X.F louvers Pressed or Beaten, doe leese the Freshnesse and Sweetnesse of their Odour. The Cause is, for that when they are Crushed, the Grosser and more Earthy Spirit commethout with the Finer, and troubleth it; Whereas in stronger Odours there are no such Degrees of the Issue of the Smell." Essay 6 p. 18 [i] Lat. Artiumcivilijimconipeiidiuni qiioddatn et parsinfirmior. So in Antitheta xxxii; Disstjuulatio compendia^ia sapientia. [6] Tacitus saith : Lat. quod discriinen bene apud Taciiitm, Ccesaretn Ajigustu>n inter, et Tiberiuni, adnotatum est. Eteniin de Livid sic ait, quod esset, &^c. Tac. Afin. v. 1. Compare Adv. 0/ L. 11. 23, § 31. "So tedious, casuall, and vnfortunate are these deepe dissimulations, whereof it seemeth Tacitus made this iudgement, that they were a cunning of an inferiour fourme in regard of true pollicy, attributing the one to Aii- gustus, the other to Tiberius, where speaking of Liuia, he sayth: Et cunt artibus niariti simulatione Jilii bene coinposita : for surely the continuall habite of dissimulation is but a weake and sluggish cunning, & not greatly politique." This passage appears to be the germ of the Essay. [9] And againe : Lat, Idem alibi hiscc verbis Mucia7iu}n ifidncit, Vespasianii7)i ad armaco7itra Vitellhint sumenda hortafitern. [11] Tac. Hist. 11. 76, vo>i adversus divi August i acerriinam 7Jientetn, 7iec adz'ersus cautissi7/za77i Tiberii seneclutei/t. [15] Habits and Faculties, severall, and : omitted in the Latin. [20] It is difficult to say whether Bacon had in his mind the egregiui/t p7(blicieJ7i et bo7ias doi/ii artes of Tac. A7i7t. in. 70, or the studia fori et civiliu77t artiimi dec7is oi Agr. c. 39. p. 19 [i] and a Poorenesse : omitted in the Latin. [5] or vary : omitted in the Latin. [20] Close7iesse, Reservation, and Secrecy: Lat. Taci- tur7iitas. [30] A7itith. xxviii ; Tacitur7iitas co7ifessoris vi7'tus. Tacitur7io 7iil reticetur; quia o/n7iia tuto co7/innmica7itur. [33] I,at. facile alioru7n a7ii7/ws resertibit. •p. 2o[7^Sec7-ecy: h^t. sile7itibus. Comp. A 7itith. xxvui. Antith. xxxii; Etia7n. i7L ani>7io defor7)tis 717 edit as. [12] A7itith. xxviii ; Qui facile loqtiitur qucp. scit, loqjiittir et qtue 7iescit. [18] Comp. Adv. of L. ir. 23, § 12 : "We will beginne therefore with this precept, according to the aunciente opinion, that the Synewes of wisedome, are slownesse of beleefe, and distrust ; That more trust bee giuen to Coun- tenances and Deedes, then to wordes : and in wordes, rather to sud- daine passages, and surprised wordes: then to set and purposed wordes : Neither let that be feared which is sayde, /ro7iti 7utlla fides, which is meant of a generall outward behauiour, and not of the priuate and subtile mocions and labours of the countenance and gesture, which ^9^ iaote«{ as^. Cicero ehgant\y sayth, is Animi lanua, the gate of tlu Myud: None more close then Tyberiiis, and yet Tacitus sayth of Callus, Eteni7n viiltu offoisionetn coniefiatierat." Antith. xxxin ; Placet obscunis vultns, et perspicua oratio. [30] Lat. nisi ohjirviato ft abs7trdo silent io sc quis m tenia t. p. 21 [21] Lat. guod in hominis potestate relinquit, lit ped<;)n jc/erat et se absque e.vistimationis sicte jaclura de negotio sitbducat. Si quis enitn se tnani/estn declaratione obstringit, is cuneis quasi inipaHis includitur; aut pcrgendutii est ei, aut turpiter desistendum. [26] Lat. veruni assentabitur potiits. [30] In the Promus, fol. 6 />, the proverb stands thus, Di 7ne7itira y saqueras vertiad: and in fol. 13 a. Tell a lye to knoive a truth. Compare Adv. 0/ L. 11. 23, § 14; "And e.xperience sheweth, there are few men so true to themselues, and so .setled ; but that sometimes vpon heate, sometimes \'pon brauerj-e, sometimes vpon kindenesse, sometimes vpon trouble of minde and weak- nesse, they open themselues ; specially if they be put to it with a counter-dissimulation, according to the prouerb of Spain, Dinientira, y sacaras verdad: Tell a lye, and find a truth." Lat. perinde ac si siinulatio claz'is esset ad sccreta rescranda. p. 22 [2] round: Lat. perniciter. [7 — 10] Antith. xxxii ; Qui dissi- ntulat pnecipuo ttd agendum instrutnento se privat, i. e. Jide. [11] Lat. veracitatis f amain. Essay 7 This Essay stands sixth in the ed. of 161 2. p. 23 [7] Antith. v; Bmtoruvi cetemitas soboles; Virorutn, fama, merita, et itistitttta. [9 — 15] And surely. .Posterity : added in 1625. [16] Houses: 'house' (1612). [17] Lat. fion tantuin ut con- iimiatiotiem speciei su(f, sed ut rerinn a se gestarum heros suscepit,obsidcs fortune dedit. [4] Certainly : Lat. itt alibi dixitnus ; referring to Essay 7, and to a passage in the short piece In felicem memoriam ElizabetJue (Bacon's Works, vi. p. 296^ of which Rawley gives the following translation in the Resuscitatio, p. 186. '' Childlesse she was, and left po Issue behind Her ; which was the Case of many, of the most fortu- nate Prifius; Alexander the Great, Julitts Ctesar, Trajan and others. And this is a Case, that liath been often controverted, and argued, on both sides; Whilest some hold, the wani of C/ii/dre//, to be a Dunijiution, of our Hnppinesse; As if it should be an Estate, more then Human, to be happy, both in our own Persons, and in our Dcscendn/its: But others, do account, the ivaut of Children, as an Addition to Earthly Happitiesse; In as much, as that Happitiesse, may be said, to be compleat, over which Fortinie hath no Power, when we are gone : Which, if we leave Children, cannot be." [6] In ed. 1612, after 'Men,' is inserted, " which have sought eternity in memory, and not in posteritjs and." [8 — 11] it were, .pledges : added in 1625. See Adv. of L. 11. prol. i. [12] who though they: 'that' (1612). Lat. qui licet liberis careant. [13] yet their: 'whose' (1612]. Lat. taineii ineniorue sitce ificitriosi simt, et cogitationes vitcE iantmii curricula terviinaiit. [14] 'and doe account' (1612). [i5]other: 'others' (1612). account : 'esteeme' (1612;. [16] — p. 27[i] Nay more. .Riches: added in 1625. P- 27 [3] 'Specially' 1612;. humorous: \.2X. phantasticis. [5] re- straint: ' restri(5lion ' (1612;. [8] but: added in 1625. [g]Afitith, v; CiBlibatus et orbitas ad Jiil aliud conferuJit, qiiani ad fugam. [11] doth well with : 'is proper for' (1612). [20] Antith. v ; Uxor et liber i discipliua qucedam hinnanitatis; et ccBlibes tetrici et sever i. [22 — 25] though, .thej': added in 16215. [23] Charitable: Yj^X.-iiiuni- yicietcharitativi. [26, 27] because, .upon: addedini625. [27]Ten- dernesse: Lat. ifidulgentia, et tetieritudo affeftuuin. [30] Plut. Gryll. i; Cic. de Orat. i. 44. Compare Adv. of L. i. 8, § 7; " Vlysses, Qui vet^tlam prcetulit iimnortalitati, being a figure of those which preferre Custome and Habite before all e.xcellencie." S7cam: added in 1625. p. 28 [5] Quarrell : Lat. ansa. [6] The saying is attributed to Thales See Diog. Laert. i. 26, Plut. Symp. Probl. in. 6. " Thales the wise, being importuned by his mother (who pressed hard upon him) to marrie ; pretily put her off, shifting and avoiding her cunningly, with words: for at the first time, when she was in hand with him, he said unto her: Mother, it is too soone, and it is not yet time : afterwards, when he had passed the flower of his age, and that she set upon him the second time, and was very instant : Alas mother, it is now too late, and the time is past." (Holland's trans, p. 691, ed. 1603.) It is repeated in Apoph. "Art thou yong? then match not yet ; if old, match not at all. — Vis juvenis mibere? nondum venit tempus. Ingravescente setate jam tempus praeteriit.* and therefore, with that philosopher, still make answer to thy friends that importune thee to marry, adhuc intempestivutn, 'tis yet unseason- able, and ever will be." Burton, Anat. of Mel. pt. 3, sec. 2, mem. 6, subs. 3. [9—17] It is often scene. .Folly: added in 1625. [13] Com- pare Colours of Good and Evil, 8, p. 262. * Stobaeus, Ser^n. 66. Alex, ab Alexand. lib. 4. cap. 8. 298 Mom Essay 9 Compare with the Legianing of this Essay, Bacon's Natural History, Gent. X. exp. 944: "The AJl-Stious no doubt) doe make the S//rits more Pcnver/nll, and Aflive; And especially those Affefluvis, which draw the Spirits into the Eyes: Which are two: Lone, and Enuy, which is called Oculiis Mains. As for Lojce, the Platoiiists, some of them,' goe so farre, as to hold, that the Spirit of the Loner, doth passe into the Spirits of the Person Lotted, Which causeth the desire of Returne into the Body, whence it was Etnitted: Whereupon folioweth that Appetite of Coittafl, and Cotiittndioft, which is in Loners. And this is obserued likewise, that the Aspefls that procure Lone, are not Gazings, but Sudden Glances, and Partings of the Eye. As for Entty, that emitteth some Maligne and Poisoitotts Spirit, which taketh hold of the Spirit of Another ; And is likewise of greatest Force, when the Cast o( the Eye is Obliqnc. It hath beene noted also, that it is most Dangerous, when an Eitttions Eye is cast vpon Perso)ts in Glory, and Tritmiph, and/^^. The Reasoti whereof is, for that, at such times, the Spirits come forth most, into the Oittward Parts, and so meet the Perctission of the Enitions Eye, more at Hand: And there- fore it hath beene noted, that after great Triitiiiphs, Men haue beene ill disposed, for some Dayes following. Wee see the Opinion of Fas- cination is Ancient, for both Effefls; Of Procuring Lone; and Sick- ftesse caused by Enity: And Fascination is euer by the Eye. But yet if there be any such In/cflion from Spirit to Spirit, there is no doubt, but that it worketh by Presence, and not by the Eye alone ; Vet most forcibly by the Eye." p. 29 [8] Comp. Reginald Scot's Discoiterie of Witchcraft ,x\i. 9. p. 485, ed. 1584'. "This fascination saith lohn Baptista Porta Neapoli- tanus) though it begin by touching or breathing, is alwaies accomplished and finished by the eie, as an extermination or expulsion of the spirits through the eies, approching to the hart of the bewitched, and infect- ing the same, &c. Wherby it commeth to passe, that a child, or a yoong man endued with a clcare, whole, subtill and sweet bioud, yeeldeth the like spirits, breath, and vapors springing from the purer bloud of the hart. And the lightest and finest spirits, ascending into the highest parts of the head, doo fall into the eies, and so are from thence sent foorth, as being of all other parts of the bodie the most cleare, and fullest of veines and pores, and with the verie spirit or vapor proceeding thence, is conuaied out as it were by beanies and streames a certeine fierie force ; whereof he that beholdeth sore eies shall haue good experience. For the poison and disease in the eie infe<5leth the aire next vnto it, and the same proceedeth further, carrieng with it the vapor and infe<5lion of the corrupted bloud : with the contagion whereof, the eies of the beholders are most apt to be infecled." ,10] Mark vii. 22. p. 30 [17] a kinde of plaic-pleasure: Lat. scenicam qnandant voluptatem. 1 22) Plant. Stick, i. 3, 55; Nam atriosits tieiiio'st qiiin sit nialerolus. MoU^ 299 [25] Comp. A7ititk. I; Tania solet esse inditstn'a hominum nororum, lit nobiL's J>ne illis taiiquam statiue vidcantur. p. 31 [4] Narses (a.d. 472—568), the great general of Justinian, and rival of Belisarius. Agesilaus. "And for the deformitie of his legge, the one being shorter than the other, in the flower of his youth, through his pleasant wit, hee vsed the matter so pleasantly and patiently, that he would merrily mocke himselfe : which maner of merry behauiour did greatly hide the blame of the blemish. Yea further, his life & courage was the more commendable in him, for that men saw that notwithstanding his lamenesse, he refused no paines nor labour." North's Plutarch, Agesilmts, p. 652, ed. 1595. Agesilaus II. was king of Sparta from 398 to 361 B.C. [16] Spartian. Vit. Adrian. 15. [19] Fellowes in office : Lat. coUegce. [25] Lat. qjiinetiatn in aliofum ftotatn hac Forttena collatto tnagis i?tct(}-rit. [27] Gen. iv. 5. P- 32 [3] Liberalitj': Lat. largitioni supra tneritntn. [15] in their Rising: 'Lm. ctun hojiorihts cu7n?ilantur. [18 — 20] And ^«ty... Flat: this passage was originally in the Essay " Of Nobility," in the ed. of 1612, where it stands thus; " and Enuy is as the sunne beames, that beate more \'pon a rising ground, then vpon a leuell." [29] the more deepe, and sober : Lat. inagis sanos et sobrios. [32] Lat. Ca- ne }itcs illud. Quanta patimur. P- 33 [4] Ingrossing: Lat. Mojwpolinm. [5] Tainberlanes. Tamer- lane, or Timour, is said to have been lamed by a shepherd whose sheep he was stealing, and who shot him with arrows in the hip and shoulder. See Ahmed, Vita Timuri, ed. Manger, Vol. i. p. 18. [23] Lat. quarn si callide et quasi fnrtiin se not. of L. i. ■>,,%(>; " for it is a speech for a Louer, & not for a wise man : Satis inagnu}7i alter alteri Theatnivt s^nmts." P- 37 [i] Comp. Antitheta x.xxvi ; A7igiista admodum conte»tplatio amor. [10] Lat. Neqrte Juec hyperbole solum modo ifi locutionis phrasi certiitur. [12] By Plutarch [de adul. et amico, 11 ; Op.Mor. p. 48 F. ) ; avTOS avTOV KoKa^ skootos i^v npuTOi Kol /xeyi(7T0S. See also Essay xxvii. p. 112, 1. 26, and Liii. p. 214, 1. 4. [13] have intelligence: Lat. cons/irant. [17] Lat. ReHe itaque re- ceptum est illud diverbium. [19] weaknesse : 'LaX.. p/irenesis. [27] Ovid, Her. xvi. 133. Amare et sapere vix Deo conceditur; Publii Syri Sent. 15. [29] Antith. xvii ; Omnes, ut Paris, qui formce optioncm facitint, prndentice et potentia jailuram faciunt. [31] quitteth: Lat. fiuntium ronittit. P- 38 [3] In ed. of 161 2 ; " They doe best that make this affe<5lion keepe quarter, and seuer it wholly from their serious affaires and acflions of their life." [4] Love: Lat. amorcs. make it keepe Quarter: Lat. in ordinem redigutit. [7] Lat. turbat omnia. [9 — end] I know not...Imbaseth it: added in 1625. [9] This question is illustrated by Montaigne, Essais 11. 23. Comp. Arist. Pol. 11. 6, § 6. Essay ii The title of this Essay in the Latin is De Ma^stratibus et dignita- tibus. In the ed. of 1612 it stands eighth in order. p. 39 [8] loose: Lat. exuere. It seems that the translator here mistook the English. In ed. 1612 it was 'lose.' Comp. Antith. vii; Hono- rum ascensus arduus, statio lubrica, regressus pneceps. [14] Cic. Ep. Earn, {ad Marium) vii. 3 ; " Vetus est enim, ubi non sis qui fueris, non esse cur velis vivere." This quotation was added in 1625. It occurs in the P?omus, fol. rib, where it is correftly ubi dr^c. Lat. triste quiddam ct melancholicum. [19] Shadow: Lat. timbram et otium. [ig — 21] Like. .Scorne : added in 1625. p. 40 [i] Comp. Antith. vii ; Qui in honore sunt, opinionent mutuentur oportet, ut seipsos bcatos putetit. [14] Seneca, Thyest. 11. 401. [18] Comp. Antith. vii ; J/ono>cs dant/ere potestatetn earum ?erum, quas optima conditio est nolle, pro.vima nott posse. [24] Lat. sine tnunere nliquo publico et potestate. [25] and good Works : added in 1625. [27] the same: 'merit,' in ed. of 1612. [28] ' can be in any measure,' in ed. of 1612. [29] Gen. i. 31. Bacon again quotes i^ott^ 301 from memor}', for his Latin does not correspond with that of any ver- sion I have consulted. p. 41 [2] Lat. man no>i inelius iticeperis giiajii perstiteris. [3 — 7] Ne- glecfl. .avoid: added in 1625. [7] therfore: added in 1625. with- out Braverie : Lat. absque elatione tut ipstjis. [15] Lat. contende ut qucE agis pro potestate tanqjtam rcgjilis quihisdam cohibeaittiir, lit kominibus tanqjiam digito jiionstres. Course: 'courses' in MS. [17] and peremptorie : added in 1625. [18] Lat. qjiid sit quod agas diligenter expone. [19] Right: 'rights' in ed. 161 2. [22] Lat. quam ut qucFstioties de iis cum strepitu siiscites et agites. [23] In- {&rio\xr Places: the Lat. adds, tibi suhordiiiatoritvi. [26] Advices: 'intelligence' in ed. of 1612. [29] accept of: Lat. allicias etrecipias. [30] Lat. m auHoritate utendd ct exercenda. p. 42 [i] In ed. of 1612, "do not only bind thine owne hands, or thy seruants hands that may take ; but bind the hands of them that shoulc; offer." [5] Lat. prcedicata et ex professo. [10 — 14] Therefore . .steale it : added in 1625. [11] declare : Lat. declares et iuculces. [14] Lat. servus g7-atiosus et apud doininitm poteus. [16] to close Corruptio>i: added in 1625. close : omitted in Lat. [17] Lat. invidia7H etjitnlevoleiitiani parit ilia, nihil iiide meteiis. [21] Comp. AdzK of L. II. 23, § 5 ; where Bacon remarks upon the same verse of the Proverbs: " Here is noted that a iudge were better be a briber, then a respecter of persons : for a corrupt Iudge offendeth not so lightly as a facile." [25] Prov. xxviii. 21. [27] a.()-xy\ tov avSpa SeiKwa-Lv: attributed by some to Pittacus of Mitylene, by others to Solon. Aristotle [M'or. v.) quoted it in the name of Bias. Epaminondas (Plut. Prcec. Civ. xv. 2) varied it ; ov ix.6vov rj a.pxn t^v avSpa SeUpva-LV, d\Koi Koi apx^qv dvTJp. [Adagia, p. 226; ed. Grynasus, 1629). The say- ing also occurs in Guicciardini [Maxims, 72; Eng. tr., and at the conclusion of his Historjr. Magistratics virion indicat, in the Promiis, fol. 7^. [29] Tac. Hist. i. 49. [31] Tac. Hist. i. 50: quoted again in Adv. of L. 11. 22, § 5, where it is introduced with, " Tacitus obserueth how rarely raising of the fortune mendeth the disposition." [33] of Sufficiencie: Lat. de arte imperatoria. [34] an assured Signe : Lat. signian luculeiitissimnm. p. 43 [2] Comp. Antitheta vn ; Virtutis, ut rerutn aliarum, rapidus inotus est ad locum, placidus in loco : est arttem virtutis locus Iionos. [4] Comp. Adv. of L. 11. 10, § i : "So that it is no maruaile, though the soule so placed, enioy no rest, if that principle be true, that Motus rerum est rapidus extra loeum, Placidus in loco." In the Promus already referred to, fol. ^b, there is this note; "Augustus rapide ad locum leniter in loco." and calme : omitted in MS. [6] in Autho- ritie : 'L.tlX.. i}i honore adepto. [7 — end] MWJ\?\n^. .another Man: added in 1625. [8] to side a Mans selfe : Lat. alteri parti adhcpre^-e. Here again the translator seems to have missed the point. [18] Lat. in quotidianis sermonibus ant eofiversatione privatd. 302 ilotc^ Essay 12 p. 44 [i] Lat. tritum est dificrium. [3] Cic. de Orat. in. 56, § 213; de clar. Orat. 38; Orat. 17. Quintilian xi. 3 substitutes /;vw7<;/(-/rt- tio for aftio. Archdeacon Hare has some remarks upon this anecdote in Guesses at Truth, pp. 147 — 151, 2nd series, 2nd ed. 1848. [10] Lat. histrio)iis potius virtus censenda est guam oratoris. [18] Arttith. xxxiii ; Quid aflio oratori, id andncia viro civili; primian, secun- dum, tertium. p. 45 [i] Lat. captives ducit eos. [5] in Popular States: Lat. in De- jnocratiis. [23] I have been unable to trace any foundation for this story of Mahomet. The saying is a common Spanish proverb and appears in Bacon's Pronnts, or Common-place book, fol. 20 b, as fol- lows ; Se 110 va el otero a Mahotna vaya Mahoina al otero. But, singularly enough, in a letter from Antonio Perez to the Earl of Essex, it is quoted in exactly the converse form : " Tu videris quo id modo fiet, an ego ad templum, an, ut solebant loqui Hispani Mauri, si no puede yr JMahoma a Lotero (i.e. al otero , vcnga Lotero 'i.e. el otero a MalioDia, templum cum aliqua occasione hue se conferat." Antanii Perezii ad Contitem Essexiuni. .epistolarum centuria una. Norimb. 1683, ep. 14, p. 18. I am indebted for this reference to the Rev. J. E. B. Mayor, Fellow of St John's College, Cambridge. p. 46 [2] Lat. vultum enint tunc nanciscitur in se rgdztHuin sed de/or- initer. [6] Lat. sed audaces, quando tale quidpiam illis contingit, attoniti heerent. [n] Hence the proverb, 'Who so bold as blind Bayard?' Essay 13 p. 47 [i] Lat. lit sit affeflus qiii honiinum coininoda studeat et bene velit. [3] And: 'for' '1612. [4] is a little too light: Lat. levins aliquanto est atqne nngustins. [5] Habit: Lat. affeHum et habi- tum. [7] and Dignities of the Minde: added in 1625. [8] Lat. cttm sit ipsius divince naturce adund>rata quadam ejffigies et cluirac- ter. [g] Man : \,:k\.. Iwitio a)tintalis. \\\\Goodnesse: hat. fioni- tas morbus. [13] — p. 48 [6] The desire.. committed: added in 1625. [19] Lat. quy. Livio, 11. 2. [20] Lat. ne te illoriim ifiterea aut viiltibus aid vobintatibtts mancipio dedas. [21] or: 'and' (1612). [23] Phsedr. in. 12. A good story is told in Apoph. 203, in which an allusion to this fable is brought in. "When peace was re- newed with the French in England, divers of the great counsellors were presented from the French with jewels. The Lord Henry Howard was omitted. Whereupon the King said to him; My Lord, hozv haps it that you have not a jewel as well as the rest ? My Lord answered again, (alluding to the fable in j^sop;) iViow sutn Gallus, itaque non reperi gemmam." I think it very probable that this story was in Bacon's mind when he wrote the Essay. [26] Matt. v. 45. [29] 'honours' in MS. [31] with choice: Lat. pancis et cum deleflu. p. 49 [2] Mark X. 21. [16] Difficilnesse: the Latin adds libidinein. [17 — 22] Such men. .raw: added in 1625. [iZ^h^i. fere Jlorent, easque semper aggravant. [20] Luke xvi. 21. [22] raw: Lat. criida quceqiie et excoriata. 'There be many Misanthropi (1612). Lat. non paucos reperias misanthropos. [25] See Timon's speech to the Athenians as given by Plutarch. "My Lords of Athens, I hauc a litle yard in my house where there groweth a figge tree, on the which many citizens haue hangd themselues : & because I meane to make some building on the place, I thought good to let you all vnder- stand it, that before the fig tree be cut downe, if any of you be despe- rate, you may there in time goe hang yourselues." North's Plutarch, Antonius, p. 1002, ed. 1595. Comp. Shakspere, Tim. of Athens, v. 2, *I have a tree, which grows here in my close, &c.' [26] Lat. humance naturce vomicas et carcinoinata; cf. Suet. Ajtg. 63. [27J great Politiques: Lat. mercurii politici. [31] — p. 50 [14] The parts. . Christ himselfe : added in 1625. p. 50 \6'\ T>at. supra injiirianitK jafluin et tela. [9] Trash: Lat. sarcifias. [10] Rom. ix. 3. See Adv. 0/ L. 11. 20, § 7, where the same passage is alluded to. "But it may be truly affirmed that there was neuer any phylosophy. Religion or other discipline, which did so playnly and highly exalt the good which is Communicatiue and de- presse the good which is priuate and particuler as the Holy faith : well declaring that it was the same God, that gaue the Christian Law to men, who gaue those Lawes of nature, to inanimate Creatures that we spake of before ; for we reade that the eledled Saints of God haue wished themselues Anathematized, and razed out of the Booke of life, in an extasie of Charity, and infinite feeling of Communion." Essay 14 Greatly altered and enlarged from the ed. of 1612, in which it wsis differently arranged. The Essay in that edition began at p. 52, 1. 14, "It is a reuerend thing, .p. 53, 1. 2, Honour;" with the additional 304 i^ottn clause, "and Enuy is as the sunne beames, that beate more vpon a rising ground, then upon a leuell ;" which was afterwards incorporated in the Essay 'Of Envy.' Then followed the passage, p. 51, 1. 22 — p. 52, 1. 7; "A great. .Maicsty of Kings." The other variations will be noted in the course of the Essay. p. 51 [i — 21] Added in 1625. [12] Lat. vel si omnino in pcrsoitns, id fit tangitam in maxime idoneas rebus gerendis, miniine vero ut ratio habeatur ifisignium aut imaginutii. [17] Respects: Lat. dignitas. [22] and Potent : added in 1625. p. 52 [3] Fortune : 'fortunes' (1612). [5] Lat. ut insolentia popularis illorum reverentia tanqiiain obice retuiidatiir. [8 — 14] A Numerous Nobility . .Persons: added in 1-625. [8] Lat. Rursus nunierosa nobilitas, qu ^d. 1622): "Hereupon presently came forth Swarmes and Volies of Libels which are the gusts of Libertie of Speach restrayned, and the Females of Sedition)." See also ^/^ ^rt/. Vei. c.ix. [5] Fames; the MS. adds 'and rumours.' [6] indeed: omitted in MS. [7] Howsoever, he noteth : ' But he notes' in MS. [9] Brother and Sister: omittedinMS. [10 — 22] Especially. .Long-lived: omitted in MS. [12] the most plausible : Lat. g7<(s tuerito plausitin viilgi mereroitur. [15] Tac. Hist. I. 7. The passage, according to one reading, stands inviso seviel principe, sen bene sen male fn6la pt'eitnint, and the present is a good illustration of Bacon's manner of quotation on which Mr Spedding remarks (Works, i. p. 13, note). [17, 18] 'that' should be omitted in one of these lines. [21] the Going about : Lat. cotiatus seditlus. [22] Lat. nihil alind fere efUcit quani 7it durent mngis. [23] Obedience : the Latin adds i}i exequetidis jnssis. speaketh of: in the MS. 'describeth in an Army.' [24] Tac. Hist. II. 39, miles alacer qui taniefijitssa diicum intcrpretari quam exsequi mallet. [29] disputings : the Latin adds circa jnandata. [26 — 3<2] Disputing, .audaciously : instead of this passage the MS. has : "When mandats fall to be disputed and distinguished, and new sences given to them, it is the first Essay of disobeying." [32] audaciously: Lat. audacius et continnacius. [33] Probably in Disc. sopr. Livio. III. 27. The Italian translation, instead of Macciavel, has only nn scrittore. noteth well : in the MS. ' well notes. '' [34] Parents: in the MS. 'fathers.' p. 56 [i] leane to a side: the MS. adds, 'in the state.' [2] MS. 'that tilts aside before it overthrowes.' [3 — 12] As was. .Possession: omitted in MS. [16 — 26] For the Motions. .Frame: not in MS. [18] Priinunt Mobile. The tenth heaven, according to the old As> tronomers. In Blundevile's Exercises (fol. 137 b, ed. 1594), the 6th chapter of 'the first booke of the Spheare' is "Of the tenth Spheare or heauen, called in Latine pritnum mobile, that is, the first moueable, and what motion it hath." It is described as follows: "This heauen is also of a most pure and cleare substance and without starres, and it continually mooueth with an equall gate from East to West, making his reuolution in 24. houres, which kind of moouing is otherwise called the diurnall or daily moouing, & by reason of the swiftnesse therof, it violently caryeth & turneth about all the other heauens that are beneath it from East to West, in the selfe same space of 24. houres, whether they will or not, so as they are forced to make their ownc proper reuolutions, which is contrary from West to East, euery one in longer or shorter time, according as they be far or neare placed to the same." [22] Great ones : Lat. viri privtores et nobiles. [24] Tac. Ann. III. 4, again quoted from memory. The passage stands, /ww/- tiiis apertinsqne quam nt memi}iisse imperitantium crcderes. rs6] For: 'And' in MS. [28] Job xii. 18; Is. xlv. i. The MS. has X 3o6 i^otetf 'who threatneth the dissolving thereof, as one of his great judge- ments.' [30] Shaken: 'shakened' in MS. [33] passe from: 'leave' in MS. [33] — p. 57 [i] Concerning. .foUoweth: omitted in MS. p. 57 [i — 4] In MS. 'and speake of the material Is, and the causes, and the reniedyes.' [3] Lat. de earinn caitsis etjlabellis. [5 — 11] Con- cerning. . Fire : omitted in MS. [12] Disconientinent: in MS. 'discontent,' Lat. prcesentium reni/n tr.. [13] It is certain : in MS. 'certainly.' Overthrowne Estates; \^a.i. hotuinutn res attritcr et decoflce fort una-. [1^] Route: 'the tymes' in MS. before: Lat. paiilo ante. [17] Lucan, /"//arj. i. 181. The true reading is «£»/it. [10] Discontentments: Lat. alie- nationem animorum et int'idiatn grassantem. ['5] Lat. tandem, glome rafitur et ruunt. [i6] This proverb is entered in the Promtis, fol. 13 rt, in the following form : en Jin la soga quiebra por el mas del- gado. In Collins's Spanish Proverbs, p. 126, it is El hilo por lo mas delgado quiebra. The English form is, The last straiv breaks thf cameFs back. [18] and Motives: omitted in Lat. [19] Innovation in: omitted in MS. 'Alterations' in MS. Taxes: Lat. tributa et census. [20] 'breaking priviledges' in MS. Lat. immunita- tutn et privilegiorum violatio. [21J Lat. "d honores et yuagistratus promotio. [22] Disbanded Souldicrs ; EacJions gronvne desperate : omitted in MS. [24] and knitteth : omitted in MS. [26 — 29] In MS. ' For the remedyes, there male be some generall preservatives; the cure must aunsweare to the particuler disease.' From p. 58, 1. 29, 'And so be left, &c.' to p. 60, I. 32, 'Common People' is omitted in the MS. p. 59 [2] Lat. artifices et manu/ailurai introduccrc ctfovere. [3J 1 at iBtoleg 307 desldiam et otinm. [9] Lat. temporibns scilicet pads quando gladius nihil dcmetit. [23] Preferments: 'Lz.t. vocationes civiles. [29] Lat. materiaiH mercinm. [33] Ovid. Met. 11. 5. p. 60 [2] See Burton's Atuit. of Mel. (Democritus to the Reader, p. 77. ed. 1813) : " The Low Countries generally have three cities at least for one of ours, and those far more populous and rich : and what is the cause, but their industry and excellency in all manner of trades, their commerce, which is maintained by a multitude of tradesmen, so many excellent channels made by art, and opportune havens, to which they build their cities? all which we have in like measure, or at least may have. But their chiefest loadstone, which draws all manner of com- merce and merchandise, which maintains their present estate, is not fertility of soyl but mdustry that enricheth them : the gold mines of Peru or Nova Hispania may not compare with them. They have neither gold nor silver of their own, wine nor oyl, or scarce any com growing in those United Provinces, little or no wood, tin, lead, iron, silk, wool, any stuff almost, or mettle ; and yet Hungary, Transilvania, that brag of their mines, fertile England, cannot compare with them." [9] Comp. Apoph. 252. "Mr Bettenham used to say; That ricJies were like muck; ivhen it lay tipou an heap, it gave hut a stench and ill odour; bid ivlien it 7vas spread upon, the ground, then it was cause 0/ mnch fruit." [12] Lat. voragines illasfoenoris, niojiopoliorum, et latifundiorufn in pasciia cotn'ersortini. Usjirie : see Hist, of //en. 7, p. 66 ; " There were also made good and politike Lawes that Parliament against Vsurie which is the Bastard vse of Money. " Pasturages : see //ist. of //en. 7, p. 73. The whole passage will be found in a note on Essay 29, p. 122, where it is dire6lly referred to. In 1597 Bacon made a speech in the House of Commons upon this subje<5l, in which he said: " For enclosure of grounds brings depopulation, which brings forth first idleness, secondly decay of tillage, thirdly subversion of houses and decrease of charity and charge to the poors maintenance, fourthly the impoverishing the state of the realm." (Mr Spedding's Letters and Life of Fr. Bacon, 11. p. 82.) [24] John v. 4. [25] Lat. lit ita demum aniinos exulceratos prodere possint. [26] Hom. //. I. 398. The fable is alluded to in Adv. of L. 11. 4, § 4. " So in the Fable that the rest of the Gods hauing conspired to binde /upiter, Pallas called j5r/rtr^?cj with his hundreth hands to his aide, expounded, that Monarchies neede not feare any courbing of their absolutenesse by Mightie Subiedls, as long as by wisedome they keepe the hearts of the people, who will be sure to come in on their side." In Homer it is Thetis, not Pallas, who calls Briareus. [33] and Discotttentments: not in MS. [34] The MS. has: " so it be without bravery or impor- tnnitye." Lat. ttt ehdliant eormn dolores et infumos abeant. p. 61 [2] In the //ist. of //eti. 7, p. 137, Bacon says, after the execution of Stanley, Lord Chamberlain, " men durst scarce commune or talke one with another : but there was a generall Diffidence euery where. Which neuerthelesse made the King rather more Absolute, then more Safe. For, Bleeding /nivards and shut Vapours stra?igle soonest, and oppresse most." backe : not in MS. and: 'or' in MS. X2 3o8 4^otf0 Is— 8] The Part., them: the MS. ha.s, 'Also the part oi Epimetheus may become Pfoiuethcus in this case.' Conip. i/e Sap. Vet. c. 26. [8] Epiiiietheus: in MS. ' Hee.' [9] at last shut the lid: omitted in MS. [10] Certainly: omitted in MS. [11] and Entertaining: the MS. has 'of some degree.' [13] Bacon had written otherwise of Hope, and more bitterly, in Meditationes SacrtB, " De Spe Terrestri," which was published in 1597. He there says, (I quote from the English translation published in 1598' ; " And therefore it was much lightnesse in the Poets to faine Hope to bee as a counterpoyson of humaine deceases, as to mittigate and asswage tlu fury & anger of them, whereas in deede it doth kindle and enrage them, & causeth both doubling of them and relapses." [14] Discontentments: MS. 'dis- contents.' [15] and Proceeding: omitted in MS. [16] when.. Satisfa<5lion : MS. ' if it can hold by hope where it cannott by satisfac- tion.' [17 — 24] And when. .belee%'e not: omitted in MS. [23] Lat. ostentnre in gloriam siiam. [26] Bacon had this in mind afterwards when he wrote Considerations touching a M'arre with Spaine: " They (the Spaniards bragged, that they doubted not, but to abuse and lay asleepe the Queene and Coitnseil o{ England, as to haue any feare of the Party of Papists here ; For that they knew (they said) the State R'ould but cast the eye, and looke about, to see whether there were any Eminent Head of that Party, vnder whom it might vnite it selfe ; And finding none worth the thinking on, the State would rest secure, and take no apprehension" (p. 28. ed. 1629. [26] Discontented Per- sons: MS. 'discontents.' ("29] Lat. SiAd?,, et ditceni idongmn. [31] Lat. acceptiis est et gratiosns. [33] MS. ' that is thought dis- content in his particular.' [54J — p. 62 [4] which kinde. .reputation: omitted in MS. p. 62 [5] Generally: MS. 'also.' all Fadlions, and Combinations: MS. 'anie combination.' [6] are: MS. 'is.' [7, 8] and setting . .themselves: omitted in MS. [8J not one: MS. 'none.' [10] The MS. has, "if the true parte of the State." [12] The MS. has, ' the false, entyer and unyted.' [13 — 32J I have, .noted: omitted in MS. [15] hz.1. e.xitiale sihi vulnus injlijrit. [16] Suet. Jul. Cies. 77. Quoted in Adz'. of L. i. 7, § 12 : " vpon occasion, that some spake, what a strange resolution it was in Lucius Sylla, to resigne his Dicla- ture ; he scoffing at him, to his owne aduantage, answered ; That Sylla could not skill 0/ Letters, and therefore kneiv not hinv to Diflate." Apoph. 135. [21] Tac. Hist. i. 5. [23] Flav. Vop. Prob. 20. [28] See quotation from the Adv. of L. given in the note to p. 20, 1. 18. [34] one, or rather more: omitted in MS. p. 63 [i] Lat. militia etfortitudine speflatus. Valour: in MS. 'valew.' [4] Court: MS. 'Courts.' "Lsit. in aulis principum. first: omitted in MS. [6J Tac. Hist. i. 28. [9]— end. The MS. has, " But lett such one be an assured one and not popular, and hold- ing good correspondence with the gowne men ; or els the remedy is worse then the disease. [nj Lat. et cum cwteris proceribus bene comparati. Mott^ 309 ESSAV 16 Considerably enlarged from the ed. of 1612. p. 64 [2] Lat. Alcoratii Talvmdi aiit legoidcp. Legend: the Golden Legend, or Legenda A urea, a colledtion of lives of Saints and other stories, written by Jacobus de Voragine. The Italian translation omits 'the Legend.' and the Tahnud : added in 1625. [4] See Adv. of L. II. 6, § I : "There was neuer Miracle wrought by God to conuert an Atheist, bycause the light of Nature might haue ledde him to con- fesse a God." \^$\ Atheisjne: 'Atheists' (1612). [6] convince it: 'conuince them' (1612). It is true that: ' Certainely' (i6i2\ [7] Mans minde: omitted in MS. Comp. Adv. 0/ L. i. 1, ^ 2' "It is an assured truth, and a conclusion of experience, that a little or superficiall knowledge of Philosophic may encline the minde of Man to Atheisme, but a further proceeding therein doth bring the mind backe againe to Religion : for in the entrance of Philosophic, when the second Causes, which are next vntothe sences, do offer themselues to the minde of Man, if it dwell and stay there, it may induce some ebliuion of the highest cause ; but when a man passeth on further, and seeth the dependance of causes, and the workes of prouidence ; then according to the allegoric of the Poets, he will easily beleeue that the highest Linke of Natures chaine must necdes be tyed to the foote of lupifers c\\sl\tq." [8] Mens Mindes: 'men' (1612;. [9] while: 'when' (1612). [10 — 12] it may. .further : ' it resteth in them' (1612). [12] the Chaine of: added in 1625. [13] Linked: 'knit' (1612). [13, 14] must needs flie : 'flies' (1612). [14] Nay even: 'Most of all' (1612'. [15] 'LaI. T^iids, si q7(!s ve7-e rem tntros/>iciat. [16] most: added in 1625. [17] Lencipptis: the founder of the atomic theory. The date and place of his birth are unknown. Deiuo- crities: born at Abdera in Thrace b.c. 460, died B.C. 357. EpicJC7-us: born in the island of Samos B.C. 342, died at Athens B.C. 270. [19] " Akistoteles of Siagira the sonne of NichoviacJms, hath put downe for Principles these three, to wit, a certaine forme called Ente- lechia. Matter, and Privation : for elements, foure, and for a fifth Quintessence, the heavenly bodie which is immutable." Holland's Plutarch, p. 808. [22] unplaced : Lat. sine ordine forttiito vagan- tiuvt. p. 65 [2] Ps. xiv. I. This text is taken as the motto for the loth medita- tion in Meditationes Sacrce, " De Atheismo," with which this Essay has many points of resemblance, as the following passages will shew. "First, he hath said in his Jteart; it is not said, he hath thought in. his heart: that is, it is not so much that he feels it inwardly, as that he wishes to believe it. Because he sees that it would be good for him that there were no God, he strives by all means to persuade himself of it and induce himself to think so ; and sets it up as a theme or position or dogma, which he studies to assert and maintain and establish. .And so it is true the Atheist hath rather said in his heart than thinks in his heart that there is no God. .Nor shall you see that those who are fallen into this phrensy to breathe and importunately inculcate anything eLe 3^0 i^otfit almost, than speech tending to Atheism ; as in Lucretius the Epicu- rean; who makes his invective against religion almost as the burthen or verse of return to every other subjedl. The reason appears to be that the Atheist, not being well satisfied in his own mind, tossing to and fro, distrustful of himself, and finding many times his opinion faint within him, desires to have it revived by the assent of others. For it is rightly sartl that lie 7v/io is very anxious to afproi'e his opinion to another, hivtsclf distrusts it." (Works, vii. 251, 252, ed. Spedding. ) There is besides another passage, on the tendency of the study of natural philosophy to Atheism, which is almost word for word the same with that at the beginning of the Essay. [9 — 21] It appeareth. .then»- selves: added in 1625. [17] \j2X. Ivio, quod moitstri si))iile est. [29] Diog. Laert. x. 123. [34J See Acosta, ///j^. .\'rt/. f/« ///rti-j, v. fol. 212/;. ^Fr. trans, ed. 1600): "ils n'auoient point neantmoins de nom propre, pour noinmer Dieu : car si nous voulons rechercher en langue des Indiens vn mot, qui responde a ce nom de Dieu, comme le latin Dens, le grec, Theos, I'hebreu, Ei, I'Arabic, Alia, Ton n'en trouuera aucun en langue de Cusco ny en langue de Mexicque." p. 66 [4] In ed. of 1612, 'which .shews yet they haue the motion, though not the full extent.' [7] very: added in 1625. [8] very: added in 1625. [8 — 30] The contemplative Atheist Religion: added in 1625. Part of this pas.sage was included in the next Essay in the ed. of 1612. In Antith. Xiii. it appears in this form: Ko?i cadit in tncn- tetn hntnanant ut sit inerus atheista dogmate; sed 7nagni hypocrites sunt veri atfieista-, qui sacra perpetno contreflant, sed tninqnani verentur. [9] "Some of the philosophers, and namely, Diagoras of the isle of Melos, Tlicodorus the Cyrenaan, and Euevicrus of Tegca, held resolutely that there were no gods." Plutarch's Morals, trans. Holland, p. 810, ed. 1603. I23] S. Bernard. SerMi. ad Pastores {Opera, p. 1732 I, ed. Paris 1640.) [25] Lat. consuetudo pro/aua ludendi et jocandi in rebus sanflis. D- 67 [5] who: 'which' (1612). \6] Ovid. Afet. i. 21. [19] Cic eU Har. Resp. 9. Essay 17 Enlarged from the edition of 1612, and omitted in the Italian trans- lation. The chief points in this Essay and the preceding form iUc pro TmAcofi oi Antith. xiii. Superstitio. p. 68 [ij no: Lat. nulla tn ant incertam. In a letter to Mr Toby Matthews, Bacon says: "I entreat you much to meditate sometimes upon the eflfecl of superstition in this last Powder Treason, fit to be tabled and pidlurcd in the chambers of Meditation, as another Hell above the ground ; and well justifying the censure of the Heathen, that Superstition is far ivorse then Atheism, by how much it is less evil to have no good opinion of God at all, then such as are impious towards his Divine Majesty and goodness" [Cabala, p. 57, ed. 1663). Mr, afterwards Sir 'loby, Matthews, was a great friend of Bacon, and a convert to Romnnism. The Essay 'Of Superstition' may have grown out of this letter. [2J Lat. quain contumcliosam et Deo ire iSote^ 31 1 dif:nnm. [4] Lat. impietatis et opprohrii. [i;! the : omitted in ed. of i6i2, but inserted in MS. [6 — 13] Plutarch. .Men : added in 1625. [6] Plut. de Snperst. X. [8] at all; Lat. in rericm nattcra. [10] Lat. cot)iederc ct devorare. [16] to : 'vnto' (1612). an out- ward Morall vertue: added in 1625. [18] Monarchy : 'Tyranny* (1612). [iQJMindes: 'minde' (1612). Atitith. xni; Non Eptc7(ri schola, scd Stoa, veteres respuhlicas pertw-bavit. [20] Lat. homines ettim cantos reddit et securitati siae considcntes. p. 69 [i] 'As the time oi Augustus Ccesar, and our owne times in some Countries, were, and are, ciuill times' (1612). civil: Lat. tran- quilla. [2] 'confusion and desolation' (1612). [3] Priimtin Mo- bile: see note on p. 56, 1. 18. [8] Here followed in the ed. of 1612 the paragraph which was afterwards incorporated into the Essay ' Of Atheisme:' "There is no such Atheist, as an Hipocrite, or Impostor: and it is not possible, but where the generality is superstitious, many of the leaders are Hipocrits. The causes of AtJteisme are, diuisions in Religion; scandall of Priests ; and learned times; specially if pros- perous ; though for diuisions, any one maine diuision addeth zeale to both sides, but many diuisions introduce At/ieisnte." [8 — 18] It was gravely said. .Church: added in 1625. [11] Sarpi, Hist. del. Cone. Trid. p. 222, ed. 1619. "Fu da alcuni faceti detti, che se gli astro- logi, non sapendo le vere cause de' moti cclesti, per salvare le apparenze hanno dato in eccentrici" in epicicli non era maraviglia, se volendo salvare le apparenze de' moti sopra-celesti, si dava in eccentricita d' openioni." [19 — 29] 'the pleasing of Ceremonies; the excesse of outward holinesse ; the reuerence of traditions: the stratagems of Prelats for their owne ambition and lucre, and barbarous times, speci- ally with calamities, and disasters' (1612). [25] Conceits: Lat. etiielothreskiis. [26] Lat. exeinploruin iniportuna et inepta petitio ab hiimanis qiue in divina tra7is/erafituy. [^y] Lat. Fantasiaruin male cohcercntiian mixturavi. [30] 'without his vaile' (1612). p. 70 [2] petty: Lat. pusillas ct superjiuas. [3 — 9] added in 1625. [4] Lat. cunt se tanto saniorem et puriorem viajn inire putent fwmines. [6] Lat. curce esse debet in religione reformanda. Essay 18 The Latin title is De peregrinatione in partes exteras. p. 71 [7] Lat. serr'O aliquo experto. I allow well: Lat. probo. [ill Acquaintances: Lat. amicitice ct familiai-itates. [20] Lat. quant quce de indtcstria observantur. p. 72 [12] Magazens: Lat. cellce et horrcapublica. [14] Lat. militunt delcHus ct instritflio. [21] Masques: Lat. saltatioiies sttb larva. P- 73 [5] Lat. 7nagnes est attraliendi fatniliaritates et cortsttctudines hontinum contpluritim. [18] Employd men : Lat. ministrorum interio7-utn. [23] Lat. quontodo os, vidtus, et corporis liiieamenta, et 7notus respondeant famep. [26] Place: Lat. prf>cfns, infinita qua vtetuas. [9] Prov. xxv. 3. [10] Multitude : ' multi- tudes' (1612}. [13] Lat. ex/>ioratii difficilem. [14] it comes: 'commeth it' (i6tc\ [17] Lat. nd ordinem aliquevi nut colUgium iustitue/tdiim. Erecfling of: added in 1625. [20] — p. 76. [i] As Nero. . Chariots: added in 1625. Nero: see Dio Cass. LXiii. 1. \7.i\Do- viitiaii: Suet. Dom. 19. [22] Conimodus: Dio Cass, lxxii. 10,22. p. 76 [i] Carncnlla: Dio Cass. i,xxvii. 10. [2] and the like : ' & such like, things' (i6i2\ This seemeth ; 'which seeme' (1612). [6 — 16] 'Therefore great and fortunate Conquerours in their first yeeres, tnrne melancholy and .superstitious in their latter, as did Alex- nfider the great, i^ in our memory CJuirles the fifth, and many others. For he that is vsed to goe forward, and findeth a stoppe, falleth out of his owne fauour' 1612). [12] "It is reported that King Alexander the Great, hearing Anaxarchus the Philosopher discoursing and maintaining this Position: That there were worlds innumerable: fell a weeping : and when his friends and familiars about him asked what he ailed. Have I not (quoth he) good cause to weepe, that being as there are an infinite number of worlds, I am not yet the Lord of one?" (Holland's Plutarch, p. 147, ed. 1603). Drocletian abdicated 1st May, 305, and passed the last eight years of his life in retirement near Salona. [13] Charles V. gave up the Netherlands to his son Philip H. 25th Oct. 1555; on the i6th of Jan. 1556 he gave up the throne of Spain, and on the 27th of Aug. 1556 resigned the Imperial crown. He died at Yuste, 21st Sep. 1558. [17, 18] 'A true temper of goiiernment is a rare thing' (1612). [21] Philost. vit. Aj>oll. Tynn. v. 28. The story is told again in ^/^//i. 51. {■2j]sotitetiines: * and sontetintes' [iSiz". [30] 'pressing power and relaxing power' (1612). [32] This is tnie that : added in 1625. P- 77 I3] this.. And: added in 1625. Lat. in agone cum fort una cxperiri. [6] Matter: Lat. viaterias J>rimas et inchoanienta. [7J difficulties : 'difficultnesse ' (1612'. Lat. intet~jeniunt f>rocul- duUo multsisiere tiec qtiicqtiam si4um /acere. [11 — 14] In the MS. of the edition of 161 2 this passage, with the exception of the words 'or Vice Dei,' is inserted in the margin in Bacon's own hand. [15] bridleth: 'to bridle' (1612). Essay 20 Altered and slightly enlarged from ed. of 1612. p. 82 [i] and Man: omitted in the printed ed. of 1G12, but added in the MS. [4] Child : Lat. //^rriJj. Some copies have 'children,' and in the Italian it is i lorojiglitioli, but ' child' is the reading in the edition of 1612. [7]obKgcd: l^M. nstringttntnr. [11] Lat. si consilio 7'iront/>i sele&oruin utatitur. [13] Is. ix. 6. [14] Prov. xx. 18. fi8] Lat ificonstantitr et mutationum. [19] Lat. modo texendis ipsius. [15] Lat. donrina quonindam ex Italis. [16] in some Kings times : added in 1625. [17] Lat. consilia interiora guo" vtdgo vacant Jtr cabinet it. [18] The MS. adds, "which hath tourned Metis the wife to Metis the mistresse, that is Councells of State to which Princes are [solemly] marryed, to Councells of gracious persons recommended chiefly by [flattery and] affection." Mr Spedding in his note (Bacon's Works, VI- P- 555) remarks, "The word 'solemly' has a line drawn through it, and the words 'flattery and' are inserted between the lines in Bacon's hand." [19] As to: 'But for' (1612). 'La.t. occultationcin consili- orinn. [21] Lat. sed tarn personas qiiain negotia cum dele flu excer- pere posstint. [25] comes: 'come' (1612). \_-2S\ Motto: ^ Mot' (1612). Counsels: ' counsell' (1612). [27] Ter. Eu7i. \. 2, 25. [28] Lat. arcana nosse et retegere. [30 — 85 g] It is true — Fox : added in 1625. P- 85 [3] able to Grinde with a Hand-Mill: Lat. proprlo Marte validus. [6] Hist, of Hen. 7, pp. 15, 16; "About this time, the King called vnto his Priuie-Councell, lohn Morton, and Richard Foxe, the one Bishop of Elie, the other Bishop of Excester, vigilant men, and secret, and such as kept watch with him almost vpon al men else." [11 — 13] Nay . .Counsell: added in 1625. [17, 18] which are Things soone found, and holpen : added in 1625. [20] Lat. S7ue rei prospeftiiros non doviini. [21] Luke xviii. 8. [z-j^Co7iftsello7(rs: 'counsels' (1612). [28] Co7i7isello7ir: added in 1625. [29 — 31] So that. .Eare: added in 1625. [34] Mart. Epig. viii. 15. p 86 [i] on: 'of (1612). [2] Speculative : l^^t. rir7iatores. [4] their: so in the original and in ed. of 1612. [10] Reverend: 'reuerent' (1612). Lat. gravior. [15] to preserve Freedome : omitted in MS. [16] to preserve Respe<5l : omitted in MS. l^a.i. 7tt )nodesti7{s senten- tia7/i /era7it. [24 — 28J 'what kind of person should be; but in indi7iid7io: For the greatest errors, and the greatest iudgement are shewed in the choice of 1 7Ldi7iid7ials' (1612 . In the MS. the Essay ends here. j 28] A saying of Alphonso of Aragon. Opti77tos co7isili- arios esse 7nort7(os dicebat, libros, videlicet, designaiis, a q7iib7 ministers goe about any deuine seruice, or matter of religion, an herauld euer goeth before them, crj'ing out aloud, Hoc age: as to say, doe this, or mind this." [15] Indifferent persons: Lat. qui cpqui sutit ct in neutram partem fropcndeant. [18] Lat. delcgatioiies lion tantutit teinporancas aut e re natii sed etiant contitmatas et per- petitas. The Latin adds qtue curent separatint. [19] Suits : Lat. gratias, gravavmia. [20] Lat. co7isilia subordittata diversa. [26] The Latin adds, mercatoribus, artijicibus. [32] Lat. ad parietes caiiiet'O! consilii. p. 88 [6] Lat. se ad ujitinn ejus applicabutit. [8] a Song of Placebo : the Vesper hymn for the dead. "Pope Sixtus's Breviary says, 'ad vesperas, absolute incipitur ab Antiphona placebo Domino in regione vivoriim.'" (Nares' Glossary, s. v., Chaucer [Pcrsones Tale, has, "Flaterers ben the develes chapeleyns, that singen 3.Y placebo." Bacon followed the advice which he himself gave. At the conclusion of his speech for the Naturalization of the Scottish Nation, he said; "Mr Speaker, I haue ,1 take it) gone through the parts which I pro- pounded to my selfe, wherein if any man shall think I have sung a placebo, for mine owne particular; I would have him know that I am not so unseene in the world, but that I discerne, it were much alike for my priuate fortune a taccbo, as to sing 2i placebo in this businesse : but I haue spoken out of the fountain of my heart." Essay 21 P- 89 [3] Antith. XLi ; Occasio, instar Sibylla, viinuit oblaium, pretium auget. [4] Sybilla : the story is told by Aulus Gellius, N'ofl. A tt. I. 19. [6] Lat. integrum tamen pretium postulat. Adagia, p. 687, ed. Gryna;us : Fronte capillata est, post hcec occasio calva. See also Phaedrus, v. 8, and Posidippi Epigr. 13 in Brunck's Anthologia II. 49. [9] Antith. XLI ; Occasio primujn ansam vasis porrigit, deinde ventrevi. [14] Antith. xliii ; Non jam leve est periculuin, si levevideatur. [15] ibid. Plura pericula/allunt, quant vincunt. ]). 90 [2] ibid. Docet periculum progredi qui accingitur, et periculunt /ingit remedio. 18] Argos: iEsch. Prom. 567, ^'c. Briareusl Horn. //. I. 403. Antith. xli. The Helmet oi Pluto: Horn. //. v. 845. See de Sap. I'et. c. vii. Perseus in the fable wore the helmet of Pluto when he slew the Gorgon Medusa. See the same fable en- larged in the De Augmcntis, 11. 13. A note in the Promus, fol. 15 /', is: " Plutoes Helmett — Secresy Invi.sibility." E.ss.\Y 22 Greatly enlarged from the ed. of 161 2. p. 91 [8J In the Prontus of Formularies and Elegancies Works vn. 197 ed. Spedding occurs this note, descriptive of the characlers of some men; "Cunning in the humours of persons, and nut in the conditions iaotc^ 3 1 7 of aclions." [9] Lat. personnruvi nnturas et viores. [11] I.at. in persoitarjdii aditihis et temJ>orib7is. [13] Lat. cofistitutio ipsissinta. [13] of one : Lat. honiinmn. [16] I suppose the figure is taken from the game of bowls. Under the head of ''■ Bowl-Alley, or Bozvling-AlUy," Nares [Glossary) gives "a covered space for the game of bowls, instead of a bowling-green." He quotes, "whether it be in open wide places, or in close allies, — the chusing of the bowle is the greatest cunning." Country Contenttn. G. Markham, p. 58. The Latin translator seems to have missed the point. He renders, et non aliter fere nsinn sui prcebent quani iti. viis qiias s^epe contrivemnt, understanding alley in its ordinary sense, and applied metaphorically to a narrow walk of life. [19] A saying of Aristippus ; Diog. Laert. ir. 73, ei? ayi/coTa? tous 5vo yi»/uLi'ous aVoo'TetAov Kat ei(rr}. It is quoted again, Apoph. 255. [20] — 95 [14] And because .. looked backe : added in 1625. p. 92 [i] Adv. o/L. II. 9, § 2. "And therefore a number of subtile per- sons, whose eyes doe dwell vpon the faces and fashions of men ; doe well know the aduantage of this obseniation ; as being most part of their abilitie ; neither can it bee denied, but that it is a great discouerie of dissimulations, and a great diredlion in Businesse." [5] Some- times: Lat. per vices. [8] Lat. ut cu7n aliq7iid propere et facile obtinere et expedire cupias. [12] Lat. ad obje6lio7ies et scrnpnlos. [16] Lat. de rebus status gravioribus sermones. [21] he doubts: omitted in the Latin. [26] Lat. quasi se ipsuvi deprehenderet et contineret. [32] Lat. insolitmn inditere vultum. p. 93 [i] Lat. quid sibi velit ista oris mntatio. [2] Neh. ii. i. [10] Tac. An7i. xi. 30. [12] Lat. non iniitile est. [17] Lat. nt rent fere p7(Btermissani. [30] Lat. astutite species satis vafra est. [32] Lat. ut inde altemm irretiat et subruat. [33] Mr Spedding has suggested to me that probably the two competitors for the office of Secretary, here alluded to, were Sir Robert Cecil and Sir Thomas Bodley. p. 94 [i] Lat. qui tainen se i7ivicem amice traflabant. [6J hat. seq7^e ilbid ge7i7is ho7/iin7i77t 77ii7ii77ie a77ibire. [7] Lat. verba ilia callide prolata bo7ia fide arripuit. [11] The Latin adds, ta7iq7ca77i scilicet ab alte7-o prolata. [12] The Latin adds C7i77i ipsa se vige7ite}/i 7-eputaret. [16] Various explanations of this proverb have been given , among others that by Mr Singer in his edition of the Essays, suggested by a writer in the Gentleman's Mag. 1754, p. 66. "It was originally, no doubt, ''Cate in the pan,' but thus popularly corrupted. The allusion is probably to the dexterous turning or shift- ing the side of 3i pancake by a sleight of hand familiar to cooks." The Latin translator was clearly at a loss for the meaning when he wrote gtiod Anglico prove7-bio Felem in aheno vertere satis absjtrde dicitur. It appears to have been a common saying. Nares [Glossary, s. v.) quotes the following ; Damon smatters as well as he can of craftie phylosophie. And can tour7ie cat i7i the pa7i7ie very pretily. Da7/ro7i a7id Pith. O. PI. i 103. 3i8 Mott^ And again from the famous song of the Vicar of Bray, in which a cat- iii-/>un appears to be synonymous with turncoat : When George in pudding-time came o'er, And moderate men look'd big, Sir, I turn'd a cat-in-pan once more, And so became a Whig, Sir. [i6] Lat. cum ea verba, qua quis apiid aliimi profert, tmpittat collo' quefitt, inuqunvi ab ipso prolata. [22] Lat. 7tt quis in alios spicula qucedam oblique torqueat. [25] Tac. Ann. xiv. 57. [31] Lat. unde et se inagis in into continent, quasi 7iihil diserte ajfiy-- ntantcs, et rciH ipsa>n inajorc cutn vohtptate spargi ejfficiunt. p. 95 [9] sudden: omitted in the Latin. [12] Pauls: "The body of old St Paul's church in London, was a constant place of resort for business and amusement. Advertisements were fixed up there, bargains made, servants hired, politics discussed, S:c. &c." Nares, Gloss, s. v. Fre- quent allusions are made to it by Shak.spere and the dramatists of his time. [15 — 19] Altered from the edition of 1612, where this paragraph stands last; "Very many are the differences betweene cunning and wisdome : and it were a good deed to set them downe ; for that nothing doth more hurte in state then that cunning men passe for wise." [17] 'LM.uberiorent catalogitJH. [20] But, certainly, some there are : ' Euen in businesse there are some' (1612). [21] Resorts and Falls: Lat. periodos et pausns. Ital. le riuscite, et le cadute. The word 'resort' appears to be used in the same sense in Adv. 0/ L. 11. 2, § 4 ; " But such beeing the workemanship of God, as he doth hang the greatest waight vpon the smallest Wyars, lifaxima ^ Minimis sus- petidetis, it comes therfore to passe, that such Histories doe rather set forth the pompe of busines, then the true and inward resorts thereof." In the corresponding passage of the Z^^r Augmentis, II. 7, the last clause is given quam eorujn veros fomites et te.xturas sub- tiliorcs. The same sentiment as is expressed in the Essay occurs again in the Adv. of L. 11. 23, §30: " If we obserue, we shall find two differing kinds of sufficiency, in managing of businesse : some can make vse of occasions aptly and dexterously, but plotte little : some can vrge and pursue their owne plottes well, but cannot accom- modate nor take in : either of which is very vnperfite without the other." [22] the Maine : Lat. rnscera et ifitcriora. [25] Looses: Lat. exitus. Lat. iti conclusionibus delibcratorunt. [27 — 29] Lat. ex lute re existimationem qnandam aucupantur, vehtti ingcnia qiue ad decernendum potius qua>n ad disputandum sint aptiora. [29] In his "Observations upon a Libell published in anno 1592" [Re- SKScitatio, p. 145, ed. 1657), Bacon describes his father, Sir Nicholas Bacon, as " one that was of the mind, that a Man, in his private Pro- ceedings and Estate, and in the Proceedings of State, should rest upon the Soundnesse and Strength of his own Courses, and not upon Prac- tise to Circumvent others ; according to the Sentence of Salomon; Vir Prudens advertit ad Grcssus suos, stultus autem divertit ad Do- les." ' vpou abusing others ' (1612). [32J Prov. xiv. ik. i^ote^ 319 Essay 23 p. 96 [i] Comp. Adv. of L. 11. 23, § 8; "For many are wise in their ovvne waj's, that are weak for gouernmente or Counsell, like Ants which is a wise creature for it self, but very hurtefull for the garden." [2] Orchard : omitted in the Latin. [6] Society : Lat. ainorem reipub- licce. [7] Specially to thy King, and Country : added in 1625. [8] Adv. of L. II. 23, § 8: Of the Science of government Bacon says, "But yet there is another part of this part, which differeth as much from that wherof we haue spoken as sapere, & sibi Sapere : the one moouing as it were to the circumference, the other to the centei : for there is a wisedome of counsell, and againe there is a wisedome of pressing a mans owne fortune; and they doe sometimes meet, and often seuere." [i6\ Hitfiselfe : "LaX. cotnttiodtim propriii^n. [15] onely : added in 1625. [19] Affaires: Lat. negotia pjiblica. [20] Hands : 'hand' (i6i2,\ p. 97 [i] Lat. uiinistros et servos qid hac nota noii inacidmitur. [4] 'And that' (1612]. [8] Servant: ' seruants ' (1612}. [10 — 16] 'And yet that is the case; for the good &c.' (1612). [12] Lat. serz'os et inifiistros. [14] and Envies: omitted in the Latin. [22] Egges: *egge' in the MS. of ed. of 1612. [26] Affaires : in the ed. of 1612 the Essay ends here. p. 98 [2] Cic. ad Qtcint. Frat. in. 8. [5] Lat. z« exitii sacrifcant ijiconsta7t.tice fortunce. [7] Lat. ptclchra ilia sapietitia sua. Essay 24 This Essay is little more than a translation oi Antith. XL. p. 99 [i] Antith. XL; 7iovi partus deformes sictit. [4] ibid. Siait qui nobilitatem in fmniliani introdiicunt digttiores fere sunt posteris ; ita novationes lerum plerumqtte prcestant iis quce ad exemplafittnt. [6] Lat. Ita rerum exc7nplaria et primordia {quando feliciter j'aSIa sunt) imitatioticm cptatis scquentis, ut plurimuvt, superant. [10] Lat, ut fieri aviat in violentis motibiis. [11] Antith. xL ; Omnis vtedicina innovatio. Qui nova remediafugit, nova mala opperitur. Novator niaximics tenipus ; quidni igitur tetnpus imitemnr ? Cum per se res inutentur ifi deterizis, si cousilio in ynelius non vtutentur, quis finis erit 7nali? Quce ust( obtinere, si non bona, at saltern apta inter se S7int. [14] of course : Lat. decursu solo. [17] hat. f fits inali. [18] Lat. aptuni esse tamefi tcmporibns. [21] Lat. ubi contra 7iova veteribics 7io7i Jisqtteqjiaque ta77t C07ici7t7ie cohcerea7it. From the expression which Bacon makes use of in the A7ttitheta, 7iulla 7iovitas absqtte i7ijuria, 7tam prcesentia convellit, he had pro- bably in his mind Matt. ix. 16. p. 100 [2] Lat. tanqua77i adve7iee aut peregrini. [4] I^at. z« orbe77i agitatur. Froward : Lat. i7/iportuna et 77iorosa. A7ttith. XL ; Morosa mo7n(77t re tent io res t7irb7(le/ita est, ceq7te ac 7iovitas. Moris servi, te7;iJorls ludibria. Quis 7!07>ator tet7ip7is i77titat7ir ; qTtcd novationes ita itniiiuat, ut ^ttsusfulant ? Qjiod prceter spc/ii evc7iit 320 Mou^ cui prodest tuiuus accepiuni, cui obcst magis molestiim. [12] For otherwise : Lat. Ilhid c?iim pro certo habeas. [14] Lat. cut incre- ment hdi est novitas, ille fortunce gratiax habet et tentpori. [17] Lat. experimentis novis in corporibtts politicis medeiidis non uti. [24—27] Quoted again in Adv. 0/ L. i. 5, § 2. Essay 25 Slightly altered and enlarged from the ed. of 1612. p. Id [i] Lat. celc7-itas niiiiia et affeflata. [8—12] And as in Races ..Dispatch: added in 1625. [10] After 'Speed' the Latin adds, sed in iiiotti eornndem hianiliore et cequabili. [13] Lat. itt brevi tempore multnvi con/ecisse videantur. [16] Abbreviate: 'make shorte' ;i6i2) ; Lat. tempori parcere. [18 — 20] at several!. .Manner : ' by peeces, is commonly protracted in the whole' '1612,. [20] Sir Amyas Paulet, with whom Bacon went to France in 1576 : see Apoph. 76. In Howell's Familiar Leitejs (Vol. 11. lett. 17) the saying is attributed to Sir Francis Walsingham. that : added in 1625. p. 102 [i] rich : Lat. pretiosa. [4] at a deare Hand : Lat. viagno. [S — 8] The 6"/rtr/rt«j. .comming : added in 1625. The Spartans: comp. Thuc. I. 70, 84. and Spaniards: see Bacon's "Report in the House of Commons of the Earl of Salisburies and the Earle of Northampton's Speeches" [Resuscitatio, p. 32, ed. 1657]. [14] 'back- wards' (1612;. [14 — 16] 'and be more tedious by parcels, then he could haue bin at once' (1612). [18] Acflor : Lat. oratcretn. [24] Lat. toga prcslonga terrain verrens. [25] Lat. transitiones belli. . . . Formall: added in 1625. [30] Lat. opinionem vnlgi. [33] Lat. quam hiijusiiiodi formalistavi fastidiosum. Essay 27 Entirely rewritten from the ed. of 1612, where it stands thus : " There Is no greater desert or wildernes then to bee without true friends. For without friendship, society is but meeting. And as it is certaine, that in bodies inanimate, vnion strengthneth any naturall motion, and weakeneth any violent motion ; So amongst men, friendship multi- plieth ioies, and diuideth griefes. Therefore whosoeuer wanteth forti- tude, let him worshippe Friendship, For the yoke of Friendship maketh the yoke of/ortiate more light. There bee some whose lines are, as if they perpetually plaid vpon a stage, disguised to all others, open onely to themselues. But perpetuall dissimulation is painfull ; and hee that is all Fortioie, and no Nature is an exquisit Hierling, Line not in continuall smother, but take some friends with whom to communicate. It will vnfold thy vnderstanding ; it will euaporate thy affedlions ; it will prepare thy businesse. A man may keepe a corner of his minde from his friend, and it be but to witnesse to himselfe, that it is not vpon facility, but vpon true vse of friendship that hee imparteth himselfe. Want of true friends, as it is the reward of perfidious na- tures ; so is it an imposition vpon great fortunes. The one deserue it, the other cannot scape it. And therefore it is good to retaine sin- cerity, and to put it into the reckoning oiAvibition, that the higher one goeth, the fewer true frier«is he shall haue. Perfecflion of friendship, is but a speculation. It is friendship, when a man can say to himselfe, I loue this man without respecfl of vtility. I am open hearted to him, I single him from the generality of those with whom I Hue ; I make him a portion of my owne wishes." p. 106 [3] Arist. Pol. I. I. [10] it : Lat. hitjusmodi vita solitaria. [12] Lat. altioribtis coitetnplationibus. [21] Lat. nihilo plus sunt quam in porticibjis piflurce, p. 107 [2] Adagia, p. 506. A comic poet quoted by Strabo xvi. p. 738, punning upon the name of Megalopolis, a town of Arcadia, said lpy\\t.ia. ixeydkr] 'povTiSix)v {Dio Cass. LViir. 4), or socium laborum, as Tacitus has it iAnn. iv. 2}. [28] Plutarcli, Pomp. 14. Quoted in Adv. of L. 11. 23, § 5. [30] Lat. ut euni Ccrsar Oflavio sua tiepoti lueredem substituerit. [33] Lat. qui Ccvsaran ad }nortem suam pertraxit, [34] Plutarch, Jjtl. Cces. 64. 322 ilotCJJ p. 109 [2] The Latin adds nxoris sh(p. [4] Lat. sj>erare se eunt senattim HOn iam />nrvi /iabituru»i, nt dhnittere ilium vellet donee uxor somtiiuui tnelius somniasset. [8j Cic. Phil. xiii. 11. [10] Dio Cass. Liv. 6. [20] Tac. Ann. iv. 40. [22] Tac. Attn. iv. 74. [24] Lat. similis ant etiatn ilia inajoris amicitiis exempliim cernitur. [25] Plantiamisi the ed. of 1625, and the Latin have Plantianus. [30] Dio Cass. Lxxv. 15. p. no [6] Lat. nisi per hasce amicitias fixfla ftiisset Integra et pcrfcfla. [ii] Hist, of Philip de Commines, trans. Danett, v. 5, p. 164 cd. 1596). [21] closenesse : Lat. occiiltatioconsiliortim. [22] /n»j ka9Ui.v KopSCat/, a proverb of Pj'thagoras quoted by Phitarch [de educ. />uer. c. 17}. In Athenaeus it is attributed to Demetrius Byzantius (Adagia, p. 441). See Diog. Laert. viu. 17, 18. [25] Lat. quibus cogitationes suas et anxietates libere i>ji/>ertiant. p. Ill [4] Paracelsi Opera, vi. 313, ed. Francof. 1605. Si lapis ille ex materia convenit-nti et pJiilosophica rat ione a prudenti medico fiat, et consideratis satis otnnibiis circitmstantiis hominis ipsiexhibcatttr, tunc rcnovat et instaurat organa vitte perinde ac si igni apponatur ligna, (JU(E pene etnortuum ignem re/ocillant, et caicsa sunt splen- dentis et clara fiainmo'. [5] Good, and: omitted in the Latin, [6] Lat. absque auxilio notionum chymicarum. [8] Lat. in rebus naturalilms. [24] Lat. clarescere veluti in diem. [26] Lat. agitat et in omucs partes versat. [31] Pkitarch, Tlietn. 29. p. 112 [16] i^ux*? ^IPT o'o«^Ta'Ti), quoted by Galen. See Adagia, p. 26S, and Spedding's Bacon, iii. 267, note. It occurs again in de Sap. Vet. c. 27, and Apoph. 258: " Heraclitus the Obscure said; Tlie dry light ivas the best soul. Meaning, when the faculties intelledtual are in vigour, not wet, nor, as it were, blooded by the affecftion.s. " [26] See note on p. 37, 1. 12. p. 113 [4] The Latin adds tanquavt in speculo, aliquando, ut fit etiain in speculis. [12] Jam. i. 23. [14] Lat. Quantum ad negott'a, vctus est; Melius videre oculos quani oculum; licet nonuulli hoc cavillentur. Etiain refle dicitur, &^c. [17 — 19] Or that. . Letters : omiued in the Latin. [21 — 24] Lat. etsi quidain tarn altum sapiant, ut putcnt in scse esse ojnnia. Veriun quicquid did possit in contra- rium ccrtum est, consilium Jiegotia dirigere et stabilire. p. 114 [i] Lat. consilia ilia a diversis manantia [licet cum fide et bona intetitione pmstita). [14] Lat. consiliis istis dispcrsis {ut jam dic- tum). [26] Lat. non per hyperbdlcm sed sobrie diflum esse ab antiquis. [27] In Diog. Laert. vii. i, § 23 it is put in the mouth of Zeno Cittieus ; ep(or7}0ei<> ti Icrri i\os, aAAo? eyw, e^rj. It occurs again in Arist. Magn. Mor. 11. 15; Eth. Eud. vii. 12. [28] Lat. quando quidevr, si quisvcrercm rcputat, amiciojfficiaproprias cujusque vires supereiit. [30] Lat. in medio o/>erum aliquorum. [31] Lat. in collocatione filii in matrimonium, consummatione conatuum et desiderioriuii suorum. p. 115 [1] Lat. adeo utfiitum immaturum vix obsit. as it were : LaL ut loquamur more tribulum aut firmariorum. (5, 6J For. . . . Ftend: omitted in the Latin. [13] Lat. ad qui.itatj. [23] The Latin adds in fabula. Essay 28 First published in the edition of 1597, enlarged in 1612, where it is called 'Of Expences,' and again in 1625. p. 116 [4] Lat. spontanea pauj>ertas. [12 — 15] Certainly. . Part : added in 1625. [12] Lat. quidhninutionenifortiuiaritnisuariimpati nolit. \\']\ Estate: 'estates' (1612). [ao] Wounds cannot be Cured without searching : printed as a quotation in 1597. [22] at all: added in 1612, but omitted in MS. p. 117 [2] In the printed ed. of 1597 this clause stands, 'yea and change them after ; ' but the MS. which I have printed in the Appendix has the correct reading. [3 — 5] He. .Certainties; added in ed. of 1612, except that for 'it behoveth him to' the reading of that edition was 'had neede.' The sentence is omitted in MS. [4] Lat. euin quce comp7itationi siihjacent, in certos reditits atque etia7n su7jiptjes verterc convenit. [5 — 12] A Man. .Decay: added in 1625. [12] Lat. in. perplexa et obceratd re faniiliari liberandd, [16 — 21] Besides. . . . Estate: added in 1612, but omitted in MS. [21] Certainly, who : •He that' (1597). Essay 29 I Greatly altered and enlarged from the ed. of 1612. In its present form, I though in a Latin dress, it was incorporated in the De Ajtg/nentis, VIII. 3. The Latin translation is said to have been by Hobbes of Malmesbury. In the ed. of 1612 the title of the Essay is 'Of the greatnesse of Kingdomes," and in the Latin translation, De profcren' dis imperii Jinibus. The beginning of the Essay seems to have been the discourse "Of the true greatness of the kingdom of Britain," written in 1608, which was never completed, but was turned into a general treatise "Of the True Greatness of Kingdoms and Estates." p.ii8[i] — p. II9C7] The Speech, .serve : greatly altered from ed. of 1612, where it stood thus : " The speech of TJieniistocles, which was arro- gant in challenge, is profitable in censure. Desired at a banquet to touch a Lute, hee said, Hee cojild not fiddle ; bnt he couid make a small Towne to become a great Citie. This speech at a time of solace, and not serious, was vnciuill, and at no time could be decent of a mans selfe. But it may haue a pretie application : For to speake truly of politikes & Statesmen, there are sometimes, though rarely, those that can make a small estate great, and cannot fiddell. And there bee many that can fiddell very cunningly, and yet the procedure of their Art is to make a flourishing estate ruinous & distressed. For certainly those degenerate Arts, whereby diuers politikes and Gouernors doe gaine both satisfa(5lion with their Masters, and admiration with the vulgar, deserue no better name then fidling ; if they adde nothing to the safetie, strength, and amplitude of the States they gouerne." [6] Plutarch, Tltetn. 2 : Cimon, 9; Adv. ofL. i. 3, §7. [8] holpen a little with a Metaphore : Lat. ad sensuni politicion translata. Y2 3Z4 i^iime dcscribunt et distingnuni. differing; Lat. multnm inter se discrepantes. [11] Statesmen: Lat. scnatores aliosque ad uegotia piddica admoios, qui usgiuim/ttentnt. [15] fid- dle very cunningly : Lat. in cithara aut lyrA {hoc est atUicis tricis) vtire artifices. _ r i t p. 119 [8] Governours: the Latin adds mmnne sj>er>ie>idt. \.g\ laC 'yl««.vi. 39,xvi. 18. Mannage: a metaphor from horsemanship. See Adv. of L. ir. 20. § II ; So as Diogenes opinion is to be accepted, who Commended not them which absteyned, but them which sustayned, and could refraine their Mind in Precipitio, and could giue^ vnto the mind (as is vsed in horsmanship) the shortest stop or tume." [13] in Power, Meanes, and Fortune : omitted in the Latin. [20] vame : Lat. vanis et nimis ardnis. [24] ' The greatnes of a State in buike or territory' (i6i2\ [29] by Cards and Maps: Lat. tabidis. Cards : ' Carts' (1612^ [30] not any Thing amongst : ' nothing among" (1612). [33] Po^^'er a^cl Forces: 'greatnes' \i612;. I [33] After "Estate," the ed. of 1612 adds; "Certainly there is a kmd of resemblance betweene the Kingdome ofheauen, and the Kingdomes vpon the earth." The same figure is employed by Bacon in his speech on the Naturalization of the Scottish Nation, 17 Feb. 1606—7, and in the discourse "Of the true Greatness of the Kingdom of Britain" written in i6o8. See Bacon's Works, vii. pp. 40, 49, ed. Spedding. . p. 120 [i] Matt. xiii. 31. [4, 5] ' States that are great m lerritoryj and yet not apt to conquer or inlarge' (1612). [6] some : 'others' (i6i2\ of: 'or' (1612). [7] 'foundation' (1612). [10—12] 'goodly Stables, Elephants, (if you wil) Ma.sse of treasure, Number in Armies, Ordinance, and Artillerie, they are all but a Sheep &c.' (i6t2\ [14] stout and warlike: 'militarie' (1612). [14]— p. 121 [16] Nay. .Themselues; added in 1625. [16] Virg. Eel. VII. 52. [24] And the Defeat was Easie : Lat. ea aiitcm ofinione fuit facilior. [28] Plut. Alex. 31; North's trans, p. 735. The saying is again quoted in Adv. of L. i. 7. § "• See also Arrian, Exp. Alex. III. 19. [29] Plut. Lncnll. 27 ; North's trans, p. 560. p. 121 [4] This saying is attributed to Mutianus the general of Vespasian in the discourse 'Of the true greatness of the Kingdom of Britain,' from which the whole passage is repeated. ^L-lchiavelli discusses the question in Disc. sopr. Liv. 11. 10, where he tells the tale of Solon and Croesus, for which see Lucian, Charon. Diogenes Laertius (ly. 48) gives as a saying of Bion's tov itXoxnov vevpa irpayndruv, and allusion is made to it in Plutarch [Agis &» Cleom. c. 27; : " But he that sayed first, that money was the sinew of all things, spake it chiefly in my opinion, in respe(fl of the warres" (North's trans, p. 862, ed. 1595^ [16—20] For this sentence the ed. of 1612 has: "The helpe is mercenary aides. But a Prince or State that rcsteth vpon waged Companies of forraine Armes, and not of hisowne Natiues, m.iy spread his feathers for a time, but he will mew them soone after." [17] The Latin adds cunt copia nafir-a- desint. Sec Machiavelli Disc. sopr. Liv. Ii. 20 : /'rinc. 13. [22, 23] That the saute People or Nation, should: 'to' (1612]. [23. Gen. xiix. g, 14. [24] 'laid betweene' (1612). it be, that: added in 1 1625. [25] over-laid with Taxes: 'ouercharged with tributes' (1612). [25]— p. 122 [3] should ever. . Tribute: added in 1625. [29] For these I Excises or Accises %&e: Howell's Fam. Lett. seH. i. lett. 6, ed. 1645. * Writing to his father from Amsterdam, he says : " Twere cheap living here, were it not for the monstrous Accises which are impos'd upon all sorts of Commodities, both for Belly and Back ; for the Retailer payes the States almost the one Moity as much as he payed for the Commodity at first, nor doth any murmur at it, because it goes not to any Favourit, or private Purse, but to preserve them from the Spania7-d, their common Enemy as they term him ; so that the saying is truely verified here, Defend me, and spend me : With this Accise principally, they maintain all their Armies by Sea and Land, with their Garrisons at home and abroad, both here, and in the Indies, and defray all other public charges besides." 122 [3] is: 'bee eu''r' (i6j2}. [4 — 6] ' Nobilitie & Gentlemen multiplying in too great a proportion maketh &c.' (161 2). [4] States: Lat. regnis et statibiis. [5] Nobility and Gentlemen : Lat. nobiles et patricii atque {quos vocamus) generosi. [8] in effecfl: added in 1625. [9] Labourer : Lat. viancipia et oferarii. ' like as it is in copices, where' (1612). [10] staddles: Lat. candicnm sive arbo- rmn majornm. [12—18] So in Countries. .Strength : altered from ed. of 1612, where it stands thus: 'And take away the middle people, & you take away the infantery, which is the nerue of an Armie : and you bring it to this, that not the hundreth pole will be fit for a helmet, and so great population and little strength.' [18—34] This, which Hirehngs; added in 1625. [23] The Middle People: Lat. coloni et inferioris ordinis homiiies. [25] Hist, of Hen. 7, p. 73 — 75, ed. 1622 : '■'■ Inclosures at that time began to be more frequent, whereby Arrable Land (which could not be manured without People and Families) was turned into Pasture, which was easily rid by a few Heards-jnen; and Tenancies for Veares, Litres, and At JTzY/ (where- upon much of the Yeomanrie liued) were turned into Demesnes. This bred a decay of People, and (by consequence) a decay of Toivnes, Churches, Tithes, and the like. The King likewise knew full well, and in no wise forgot, that there ensued withall \^or\. this a decay and diminution of S^ibsidies and Taxes; for the more Gentlemen, euer the lower Bookes of Subsidies. In remedying of this inconuenience, the Kings Wisdome was admirable, and the Parliatnents at that time. Inclosures they would not forbid, for that had beene to forbid the improuement of the Patrimonie of the Kingdome ; nor Tillage they would not compell, for that was to striue with Nature and Vtilitie. But they tooke a course to take away depopulating hiclosjires, and depopulating Pasturage, and yet not by that name, or by any Impe- rious expresse Prohibition, but by consequence. The Ordenancc was, TJiat all Houses of Husbandry, that were vsed with twentie Acres of Grottnd, andzpzvafds, should bee maititained and kept vp for euer; together with a competejit Proportion of Latid to be vsed and occ2tpied with them; and in no wise to bee seuered from them. 326 ifiote^ as by another Statute, made afterwards in his Successors time, was more fully declared. This vpon Forfeiture to be taken, not by way of Popular Aclio)i, but by seizure of the Land it selfe, by the King and Lords of the Fee, as to halfe the Profits, till the Houses and Lands were restored. By this meanes the Houses being kept vp, did of necessitie inforce a Dweller; and the proportion of Land for Occupa- tion being kept vp, did of necessitie inforce that Dweller not to be a Begger or Cottager, but a man of some substance, that might keepe Hiends and Seruants, and set the Plough on going. This did wonder- fully concerne the Might and Matiner-hood of the Kingdome, to haue Fermes, as it were of a Standerd, sufficient to maintaine an able Body out of Penurie, and did in effect amortize a great part of the Lands of the Kingdome vnto the Hold and Occupation of the Yeomanrie or Middle-People, of a Condition betweene Gentlemen, and Cottagers, or Pesants. Now, how much this did aduance the Militar Po2ver of the Kingdome, is apparant by the true Principles of Warre, and the Examples of other Kingdomes. For it hath beene held by the generall Opinion of men of best Judgement in the Warres (howsoeuer some few haue varied, and that it may receiue some distincflion of Case) that the principall Strength of an Armie consisteth in the In/anterie or Foot. And to make good Infanterie, it requireth men bred, not in a seruileor indigent fashion, but in some free and plentiful! manner. Therefore if a State runne most to Nohlevien and Gcntlc- ineti, and that the Husband-incn and Plough-men bee but as their Work-folkes and Labourers, or else meere Cottagers (which are but H oused-Beggers) you may haue a good Cajtallerie, but neuer good stable Bands of Foot; like to Coppice-Woods, that if you leaue in them Staddles too thicke, they will runne to Bushes and Briars, and haue little cleane Vnder-wood. And this is to bee seene in France, and Italie, and some other Parts abroad, where in effe(5t all \% Noblesse, or Pesantrie, I speake of People out of I'ownes, and no Middle People; and therefore no good Forces oi Foot; Insomuch, as they are inforced to imploy Mercenarie Bands, of Switzers, and the like, for their Battalions qI Foot. Whereby also it comes to passe, that those Nations haue much People, and few Souldiors. Whereas the King saw, that contrariwise it would follow, that England, though much lesse in Tenitorie, yet should haue infinitely more Souldiours of their natiue Forces, then those other Nations haue. Thus did the King secretly sowe Hidraes teeth, wherevpon (according to the Poets fidlion) should rise vp Ar/ned men for the seruice of this Kingdome." 1 34] — P- J23 [2] And thus Italy: ' Certainely / 'irgil coupled Amies and the Plough together well in the constitution of ancient Italy' (1612). p- 123 [3]— p. 124 [34] Neither, .appeareth : added in 1625. [19] Dan. iv. ID, &c. See Machiavelli Disc. sopr. Liv. 11. 3. [20] Comp. the treatise "Of the true greatness of the Kingdom of Britain." Works, VII. p. 52. [26J Comp. ALichiavelli Z>/jt-. Jfj/^- ■^'''- i-^- \y>\ See Bacon's Speech on the Naturalization of the Scottish Nation, p. .- cd. 1641. nice: "LtiX. parci. .ct di(ficilcs. iiote^ 327 p. 124 [5] Comp. Bacon's Speech on the Post-Nati of Scotland, p, 13, ed. 1641. [21] containe : l^^xt. /rcenare. [30] Mr Ellis in his note on the De A»^^nentis, viir. c. 3 [IVorks, i. p. 797) quotes among the foreign generals who held high commands in the armies of Spain, "Bourbon, Prosper Colonna, Pescara, Egmont, Castaldo, Parma, Pic- colomini, Spinola." He adds, "Of these, however, one or two might almost be called Spaniards ; and it must be remembered that the domi- nions both of Charles V. and of his successors extended beyond the natural limits of the Spanish monarchy." The late Mr Buckle [Hist. 0/ Civ. II. 80) regarded this pracftice at the end of the 17th century as one of the signs of the decay of Spain. [33] PragmaticallSa7tnioti. See Mr Ellis's note [Works, i. p. 798); "Soon after the accession of Philip the Fourth a royal decree or Pragntdtica was published which attempted to carry out some of the recommendations of the council, and which gave certain privileges to persons who married, and further immunities to those who had .six children." now: Lat. hoc anno, i. e. 1622, when the De Atigmentis was published. Mr Sidney Walker [Crit. ofi Shakespeare, 11. 216; conjedlured that we should read 'new.' p. 125 [i — 4] 'Sedentary and within-doores Arts, and nice manufadlures, that require rather the finger then the hand or arme, haue in their nature a contrariety to a disposition militar' (1612). [6] Travaile : 'pain' (1612). [8] — p. 127 [28] Therefore. .Arming: added in 1625. [11] Slaves: Lat. noii iftgenuos sed servos plerwnqne. did rid: Lat. expedieba^itiir. [j6] Lat. qiii propterea alliciendi ajit saltern facile recipiendi sunt. [29] Plutarch, Rom. 28; Livy, 1. 16. [34] though not wisely : Lat. non imnis prtidenter quidem sed dili- genter tainen. p. 126 [i] The Latin adds ut cives sni lelligeratores essent. [3] The Latin adds Britatini. [5] Lat. Turcce idem ifistitututn, lege sitd pnuhthim extimulati, hodie retinent. [25] Occasions (as may be pretended): Lat. caitsas aitt saltern prcetextus. p. 127 [6] Politique: Lat. publici. [30 — 34] '& to the politike body of a Kingdome or estate, a ciuill warre is as the heate of a feuer : but an honourable forraine warre is like the heate of exercise' (1612). [33] Bacon [Hist. 0/ Hen. 7, p. 68, ed. 1622) says of the rebellion of Sir John Egremond, "when the King was aduerlised of this new Insur- 7-eflion (being almost a Feuer, that tookehim euery yeare) &c." p. 128 [i] and.. Health: added in 1625. [3] After 'Corrupt 'the ed. of 1612 has; "States liberall of naturalization, are capable of great- nesse ; and the iealous states that rest vpon the first tribe & stirpe, quickly want body to carrie the boughes and branches. Many are the ingredients into the receit for greatnesse." This was expanded in 1625 into the paragraph beginning p. 123, 1. 18. [3] — p. 130 [9] But howso- ever.. To conclude: added in 1625. [10] In his Coisiderations touching a Warre "with Spaine, p. 50, ed. 1629, speaking of the power of that country, Bacon says ; "which Power, well sought into, will be found, rather to consist in a Veterane Army, (such as vpon seuerall Occa- sions and Pretensions, they haue euer had on foot, in one part or other oi Christendonie, now by the space of (almost^ sixscore yeares,) than in 328 iiolcs the strength of their Dominions, and Prouinces." [14] Lat. Men- nrchia gii^dam epitome est. [15] Cic. ad Ait. X. 8. [22] Fought in Sept. B.C. 31 between the fleets of Antony and 0<5lavianus. [23] Lepanto: Lat. Jusulas Cursolares. The battle of Lepanto was fought A.D. 1571 off the Kurzolari islands. Cervantes lost his hand in the engagement. [24] Lat. circiihim in ttaribus Titrcce posuit. p. 129 [5] "Their Greatnesse consisteth in their Treasure: Their Treasure in their Indies; And their Indies, (if it bee well weighed,) are indeed but an Accession to such, as are Masters by Sea." Consi- deratious touching a Warre ivith Spaine, p. 72, ed. 1629. [26] able to enflame all Mens Courages: Lat. tot ct tanta /t^rufit et tain insigni splendore coruscantia, lit peHoribus tnorialium, etiam tnaxi- vie cotiglaciatis, ignicnlos subdere, eague ad bellum injiatnntare potnerint. J). 130 [10] Matt. vi. 27 ; Luke xii. 25. as the Scripture saith : added in 1625. [11] this: 'the' (1612). [12] 'But certainly' (1612). [14 — 20] to adde. .Chance: 'by ordinances and constitutions, and maners which they may introduce, to sowe greatnesse to their pos- teritie and succession. But these things are commonly left to chance' (1612},^ Essay 30 - First published in the edition of 1597, slightly enlarged in 1612, and again in 1625. p. 131 [6, 7] not: omitted in 1597, first added in 1612. [10] Lat. qui tavten in seneflute tandem velut debita exigentur. [12] After 'still' the ed. of 1612 has; "Certainly most lusty old men catch their death by that aduenture." [12] For Age will not be Defied : added in 1612 ; omitted in MS. [13] 'any sudden' (1597, 1612). (15 — 17) For it is.. then one: added in 1612 but omitted in MS. [16] Possibly Bacon had in his mind what Machiavelli says to the same cffe(5l Disc. i. 26 . [i7]Lat. quam tenum magnum. [17] — p. 132 [3] E.\- amine..Body: added in 1625. [i8] The Latin adds tnansiones. [22] Lat. ad consueta reddas. p. 132 [6] 'is the best precept' (1597, 1612. [6 — 16] As for. .Nature: added in 1625. [8] Lat. intus cohibitam. [10] Lat. iristitiam rtlte pressam et non cotnmunicatam. [13] Wonder, and : omitted in the Latin. [18] for: 'to' (1597). [20 — 24] I commend, .lesse: added in 1625. [25] your: 'the' (1597. (26, Lat. consilium inedicorum. [27] Lat. dum va/es, corpore tuo utere ; nee sis nimis delicatus. [30] The Latin adds absque inultA medicatione. [30] — p. 133 [6] added in 1612 but omitted in MS. [31] Celsus, de Med. I. I. P- 133 [6] Lat. 7-obur acquire t. [8] 'humors' (1597, 1612,". [10] L;it. regulares et rigidi. [14] combine: 'compound' (1597). of cither sort: 'of both sorts' (1597, 1612V Essay 31 First published in 1625. i^otc^ 329 p. 134 [10] Lat. locum rej>erinnt. [12] Bacon describes Henry 7 as " hauing the composition of a wise King [Stout without, and apprehe)i~ sine within]." Hist, of Hen. 7, p. 146. [21] 'La.t./iaiio euiin et ieiiebris aluntur suspicioiies. P- 135 [i] Lat. angelos esse aut satiflos. [5] Lat. re media J>arare ac si SHSpicio7ies essetit vem. [11] Buzzes: Lat. innnes boinbi. [12] Lat. externo arti/icio. [20] Lat. caut7i7n 7iiagis et circumspec- tiun. [24] Lat. diverhiuvthabeti(r apiid Italos. Atttith. xlv ; Susj>iciofide}ii absolvit, Mr Singer gives as another form of the pro- verb, Sospetto di Tiranno fede iion anna. Ess.w 32 First published in 1597, enlarged in 1612, and again in 1625. In the 'Short notes for civil Conversation' [Works, vii. p. 109), para- graphs 4 — 8 are almost verbatim a repetition of this Essay. P- 136 [7] Lat. ceete7-a steriles et jejuni. Comp. Plutarch's RIorals, trans. Holland, p. 8 ; "to be able to speak of one thing and no more, is first and formest in my conceit no small signe of ignorance." [9] when it is once perceived : added in 1625. [lo] Part : 'kind'(i6i2). [11] Lat. ansa77t ser7/ionis prcebere. give: 'guide' in the printed ed. of 1597, but 'giue' in the MS. which is printed in the Appendix to the present volume. [14] 'It is good to varie and mixe speech, &c.' (1597, i6i2\ [16] \.2X. q7C(Bstio7ies CH7/t positivis. [17 — 19] For it is a dull Thing .. farre ; added in 1625. [18] Lat. in aligied subj'eHo diutijfs }uere7-e. [20] As for lest, &c. : 'But some thinges are priuiledged from iest' (1597, 1612). p. 137 [2 — 7] Yet there be Lo7-is: added in 1625. [7] Ovid, 3Iet. il. 127. [8, 9] And generally. . Bitternesse : added in 1612, but both this sentence and the next are omitted in the MS. [13] Lat. placebit in i/ndtis. [16] Lat. scie7itia77i sita7/t oste7ita7idi. [18—25] But let. . Galliards : added in 1625. [24] Lat. Sicnt tibi- ci7ies 7iioderari Solent saltantibus. [29] ought to be seldome, and well chosen : 'is not good often' (1597, 16121. [30 — 32] I knew. . Hiinselfe : added in 1625. p. 138 [2] 'as whereunto' (1597, 1612). [3—6] Speech of Touch any Man: added in 1612, but omitted in MS. [3] Lat. alios p2i7tge7is et vellicans. [5, 6] Lat. i7istar ca77ipi aperti z« qno spatiari licet, 7ion vi(B regi(B qiice dediicit doimun. [6—14] I knew. .Di7i7ier: added in 1625. Lat. sco77i77ta aliquod. [16] Lat. apte loqiii et accom77iodate, [19] 'sheweth' (1597, 1612}. [2i]Setled: 'set' (1597)- [24] As it is betwixt the Grey-hound, and the Hare : added in 1625. Comp. Adv. of L. 11. 14, § 6. [27] Lat. abr7tptn77t quidda77i est et ijigratum. ESS.A.Y 33 First published in 1625. The Latin title is ^ De pIa7itationibns popn- loriini, et colo7iiis. ' P- 139 [2] Primitive : omitted in the Latin. [3] Comp. Lucr. v. 823, 4. 33° ilotc^ [13] "L^X. frurius nhti' ct locupks. [16] Lat. suh miiiis colonia'nun. I21J Lat. exules et damnati. [22] Lat. cor-ntmpit et perdit. p. 140 [i] Lat. Hujusvtodi eniut homines profligati instar erronum degunt. [3] Lat. et colonics fastidio ajfficientur. Lat. nuncios et literas in patriam mittent in plantationis prcejudicium et dedecus. [6] Lat. prcecipue sint artijices generum seguentium. [7] Carpen- ters, loyncrs: 'LdX. fabri lignarii. [10] Lat. z.AA% cen'isiarii et hujiisniodi. [11] Lat. esczde)itorum et poculentorum. [12] Lat. sine cultiirA. [18] The Latin adds tnelones, pepones, cucumeres. [19] The Latin adds j///y?/a;«. [27] Meale: hat. Jarina omnigetue. [31] The Latin adds cuniculi. The Latin adds, Prcecipio auteni piscationibiis incunibendum, ttan ad sustentationem colonic, tunt ad lucrum exportationis. p. 141 [2] Lat. horreis publicis assignctur. [6] Lat. merces tiatizas. [8] Lat. lit exportatio eamm in loca 7ibi maxime in pretio sunt stnnpius Icvet. [g — 12] The order of these clauses is inverted in the Latin. [11] In Captain John Smith's Hist. 0/ Virginia, p. 165, ed. 1626, among the answers given by him to the commissioners for the reformation of Virginia, we find the following: — "Quest. 2. What conceiue you should be the cause, though the country' be good, there comes nothing but Tobacco? Ans7v. The oft altering of Gouernours it seemes causes euery man make vse of his time, and because Corne was stinted at two shillings sixpence the bushell, and Tobacco at three shillings the pound, and they value a mans labour a yeere worth fifty or threescore pound, but in Corne not worth ten poimd, presuming Tobacco will furnish them with all things ; now make a mans labour in Come worth threescore pound, and in Tobacco but ten pound a man, then shall they haue Come sufficient to entertaine all commers, and kecpe their people in health to doe any thing, but till then, there will be little or nothing to any purpose." [12] The Latin adds in regio- nibus desertis. [13! l^ut too much : omitted in the Latin. Lat. Itaque ligna ad cedificia, naves, aut ejustnodi usus apta, inter prteci- puas merces numeranda. [16] Lat. salis nigri con/eHio per caloretn solis. [18] growing Silke : Lat. sericmn vegetabilc. [24] The Latin adds similiter et alia qu. 0/ L. I. 7, § 4, and in a letter from Bacon to King James on a Digest of the Laws of England. [21] '^ One day ivJien King Henry the Sixth {whose Innocencie gaue him Holines) 7vas washing; his hands at a great Feast, and cast his Eye vpon King Henrj', then a young Vouth, he said; This is the Lad, that shall possesse quietly that, that we now striue for." Hist. 0/ Hen. 7, p. 247. Shakspere has intro- duced the incident (3 Heti. 6, iv. 6), " Come hither, England's hope : If secret powers, &c." See Holinshed, in. p. 678 b, ed. 1587. [24] The same story is told by De Thou [Hist. Lib. xxn. ad fin.), who says the Astrologer was Luca Gaurico, an Italian. But Bayle {Din. art. Henri n.) has shewn that Gaurico's predicflions, made in 1552 and 1556, were wholly different. I am indebted to Mr Daniel, of the Battersea Training College, for the following quotation from Les Propheties of Nostradamus (1 cent. 35 quatr. ed. 1568). Le lyo?i ieune le vieiix siirmontera, En chatnp belliqne par singidier duelle, Dans cage d'or les yeux luy creuera, Deux classes vne puis mourir tnort cruelle. In the ed. of 1668 the last line runs Deux playes une, pour ^c. [33] Henry 2 of France was killed at a tournament in 1559. - p. 151 [3] Another form is given in the Ancient Scottish Prophecies, edited for the Bannatyne Club, 1833; When Hempe is come and also gone, Scotland and Engl.a.nd shall be all one. [16] Mr Daniel has suggested to me that the 'Baugh' is probably the Bass Rock, and the 'May' the Isle of May in the Frith of Forth. Compare The Coinplaynt of Sir D. Lyndsay [IVorks, 1, p. 277, ed. Chalmers). Quhen the Bas, and the He of May, Beis set upon the Mont Sinay. [24] The date of the prophecy was a.d. 1475. It is quoted at length by Bayle [Did. art. Stofler, note d) from the Alercurius Gallo-Bel- gicus (an. 1589; Wolfii Lcfl. Men:, to. 2, p. 1028) of Jansonius Doccomensis Frisius. J^osi 7nille expletos a partu virgijiis annos, Ei post quingenios 7-ursus ah axe datos, Ofluagesinius oflavus viirabilis annus Ingruet, et secuni trisiia fata trahet. Si noH hoc anno toius male concidct orhis. Si tion in nihiluvt tc7-7a fretumque mat; Cunfla tainen mundi su7-sutn ibunt atque deorsum Jmpetia, et luflus undiquc grandis erit. ilotc!^ ^^^ According to De Thou {Hist lib. xc. sub init.) the prophecy of Johannes Miiller, of Regiomontanus, as he was called from Konigs- berg the place of his birth, was originally contained in four German verses, which were still to be seen in De Thou's time in a monastery at Kuchel in Austria. They were translated into Latin by Caspar Bruschius, and published with a tract of Engelbert Abbot of Admont, de ortu et Jifio R. Imperii. Bruschius altered them considerably in his translation, and made them refer to events which were to happen under one Sixtus. Another curious alteration is made in a recent work, called Das Bitch der Wahr- und IVeissagungen, Regensburg, 1859, where the second line reads thus, Et septingentos rursus abire datos, and the prophecy Is referred to the French Revolution. Bacon again quotes it in his Considerations touching a IVarre with Spaine, pp. 49, 50, ed. 1629. [29] Arist. Eg. 195, &c. p. 152 [10] An a(5l against fond and fantastical prophecies was passed, 5 Eliz. cap. 15 [1562]. See also 3 and 4 Ed. vi. cap. 15, and 33 Hen. viir. cap. 14 (Pickering's Stattites at Large, vi. 207, Cambr. 1763}. (26] Bacon refers to the Critias, which in Cornarius' Latin trans- lation is called "Critias sive Atlanticus." Essay 36 Greatly enlarged from the ed. of 1612. P- 153 [6] Lat. si in antbitu et peiitione snd repulsas non patianttir. [9] The Latin adds et snbinde frnstrefitur. [ii] Lat. in sinu Icetan^ tur. [13] 'the worst propertie that can be' (1612). [25] — p. 155 [11] But since.. Wood: added in 1625. p. 154 [13] \jZX. Alius nsiisainbitiosorwniion parous; tit prcegrandibus alas ainputent,et eoruni potentiavt labefaSle}i.t. [16] Dio Cass. Lviii. 9. [26] Ambitious : omitted in the Latin.'* 'L.dX. procerunt atit viagistrattaim. [30] Lat. aque ambitiosos et protervos. [34] Lat. allicere . .et animare. P- 155 [2, 3] Lat. quantutn ad ingenerandam illam in a>nbitiosis opinionem, 7it se riiintE p7'oxiiitos putent, atque co inodo co>itineantur. [12] 'the lesse' (1612). [14] Lat. confusionem consiliorum. [15 — 17] But yet. .Dependances: added in 1625. [17] Lat. quigratit et clientelis pallet. [18] Lat. inter st7'enuos et negotiis pares. [20] The Latin adds, tit viros cordatos depriniat. [22] Lat. tribjis insignitur conunodis. [24] Lat. ad viros principes. [30] and States : omitted in the Latin. Ess.w 37 Not translated in the Latin. Essay 38 Slightly altered and enlarged from the ed. of 1612. P- 159 [5] The Latin adds after 'Importune,' sed non toliunf. [9] Faylings: 'failes' (1612}. [12] Lat. natatorcs recentes. 334 i^otc^ [19 — 21] Like to. .Angry: omitted in the MS. [20] The Latin adds, priusqiiam quicquainfaceret. [21] Lat. secundo, naturajit mode- rariet ad viitiores portionesdediicere. [22] — p. 160 [2] As if. . Meale : omitted in the MS. p. 160 [i] Lat. a mnjorihus Jiaiistibus ad niinores. [2] Lat. naiuram penitus S7ib jti^mn viittere et dotnare. [6] Ovid, Re»t. Attt. 293. [8 — 11] The MS. has, "neither is it amisse to bend nature to a con- trarj'e extreame, where it is noe vice." [14 — 17] See Adv. o/L. ir. 19, § 2 ; Cic. de Orator, i. 33. [ig — 28] But let not. .moved with it: added in 1625. [22] Babrius, Fab. 32. p. 161 [i] Ps. cxx. 6, Vulgate; quoted again in Bacon's Letter to Sir Thomas Bodley {Cabala, p. 64). [4] Lat. quicq?iid a natura tuA alienuin reperias. [5] Lat. ad ejtisdem e.xercitaiiones et ntedita- iio/u's. [g — 12] A Mans, .the Other : added in 1625. Essay 39 Enlarged from ed. of 1612. p. i62[t'\ Antith. x; Cogitavius seaitidum naturam; loquimur seain- dum prcecepta; sed agiuius secundum consuetudinetn. [6] Disc, sopr. Liv. III. 6. [12] Lat. aiit in promissis constantibus ncduin j'uraincntis. [13] Lat. viris sanguinolentis et jamdudum ardibiis assiutis. [15] Friar Clement assassinated Hen. 3 of France, 2 Aug. 1589. [16] Henry 4 was stabbed by Ravaillac 4 ALay, 1610. John Jaureguy attempted the life of William the Silent, Prince of Orange, 18 March, 1582. On 10 July, 1584, the Prince was shot by Balthazar Gerard, a fanatic (Motley, Dutch Rep. in. 538, 608). [17] The Latin adds aut Guidone Faulxio. [18] Observe the double negative. Lat. fidevi et ferociain. [20] Lat. priiiuc classis sicarii. The translator has evidently missed the point of the phrase 'Men of the first Bloud,' whicn simply means men who for the first time have their hands in murder. p. 163 [8 — 26] We see also. .Body: added in 1625. [9I Cic. Tusc. v. 27, § 78; Q. Curt. VIII. 9; Strabo, xv. i, § 62; Val. Max. 11. 6, § 14. Lat. loquor dc gymnosophistis veteribus et vwdernis. [16] Lat. vLx ejulatu aut geinitu ullo emisso. The Translator evidently understood 'queching' in the sense of screeching, crying out, \i\x\.l^'\\&s [Glossary) says it is the same as quick, to move, flinch. Cic. Tusc. 11. 14, § 34 ; V. 27, § 77. [18] The story is told of Brian O'Rourke, who was executed in RLiy 1597, but this could hardly have been called the beginning of Queen Elizabeth's time. See Cox, Hist. 0/ Ireland, p. 399, ed. 1692 ; Biog. Brit. art. Kalegh, note C. This incident is introduced into The first part 0/ Sir John Oldcastle (K 3 verso, ed. 1600), where the Irishman appeals to the judge: ' Prethee Lord shudge let me have mine own clothes my strouces there, and let mc bee hanged in a wyth after my coimtry the Irish fashion.' [21] See Giles Fletcher's Russc Common-wealth, pp. 89, 90, ed. 1591. [31] iit effcdl: 'nothing' (1612}. [32J — p. 164 [i) So we see. .afterwards; added in 1625. Moie^ ^^S p. 164 [i] Lat. iu pueritia mei adolescent ia. [9] Collegiate: 'in troupe' (1612). [14] The Latin adds et [ut ckymicorutti vocabulo ntar) projeflio. [17] The Latin adds quin et leges bofKe, [18] much: added in 1625. Essay 40 Slightly enlarged and altered from the ed. of 1612. p. 165 [2] * to a mans fortune' (1612) : Lat. ad forttoias proinovendas vel deprifiu'udas. Favour: Lat. gratia alicujus ex 7nagnatibits. 'oportune death of others' (1612). [5] his owne hands : 'himselfe' (1612). i^a^^r. . Poet : added in 1625. The saying is attributed to Appius in the treatise de Republ. ordin. 11. i, which is generally assigned to Sallust. But Mr Markby conje(5lures, with great proba- bility, from a passage in the Adv. of L. 11. 24, § 8, that Bacon imagined the phrase to have grown out of a verse of Plautus [Trin. 11. 2, 87) : " Nam pol sapiens (saith the Comicall Poet) Fingit /ortunatn sibi, and it grewe to an adage, Faher quisqiieforticn(eproprice." [6] Lat. inquit Coviicus. [g] Adagia, p. 82 ; o<^i? ^i' /a?) ay77 q^iv, SpaKOiv ov yevriaerai. Given also in a slightly different form in Rlich. Apo- stolii Prov. cent. xv. 55. The Latin adds nt inqiiit adagium. [12] 'hidden and secret' (1612). [13] Fortune. Certaine ; The editions of 161 2 and 1625 both have a full stop after ' Fortune.' It should probably be a colon. [16] 'no stonds' (1612). [17 — 19] But that .. Fortune : added in 1625. [19] 'saith Liuie well' (1612). [20] Livy, XXXIX. 40. p. 166 [5] Afitith. XI ; Fortiina veluti Galaxia. [11] The MS. has, "The Italians have found out one of them ; Poco di matto, when they speak of one that cannot do amisse." [23, 24] The French . .Revuc- ant: omitted in the Latin. [29] The Latin adds eceque vicissint paritmt anivios et aufioritatevi. [34] Higher Powers : the MS. ends here. [34] — p. 167 [23] So Ccesar. .Magnus: added in 1625. p. 167 [i] Plut. Cas. 38. [2] Plut. Syll. 34. [6] Plut. Syll. 6. See Adv. of L. II. 23, § 8. [11 — 17] Certainly. .Selfe: added in 1625. [14] Plut. Timol. 2,^. S&& Colours of Good and Evil, g. Essay 41 In a letter from Bacon to Secretary Conway, dated Gray's Inn, 29 March, 1623, he saj's, "I was looking over some short papers of mine touching usury, how to grind the teeth of it, and yet to make it grind to his Majesty's mill in good sort, without discontent or perturbation : if you think good I will perfect it, as I send it to his Majesty as some fruits of my leisure. But yet I would not have it come as from me, not from any tenderness in the thing, but because I know well in the courts of princes it is usual non res, sed displicet auflor." (Dixon's Pers. Hist, of Lord Bacon, p. 296}. This fi.xes appro.ximately the time at which the Essay "Of Usurie" was %vritten. The subjedl of Usury was then being much discussed. On the 2nd of March, 1623, a bill was brought into parliament against Usury and passed the Commons on 33^ Moit^ the 26th of April. Two years before, on 18 April, 1621, a bill for the abatement of Usury had been brought in. p. 168 [4] An Adt of 37 Hen. 8, cap. 6, had restricted the rate of usance to 10 per cent. In the reign of Edw. 6 Usury was forbidden, but in Elizabeth's time the a(fl of Hen. 8 was revived under certain restric- tions. Seep. 147, 1. I. [8]Virg. Georg. iv. i68. [10] Gen. iii. 19. [14] Overbury's C/:araflers ; The Devillish Vsurer. See Arist. Pol. I. 3, § 23. [16] Matt. xix. 8. [22] Lat. de argentariis et "excambiis publicis. p. 169 [2] Lat. lie dmn /oenore feramiir in melius, intercipiatnur et ii:cida/nus in pejus. [9] Ve>ui Porta: see the note on p. 80, 1. 21. [16] Lat. portoriontin et vefligalijttn itnmimttio. [20, 21] This passage should evidently be pointed thus : ' Uncertainties, at the end of the Game, Most &c.' p. \-]o{^ij^'L'aX. distraflioties prepropercp. p. 171 [i] The Latin adds quod viodo/ecivtus. [20] The Latin adds si nos audies. [25 — 30] Lat. Quandoguidevt annuus valor prcediorutn, hie apud nos in Anglid, excedit ilium fcenoris ad hatic proportionetn redafli, quantum annuus valor sex librarum excedit ilium quinque tantum. [26] Lat. ruri et alibi degentibus. p. 172 [3] After ^ MercJiants' x\\c. Latin adds ^^ non aliis quibuscunque hominibus, omitting the words 'upon Usiiry at a Higher Rate' [9 — 13] omitted in the Latin. [24 — 26] Lat. ita enim, pratextu licentiarum, opportunitatem non habehunt pecunias aliorum pro suis commodandi. [30 — 34] omitted in the Latin. fi Ess.w 42 Enlarged from the ed. of 1612, where it is called 'Of Young men and Age.' p. 173 [6 — 9] And yet. .Divinely; added in 1625. [13 — 17] As it was.. List: added in 1625. [14] Spartian. Vit. Sev.: quoted again in Apoph. 98. [18 — 20] As it is seene. .and others : added in 1625. P- 174 [3] -^^T^* Lat. ^V««;//. fs] New Things : 'things mcerly new' (1612). [15, 16] Care not. . Inconveniences: omitted in the Latin. [30] Good for: 'in rcspedl of (1612^ [34] A'rtM/;/<': ' Rabby' [\6\-i^. Abrabanel in his Commentary on Joel has the same remark, which is again referred to in the Adv. of L. i. 3, § 3. Compare also Hugo de St Vidlore [i. p. 100, Ven. 1588) ; sencs somniant gencre somnii con- templatorio, juvenes vident intcllefluali generc visionis et re- vela tor io. P- 175 [i] Joel ii. 28. [9 — end] added In 1625. [13] Hermogeues '. see Philostr. Vit. Sophist. W. 7 : ii 5* aySpa<; riKuiv d<\)Xpi9r\ rriv t$i.v, in-' ovSe/mia? (}>av€pas voaov. According to Suidas this happened when he was 24. p. 175 [20] Cic. Jirut. 93. [21] Lat. niniium ejfcruntur. [23] Lat. tetas provcfiior. [24] Livy, x.x.xviii. 53; the phrase is from Ovid, Her. IX. 23, 24. Matt^ 337 Essay 43 Slightly enlarged from the ed. of 1612. p. 176 [i] Antith. 11; Virtus, nt gemma nobilis, melius inseritiir sine iniilto auro et oniatii. In the Pronnts, fol. Q.b, we find, " Vertue like a ryche stone, best plaine sett." [8] Lat. iit iion turpiter erraret. [11 — 16] But this. .Times : added in 1625. [16] Lat. et nihilominus perpulchri. [18J Lat, oris et corporis motus. [21] 'and there is no' (1612). P- 177 [i] 'proportions' (1612). [2] Apelles: not Apelles, but Zeuxis (Cic. de Inv. 11. i, § i ; Pliny, xxxv. 36, § 2^, who, when painting a pidture for the temple of Juno Lacinia at Croton, selecfted five of the most beautiful virgins of the country, that his painting might present the best features of each. The allusion to Albert Durer is to his treatise, De Symmetrid partiutn Jiumani corporis. Comp. Donne's Satires, iv. 204 — 206; "And then by Durer's rules survey the state Of his each limb, and with strings the odds tries Of his neck to his leg, and waste to thighs." [3] the : added in 1625. [12 — 15] A man. .doe well: added in 1625 [17] The Latin adds, secundum illud Euripidis. The original is pre served in Plutarch, Alcib. i. 5; TrdvTOiv tu>i/ KaktZv koI to fxer6nu}poy Kakov. It occurs again Apoph. 145. Bacon entered it in t\ie Prot/tus^ fol. 8 a. [20] 'and by considering:' in the MS. of the ed. of 1612 [24] Lat. seneflutejii autem sero pcetiitetitem. Essay 44 Slightly altered from the ed. of 1612. Chamberlain in a letter to Sir Dudley Garleton, written Dec. 17, 1612, soon after the publication of the second edition of the Essays, says, " Sir Francis Bacon hath set out new essays, where, in a chapter of Defortnity, the world takes notice that he paints out his little cousin to the life" [Life and Times of James I. I. 214). "His little cousin " was Robert Cecil, Earl of SalisburJ^ p. 178 [i] Antith. II : Deformes naturam ulcisci solent. [4] part; added in MS. in the ed. of 1612. Rom. i. 31 ; 2 Tim. iii. 3. [5] And so they have their Revenge of Nature : omitted in the Latin. P 179 [3] 'specially' (1612). [11] 'vpon the whole matter' (1612). Lat. si retn diligentcr introspicias. [21] Lat. Manet ilia regula q7iam antea postdmiis. [24 — end] 'and therefore they prooue cither the best of men, or the worst, or strangely mixed' (1612}. Essay 45 p. 180 [14] Lat. variis cEstihis reciprocantur. [20] ^Esop, Fab. 275. Prometheus made a man, Zeus a bull, and Athene a house, and Momus was cho.sen judge. After finding fault with the bull for not having his horns below his eyes so that he could see where to strike, and with 7. I 338 ilotc0 the man for not having a door in his breast (see Adv. of L. ll. 23, § 11), he said the house should have been built upon wheels that it might be removed from ill neighbours. p. 181 [4] the Commoditie: Lat. comtuoditas nulla, and this seems ne- cessary to the sense. [10 — 14] Lat. gitce singula viinime eo ani>no enumcramus ac si domiis nliqua his incommodis omnibus vacate fossil, verum ut tot ex illis evitemus quot evitare concedatur. [16] Plutarch, Lucnll. 39; Aj>oph. 106. [25J in the Oratours Art: omitted in the Latin. p. i»2 [4] Esth. i. 6. Lat. et portionem mansionis sive/amilue. [5] Lat. ad pampas, inagnijicentias, et celebritates. [7] Lat. tion ut l.itera dotnus. [14] Fortie : Lat. quinguaginta. [15, 16] Lat. et subter earn cameram item alteram, similis longitudinis et latitu- dinis: qjta apparaium et instruclionetn ad festa, ludos, et cjusvtodi inagnijicentias, adJores etiafu dum se orncnt, et parent, commode recipiat. [19] with a Partition betweene : omitted in the Latin. [23] The Latin adds excepto sacello. [27] Eighteene : Lat. quiti- decim. [30, 31] omitted in the Latin. [31] Lat. gradus autem turris apertos esse, et in se revertentes, et per senos subinde divisos: utrinque statuis ligneis inaiiratis, vcl saltcm anei coloris cinclos. p. 183 [2] Lat. verum cavendum ne locus ubi famuli comcdant sit ad imum gradum vcl p rope ; si enim sit, ciborum iiidor asccndet, tan- quam in tubo quodam. [SJ Sixteene : Lat. viginti. [23] Lat. latus universum arece. [25] The Latin adds sint in laquearibus. [27] Lat. ubi pingatitur coluvitice, imagines omnigencB, fiores, et similia. [28 — 30] Lat. At latus ex parte fatnilice, simul cum latere iertio e regione front is, compleflatur cameras priesentiales; ct alias usus et decoris ordinarii. [34] Lat. cubicula ct camera. p. 184 [6] Lat. ad plaman cedificii, et minitne protuberantes. [13] Lat. dute scilicet ex utrogue latere area. [20] The Latin adds guatenus ad duo latera. [25] Ijax. fons splendidus. [31] The Latin adds tavi ex cameris et conclavibus et porticibus. [33] Lat. llabeant autem portiones singula agris destinata [ut moderjii lo- quuntur) Antecameram, Cameram ad cubile et Re-cameram. V- 185 [3] The Latin adds ex omnibus tribus lateribus. [5] Lat. ad angulos duos latcris transvcrsi in solaria sccundo. [9] Lat. sint autem conclavia ilia rebus curiosis omnigcnis, et spcHatu dignis, refcrta. [13] Lat. qui per secretos tubos iterum transcant. Then follows the additional clause; Interior autem pars, in solaria suf>e- riore versus arcatn, formetur in porticus et atnbulacra, bene munitit ct obdufla, ad usum convalesccntium. [15] The Latin adds nam de balneis et piscinis non loquar. [16] Lat. area viridis, gramine vestita, cum pariete in circuitu, et j'uxta parietem arboribus, ordine positis, sata. [23 — 35] Lat. sed ambulacris suf>ra columnas, non onus, ereflis; in summiiate 7'cro plumbo, vel lapide quadrato, coopcrtis, et ad latera cleguntibus statuis parvis, lenei coloris, muni- its clausam. [27] Lat. porticus humiliores et obtefUe. MoU^ 339 Essay 46 p. 186 [5] Lat. DiaNUS taniutn sunt opertx, nee sapinnt nainrajn. [17] The Latin adds nilis, et amicis. p. 198 [6] Followers: 'following' (1597), but 'followers' in the MS. [9] Wrongs: 'wrong' (1597). Lat. clietites ajitein et amicifafliosi. [15 — 20] Likewise. .Envie: added in the ed. of 1612, but omitted in the MS. of that edition. [15 — 17] who. .Follow: added in 1625. [17] Inconvenience: 'inconucniency' (1612). [20] The Latin adds si quis vere rem repute t. [21 J — p. 199 [4] There is. .Tales : added in 1625. P- 199 [3] 1'he Latin adds apud domitios sitos. [5] of Men: added in 1625. [13] apprehendeth : 'intendeth' MS. of ed. of 1597. [17 — 19] And besides. .Vertuous: added in 1625. [19] It is true that: omitted in 1612. [22] Lat. qtiandoquidetn ordinis paritas cequns graticB conditiones taftquain ex debito poscit. [23] contrari- wise : added in 1625. [24] Favour: 'fauours' (1597). \^zX. prodest cum deleflii afficere. [28] Discretion : added in 1625. [30] Lat. fingi [qitod aiunt) et regi ab amico aliquo. as we call it : added in 1625. [31] safe: 'good' (1597, 1612). [31] — p. 200 [2] For it shewes . . Honour : added in 1625. p. 200 [2] Yet: 'and' (1597, 1612). "Lzii. plurium potestati siibjici et veltiti in partes distrahi. [3 — 5] For it makes. .Change: added in 1625. [4] 'ITie Latin translator seems to have imagined that the metaphor is taken from the printing-press, for he venders postrentcr \ut nunc loqttuntur) editionis. But a passage in the Adz'. 0/ L. 11. 22, § 4, shews what Bacon intended: "A Man shall find in the wisest sort of these Relations, which the Italians make touching Ct^wf/riwrj, the Natures of the seuerall Cardinalls, handsomlye and liuely painted fourth : A man shall meete with in euery daycs Conference the deno- minations of Scnsititte, dry, /ortnall, reall, humorous, certayne, Huomo di Prima impressione, Iluonio di vltima impressione, and the like." [5] ' but to take aduise' (1597, 1612), some few: added in 1612. [6] Adv. o/L. 11. 21, § 7. [7] The Latin adds ut adagio dicitH7\ [10] The Latin adds apud vctcrcs. i^ote^ 341 Essay 49 First published in 1597, slightly enlarged in 1612, and again in 1625. p. 20I [i] and Proiecfls: added in 1625. [2, 3] And. .Good: added in 1625. [4] Bad: 'ill' (1597, 1612). [4 — 6] I meane .. Performance : added in 1625. [6] Lat. recipmnt et oJ>era»t avide ^oUicentur. [lo — 12] or at least. .Hopes: added in 1612. [15] 'an apt precept' (1597) : but the MS. has 'apt pretext' [i6 — 18] Or generally, .their owne : added in 1625. [22] some: added in 1625. p. 202 [12 — 14] But let him. .Nose: added in 1625. [24] Lat. hoc ei /raudi noti sit, sed potius reynuneretur. [25] but the Partie left to his other Meanes : added in 161 2. [25, 26] and. .Discoverie : added in 1625. [34]KS"wi'^: 'suits' (1597, 1612). p. 203[3 — 16] Let a man. .Favour: added in 1612. [10] Quint. Inst. Or. IV. 5, 16. [19 — 22] There are no worse .. Proceedings : added in 1625. Essay 50 First published in 1597 ; enlarged in 1612, and again in 1625. The Latin title is De studiis et leflione librorujit. p. 204 [t, 2] Lat. Stiidia et ieSliones Itbronon ant meditationuin voluptati, ant oratiojiis ornatueftto, aut negotiorutn snbsidio hiservi- unt. The MS. oftheed. ofi6i2has, "Studies serve for Pastymes, for ornaments, and for abillityes : Theire chiefe use for pastyme, is," &c. [i] Delight: 'pastime' (1597), 'pastimes' (MS.). [4] Lat. in sennone tain/aviiliari giiatn solenni. [5] the : added in 1625. and Disposition of Businesse : added in 1625. [6—9] ' For expert men can execute, but learned men are fittest to iudgeor censure' (1597, 1612). [10] Studies: 'them' (1625). Lat. spcciosa qiuedam socordia est. [12] After ' Affedlation' the Latin adds gu^ seipsam prodit. [13] The Latin adds nee bene succedit. [14—18] For Naturall Abilities, .expe- rience : added in 1625. [19] Contemne : the ed. of 1597 has 'continue,' but the MS. rightly reads 'contemne.' Studies: 'them' (1597, 1612). p. 205 [i] and Confute : added in 1625. [3, 4] and Take. .Discourse: added in 1625. [3] Lat. sed ut addiscas, ponderes, et judicio tjio aliquatenns utaris. [5] Lat. sunt qnos degluii^-e cursimque legere oportet. [8] not Curiously : 'cursorily' (1597). [10 — 15] Some Bookes. .Y\2,^Y Things: added in 1625. [14] Bacon censures Ramus for "introducing the Canker oi Epit07nes." Adv. ofL. 11. 17, § II. [15—17] In a tracl published in 1596, dedicated by Edward Monings to the Countess of Warwick, and reprinted by Nichols [Progresses of Q. Eliz. in. 394, ed. 1823), we find an instance of the plagiarism of which Bacon complains in the dedication of his first edition of the Essays in 1597 : "His education prince-like ; generally knowen in all things, and excellent in many, seasoning his grave and more important studies for ability in judgment, with studies of pastime for retiring, as in poetrie, musike, and the mathemitikes : and for ornament in di.s- course, in the languages, French, Italian, and English, wherein he is expert, reading much, conferring and xvritting much. He is a fdl man, a rcadie man, an exaSl man." [16] Lat. scriptio auterd, 342 ilotc0 et iioiarnm colUnio, />erlecla in animo ivtprimit et nltius Jif^it. [25] Contend : in the ed. of 1597 and the MS. of the ed. of 1612 the Essay ends here. Ovid, Her. xv. 83 ; quoted again in Adv. of L. I. 3, § 4. [30] Lat. sagitiatio. [32] See Adv. of L. II. 8, § 3, where Bacon says of the mathematics, "if the wit bee to dull, they sharpen it : if to wandring, they fix it : if to inherent in the sense, they abstracfl it." And again, 11. 19, § 2 ; "If a Child be Bird-witted, that is, hath not the facultie of attention, the Mathematiques giueth a remedy thereunto; for in them, if the witte be caught away but a moment, one is new to begin." [34] — p. 206 [i] For in Demonstrations, .again: added in 1625. p. 206 [3] For they are Cymini Seflores; added in 1625. [4] See Adv. of L. I. 7, § 7; Antoninus Pius "was called Cymini Sector, a caruer, or diuider of Comine seede, which is one of the least seedes : such a patience hee had and setled spirite, to enter into the least and most exacfl differences of causes." Dio Cass. lxx. 3. Lat. si qitis ad transcnrsiis ingenii segnis sit. [5, 6J to call, .another : 'to find out resemblances' (i6i2\ Essay 51 First published in 1597, slightly enlarged in 1612, and again much more in 1625. p. 207 [i] an Opinion not wise: 'a newe wisedome, indeede a fond opinion' (1597). [4] Respedl: 'respeas' (1597), but 'respecl' in MS. a: 'the' (1597, 1612). [8] Lat. vet in palpandis, concili- andis, et traflandis singulis. [13] Lat. jampridem honorem ndeptis, [16] Lat. nt videatur quis alteri ex partibus addiflus, ct tamen parti adverse tnininie odiosus, via7n quandam sternit ad honores, per medium fariionum. [17] 'pa.ssable.st' (1597, 1612). [20 — 22] And it is often. .Moderate: added in 1625. p. 208 [i] After 'Subdividcth' the ed. of 1597 adds 'which is good for a second fa<5lion;' the ed. of 1612 has 'which is good for a second.' [i — ig] As the Faflion. .out of use : added in 1625. [5) Senates: \a2X. seuatuset optimation. [22, 23] added in 1635. [27] In ed. of 1597 and the MS. of the ed. of 1612 the Essay ends here. [27] — p. 209 fi] The Even Carriage. .House : added in 1612. [29] Lat. sed a coHsilio callido, quandoquidem proximus sibi quisque sit, atqtte ex utraque faflione utilitatem demeterc sperct. [33] be: added in 1625. p. 209 [i] House: the Essay ends here in the ed. of 1612. [2] Comp. Essay xv. p. 55. [7J Gen. iii. 22. Essay 52 First published In 1597; enlarged in 1612, and again in 1625. The Latin title is De aerimouiis civilihus, et decoro. p. 210 [3] to : added in 161 ;. [4— 6J ' But commonly it is In praise as it is in gaine' (1597, 1612). [6] 'For as' 1597, 1612}. [7] Entered in the Promus, fol. 7 a. [9] ' So it is as true' ^1597). [13] Fcsti iSotc?; 343 vals: 'holy-dales' (1597, 1612). [13 — 16] Therefore. .Formes: added in 1625. [14] The Latin adds regina Castiltatm. [15] See Apoph. Hisp. collccla a Ger. Tuning to, 1609; "La reyna dona Ysabel dezia que el que tenia buen gesto llcvara carta de recomen- dacion." Compare also Publii Syri Sent.; formosa facie s miita comtnendatio est. [16] them: 'good formes' (1597, 1612). almost: added in 1625. [19] ' For if he care to expresse th'cm' (1597, 16121. [20] lose; 'leese' (1597I. [22] Lat. vultus et gestus et externa alia. p. 211 [i] Antith. XXXIV ; qui animum ad tarn exiles observationes applicat, magfue cogitationis capax non est. [5] 'diminish his respecl' (1597) ; 'diminisheth respecft' (1612). [7] 'La.t. homines ingeniofastidioso. Formall: 'strange' (1597). [7 — 14] But the dwelling, .upon it: added in 1625. [8] Lat. locutio plane hyper- bolica [quali nonnulli utuntur). [10] "L^K.. Jidem et pondus eorunt qnce dicuntur. [23] Lat. ex comitate et urbanitate. [30] — p. 212 [7] Men had need, .findes: added in 1612, but omitted in the MS. [33] The Latin adds urbanus tantwn et affeHator. [34] Adv. of L. II. 23, § 2 ; "there is no greater impediment of A<5lion, then an ouercurious obseruance of decency, and the guide of decencye, which is Tyme and season. For as Salomon sayeth, Qui respicit ad ventos, non seminal, dr* qui respicit ad nubes, non metet: A man must make his opportunity, as ofte as finde it. To conclude; Be- hauiour seemeth to me as a Garment of the Minde, and to haue the Condicions of a Garmente. For it ought to bee made in fashion : it ought not to bee too curious: It ought to bee shaped so, as to sette foorthe anye good making of the minde : and hide any deformity ; and aboue all, it ought not to be too straighte, or restrayned for exercise or mocion." This was publislied in 1605, and afterwards in substance transferred to the Essays in 1612 and 1625. p. 212 [3] Eccl. xi. 4. [7 — 9] added in 1625. Essay 53 First published in 1612; enlarged in 1625. p. 213 [i] Lat. aique, utfit in speculis, trahit aliquid e naturA corporis, quod reflexionem prcebet. [11] Tac. Ann. xV. 48. [13] The same is said of Time, Novum Organura, Aph. Lxxi. [17] Eccl. vii. I. [22] ' hold it suspedl' (1612). p. 214 [4] Comp. Ess. X. p. 37, 1. 12. [15] Apparently referring to Pliny, Ep. iii. 18; Nam pmcipere qualis esse debeat princeps, pul- chruvt quidcm, sed onerosum ac prope snperbum est : laudate vera optimujn principem, ac per hoc posteris, velut e specula, lumeti quod sequantur ostendere, idem utilitatis habet, adroganticE nihil. [19] Tac. Agr. 41. [20 — 24] In so rmxzh. .lye: added in 1625. [21] Comp. Theocr. Id. ix. 30, xii. 24. [26] After 'Vulgar' the ed. of 1612 has 'but appropriate.' [27] Prov. xxvii. 14. [3i]Scorne: in the ed. of 1612 the Essay ends here. p. 215 [6] The Latin adds Hispanico vocabulo. [7 — 11] Lat. ac si artes illce memoraia, magis ejusmodi homines quam in fastigio cardinalatus posilos dccerenf. et tamen [si res rite ponderetur) specit- 344 i^ote^ laiiva cum civilihis non male iniscentnr. [12] 2 Cor. xl. 23. [13] Rom. xi. 13. Essay 54 First published in 1612 ; enlarged in 1625. p. 216 [6] if they have never so little Hand in it : added in 1625. ■ [13] '&' peu' [1612). [18] Lh-y, xxxvii. 48. [21]— p. 217 [6] 'as • if a man that should interpose himselfe to negotiate between two, should to either of them seuerally pretend, more interest then he hath in the other' (1612). p. 217 [6] these : 'this' (1612). [7] Kindes: 'kind' (1612). [10 — 13] In Milltar. .another: added in 1625. [17 — 22] In Fame.. Ostentation: added in 1625. [19] Cic. Tusc. Disp. i. 15. [21] The Latin translation adds, inqnit tile, and after 'Galen,' mae^na nomina. [23 — 25] Lat. Neque virtus ipsa tantum humance 7iatureE debet propter noininis sui celebrationevt qttaiitufn sibi ipsi. [27] Lat. ad /tunc diem Z'ix durasset aut saltern non tarn z'egeta. [28] Lat. va^ 7iitate et Jaflantia. [33] Tac. Hist. u. 80; see Adv. of L. 11. 23, § 25. p. 218 [i] 'of a natural magnanimity' (1612). [2] The Latin adds qui natura veluti comparati ad earn sunt. [10] Pliny, Epist. vr. 17. [16 — 19] G/^rz<7Kj Men. .Vaunts: added in 1625. [ 1 8] Lat. /a raj;V^ prcedte et escce, sibitnet ipsis et gloria vance tiia7icipta. Essay 5s First published in the ed. of 1597; omitted in the ed. of 1612, though contained in the MS. of that edition, and again printed with additions in 1625. It had been previously printed in the pirated editions of John Jaggard in 1^12, 1613, and of Elizabeth Jaggard in 1624. It is also in the Italian translation published in i6i8. p. 219 [i] The MS. has "The true wynning of honour," and this is pro- bably the corrccfl reading, for the Latin gives. Honoris et existima- tionis vera et jure optima acquisitio ca est. [4) Wooe and : added in 1625. [7] contrariwise: added in 1625. [14] The MS., after 'Follower,' adds; "If a man consider wherein others have given distast, and wynne honor vpon theire envye, the beame will be the quicker." [15] Lat. ita inter se committat et contemperet. [18] Comp. Suet. Aug. 25, where the same maxim is attributed to Augustus. [21] — p. 220 [5] Honour. .Howe: added in 1625. [21] Lat. qui C07nparativiis est, et alium prcegravat. p. 220 [i] instar adamant is aut carbunculi. [6j The Latin adds Ita Q. Cicero. See Q. Cic. de petit, consul, v. 17 ; quoted again in Adv. 0/ L. \\. 23, § 15. The quotation was added in 1625. [14] Imperiorum: added in 1625, [15] and Common-Wealths . . Jsmael: added in 1625. [21 — 23I Such. ..S";V-/t- Partidas: added in 1625. [22J "Alphonso the IVise, (the ninth of that Name,) A'ing o( Castile, compiled the Digest of the Lazues of Spaine, Intituled the Sietg Partidas; An excellent Worke, which he finished in scucn mou^ 345 years." Bacon's Mtsc. IVorks, p. 150, ed. Rawley, 1629. The above is from a tracft O/ a dis^est to be made of tJte latves of Englmid. [24] or Salvatoras : added in 1625. The Latin adds palriaruvt suarutn. [27 — 29] As Augusttis Ceesar. .France: added in 1625. [34] Suet. Tib. 67. p. 221 [i — 3] Both which. .Number : added in 1625. [10] Lat. qjti nofi ultra hoc pates sunt. [15 — 20] There is an Honour. .Decijl added in 1625. Essay 56 First published in 1612 ; enlarged in 1625. The Latin title is De Officio Judicis. p. 222 [3] Antith. XLVi; Cum receditur a litera, judex transit in legislatorem. [4] 'like the presumption of the Church of 7? ^w^* (1612). [6] 'vsurpeth and praftiseth an authority to adde and alter' (1612). [8] Shew', 'colour' (1612). [13] Deut. xxvii. 17. [15] Lat. lapidem fines distingueniem. In Bacon's Speech "to Justice Hutton, when he was called to be one of the Judges of the Common Pleas," one of the "Lines and Portraitures" which he gave was, "That you contain the J7irisdi6lion of the Court within the ancient Meere-Stofies, without Removing the Mark." Resuscitatio, p. 94, ed. 1657. [15] 'too blame' (1612). [22] Prov. xxv. 26; comp. Adv. of L. Ii. 23, § 5. p. 223 [7] Amos V. 7. [13] 'the more open' (1612) ; 'the more close' (1612). [18] Is. xl. 4. [25] Prov. XXX. 33. [26] "'Qwi Laives are likened to the Grape, that being too much pressed yields an hard and unwholsome Wine." Resriscitatio, ^. 176. p. 224 [i] Ps. xi. 6. "There is a Wise and Learned Civilian, that applies the Curse of the Propliet, Phiet sriper eos Lagueos, To Multi- P>licity of Laives; For they do but ensnare and entangle the People." Resjiscitafio, p. 98. [3 — 9] Therefore Rerutn, &'c. : added in 1625. [8] Ovid, Trist. i. i. 37. [15, 16] Secondly. .Plead: added in 1625. [18] Ps. cl. 5, Pr. Bk. Bacon in his Speech to Justice Hutton, quoted above, admonishes him; " That you affe6l not the opitiion o( Pregnancy and Expeditioti, by an impatient and Catching Hearing of the Counsellours at the Barre." p. 93. [22] 'counsell or euidence' (1612). [24] in Hearing: added in 1625. [27] The Latin adds advocatorum et testium. p. 225 [4] Jam. iv. 6. [6] 'that the custome of the time doth warrant ludges to haue noted fauourites ' (1612). [9] Lat. obliqui ad judices aditus. [12] 'speciallie' (1612). [20 — 28] And let not. .Place: added in 1625. [24] Lat. causes medice et nullatenus perorates. [33] Matt. vii. 16. p. 226 [27] 'Lastly' (1612) : for that. .Estate: added in 1625. [30] Not in the laws of the 12 Tables but in Cic. de Leg. iii. 3, § 8. p. 227 [i8] Let ludges. .Soveraigntie: added in 1625. " It is proper in you, by all means, with your Wisdonie and Fortitude to maintain the Laws of the Realm: Wherein, neverthelesse, I would not have you Head-strong, but Heart-strong ; And to weigh and remember 34^ ilotcg with yourself, that the 12 Judges of the Realm are as the 12 Lions under Salonton's Throne; They must show their Stontnesse in Ek- 7'aiing and Bearing up the Throne!^ Bacon's Speech to Justice Hutton, ResuscitatJo, p. 93. i Kings x. 20. [22] ' Neither ought ludges to be so ignorant' (1612). [28] 1 Tim. i. 8, quoted from the Vulgate. Essay 57 p. 228 [3] Eph. iv. 26. [18] Seneca, De IrA, i. i. [20] Luke xxi. 19. p. 229 [3] Virg. Georg. IV. 238. [4] Lat. res huvtilis est et infra dignitaiejn kotninis. [8] Lat. cavennt homines {si viodo dignitatis Slice velint esse men/ores) ne irani suavi cum metit eorum qtiibus irascuntur, sed cum contonptu conjungant. [20] Lat. si*guis cnriosus et perspicax sit, in interpretatione injuries illMce, quatenus ad circumstantias ejus, ac si conteviptum spiraret. [27] Lat. opinio contttmelicP, sive quod existimatio hominis per consequentiam Icedatur et perstringatur, iram intendit et multiplicat. [30] The same saying is related in the Adv. of L. 11. 20, § 12; Apoph. 180, and in Bacon's Speech against Duels 'pp. 28, 29, ed. 1614) : " But for this apprehension of a disgrace, that a fillippe to the person should bee a mortall wound to the reputation, it were good that men did hearken vnto the saying of Consaluo the great and famous commaunder, that was wont to say ; A Gentlemans honor should bee, De teliX crassiore, of a good strong warppe or webbe that euery little thing should not catch in it, when as now it seemes they arc but of copwebbe lawne, or such light stuffe, which certainely is weaknesse, and not true greatnesse of mind, but like a sicke mans body, that is so tender that it feeles euery thing." p. 230 [2] Lat. sed instare quasi ad manuvi opportunitatevi aliquant tnajoreni, [24] Lat. tetnpora serena et ad hilaritatem prona. Essay 58 p. 231 [i] Eccl. i. 9. [3] Plato, Phced. 72 e; Meno, 81 u. [8] Lat. ahstrusus et parum notus. [19] Lat. ilht poPulutii pcnitus non absorbent, aut destruunt. [20] Ovid, Met. 11. [21] i Kings xvii, xviii. p. 232 [i] Lat. apud Indias Orientales. [2] The Latin &^d%pestilen- tias etiavi prcetereo quia nee illce totalitcr absorbent. [9 — 25] Sec Acosta, Hist. Nat. des Indes, iv. 25, fol. 49, for an account of the tradition of a deluge among the West Indians. "lis font entr'cu.v grande mention d'vn deluge aucnu en leur pays, mais Ton ne peut pasbien iugcr, si ce deluge est I'vniuersel, dont parle I'Escriture, ou si ^'a este quelque autre deluge, ou inondation particviliere dcs regions ou ils sont. Aucuns hommes experts, disent que Ton voit en ce pays W, plusieurs notables apparances de quelque grande inondation, S: suis de I'opinion de ceux qui pensent que Ics vestiges & m.^rques qu'il y a dc ce deluge, ne sont de celui de Noe, mais de quclqu'autre particulier, commc de celuy que racontc Platen, ou celuy que Ics MoU$ 347 Poetes chaiitent de Deucalion." /"is] Plato, Tim. 25 d. [26] Ma- chiavelli, Disc. so/r. Liv. Ii. j [28] Comp. Adv. of L. 1.6, § 12; Gibbon, c. xlv. [33] Sabinian succeeded Gregory as Pope, a.d. 604. [34] The Latin adds, tunc vero />rohibita, licet teitebris cooperta, obrepunt tatnen et suas nanciscitntur periodos. P- 233 [3] Plato, Tim. 38, &c. ; Cic. de Nat. Dear. Ii. 20. "The great yeare is a space of time in the which not onely all the Planets, but also all the fixed starres that are in the firmament, hauing ended all their reuolutions do returne againe to the selfe same places in the heauens, which they had at the first beginning of the world." Blundevile's Exercises, fol. 168 a, ed. 1594. [17] The Latin adds, tejupestatis anni, sefnii^e aut cursus. p. 234 [6] give stay: Lat. moras injicere aut re media exhiberc. p. 235 [19] The Gauls crossed the Hellespont b.c. 278. [24] Lat. naturdjixi. p. 236 [2] The Latin adds, ut liquet in poptilo Araucensi, qui ad nlte- riora Austri positi omnibus Pertiviensibus /oriitudine longe prce- cellunt. [9] 1-.ZX.. aliis gentibus in pradam cadunt. [21] The Latin adds sed civiliores fere sunt. [25] Lat. at inundationibus aut migratio7iibus. [30] Lat. et novas sedes qucerant, et sic alias nationes invadattt. See the Tradl Of the true Greatnesse of the Kingdom of Britain (Bacon's Works, vii. 57, ed. Spedding). P- 237 [9] The Latin adds tempore Alexandri Magni. Bacon's memory seems to have been at fault for this statement. I have been unable to discover anything which could have suggested it. [12] Lat. usum pulveris pyrii et torme7itoru>n igneoruin. [20] The Latin adds id quod etiatn tormentis igneis inajoribus covtpetit. [34] Adv. of L. II. 10, § II : " For as it hath beene well obserued, that the Arts which florish in times, while vertue is in growth, are Militarie: and while vertue is in State are Liberall: and while vertue is in declination, are voluptuarie: so I doubt, that this age of the world, is somewhat vpon the descent of the wheele." p. 238 [8] Lat. solidiores et exacliores. [9] The Latin adds matiente tamen garrulitate. The Essay "Of Fame" was first printed by Rawley in the Resusci- tatio, in 1657. p. 239 [8 — 18] Comp. Virg. /En. iv. 175 — 190. [19] Comp. Essay XV. p. 55. p. 240 [17] Tac. Hist. II. 80. [22] Caesar, de Bell. Civ. i. 6. [28] Tac. Ann. i. 5. p. 241 [2] Her. VIII. 108, 109. Colour i p. 247 [10] Cic. Acad, apud A.w-L'i viaxime ser7>i. [33] Henry Noel : See A/>oph. 244. p. 259 [18J Ovid, Ars Am. n. 662, quoted again in Adv, 0/ L. 11. 2j, i^otcs 349 §27. proximitatel ^procinitate' [i^c,-]' ; correcfted in 1598. [25] Matt. ix. 12. Colour 8 p. 260 [10] Virg. y^ti. xii. 600. malortmi: ^ inalum^ (1597); corredled in 1598. [21] hurt; 'hart' (1597) ; corredled in 1598. [24] Virg. Eel. V. 23. [34] See the 1st and 3rd Philippics. p. 261 [12] Enchiridion, c. 5. [21] Ovid, Am. i. 2. 10. p. 262 [i] Essay viii. p. 28. Colour 9 p. 262 [31] Hab. i. 15, 16. P- 263 [5] Cic. pro Marcell. 9. [11] In the De Aug-m. vi. 3, Soph. 11, Bacon attributes this to Solomon. See Mr Spedding's note ( IVorks, I. p. 685). [23] Plut. Cess. 38. [30, 33] In both Hnes the ed. of 1597 has 'imitable,' but in the corresponding passage of the De Aiis;-- vientis the Latin is in one case initnitabilis, and in the other imitatio- nem non recipittut, and I have therefore substituted ' inimitable ' in both. p. 264 [7] Plut. Timol. 36. See Essay xl. p. 167. Colour 10. p. 264 [28] Virg. Eel. I. 15. [29] Sybilla: see Essay xxl p. 89. p. 265 [6] 'it is more to him' (1598, 1606). [13] Quoted by Seneca, Ep. I. I, §5, and introduced with the words 'ut visum est majoribus nostris.' The original is Hesiod, IVorks &j Days, 367, SeiAij 6' kvl TTu^/aeVt <|)etSw. [16] Arist. de Gen. et Corr. \. 4. alterius: 'vlte- rius' (1597/ ; correcfted in 1598. [19] The origin of this is a pas- sage in Dem. Ol. in. 33, which Wolf translates alinie7ita sunt vestntm omnium socordice. See Mr Ellis's note on the De Augmentis, with Mr Spedding's addition [Works, \. 681, 682). [22] aliments; the editions of 1597, 1598, and 1606, all read 'elements,' but Bacon quotes the Latin when again referring to the passage, Adv. of L. 11. 23, § 13, alimefita socordiee. [25] One copy of the ed. of 1597 in the Cam- bridge Univ. Libr. (,xvii. 38. 19) omits the words ' to say ; ' ' the' was added in 1598. Bacon made a memorandum of the anecdote in the Pronnts, fol. 46 a : "The fashion of d. Hecfl. to the dames of London y® way is to be sicker." p. 266 [10] Hor. Ep. I. 2. 40. Comp. Arist. Nic. Eth. i. 7; a.(>xn vf^i-av TTavTos; Plato de Legg. vi. 753 e; Hesiod, IVorks <5^ Days, 40. [24] modum: added in ed. of 159S. [27, 28] for. .inception : added in 1598. p. 2^)7 [12] 'other' in ed. 1597; 'otherwise' (1598, 1606}. Appendix. p. 279 [20] raen : omitted in the MS. 3jO ^ppcnljii to i\j( i^otcg APPENDIX TO THE NOTES. In preparing the present edition I have used ten different copies of the edition of 1625, the last which had the benefit of Bacon's own revi- sion. Of these ten copies no two are exacflly alike. The differences are numerous, though, except in one case, not important; but, as they throw light upon the manner in which books passed through the press in Bacon's time, I have subjoined a list of all that I have noticed. The cause of these differences it is not difficult to conjecflure. Corre(5lions were made while the sheets were being printed off, and the corredted and uncorrected sheets were afterwards bound up indiscriminately. In this way the number of different copies might be multiplied to any e.xtent. Instances occur in which a sheet appears in three different stages: one \vith two errata on one page, a second with one of the errata corretfled, and a third with both corrected. Another peculiarity with regard to these copies is that they differ in the title page. Upon examination it appears that the original title page was as follows: "The Essay es or Covnsels, civill and morall, of Francis Lo. Vervlam, Viscovnt S'. Alban. Newly enlarged. London, Printed by lohn Haviland for Hanna Barret, and Richard Whitaker, and are to be sold at the signe of the Kings head in P.iuls Church-yard. 1625." That this is the original is evident from the fa 1- 31- BENT, sb. A kind of grass, called by Gerarde Reed-grass, which was used for chimney ornaments. E. xlvi. p. 188, 1. 27. BESTOWING, sb. Placing, settling in life. E. xxvii. p. 114, 1. 31. BETWIXT, /r^/. Between. E. xxxii. p. 138, 1. 24. BEVER, sb. The front part of a helmet which had openings for the eyes, and when down covered the face. Fr. baviere. E. xxxv. p. 150, 1. 34. BIGNESSE, sb. Size. E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 20. BIN = BEEN. C. 10. p. 265, 1. I. BIRTH, sb. That which is born, offspring. E. xxiv. p. 99, 1. i. BLAB, sb. A teller of secrets. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 32. ELACKES, sb. Mourning. E. ii. p. 6, 1. i. BLANCH, V. i. To flinch. E. xx. p. 86, 1. 30. ,, V. t. To avoid. E. xxvi. p. 105, 1. 12. BLUSHING, sb. The cause of blu.shing or shame. E. xxvii. p. 115, 1. 13. 358 Glo^garj) BOARD, j/'. Table. E. xxxviii. p. i6o, 1. 25. liODY-HORSl-:, sd. The shaft horse. C. 10. p. 266, 1. 19. BONNETS, j/'. Hats, of men, as well as women. E. xli. p. 168, 1. 13. BORDERER, s6. E. xxix. p. 127, 1. 5. "A borderer, one that dwelleth by, that commeth out of one countrie and dwclleth in anotner," Baret, Alvearie. BOWED,/./. Bent. E. xxvii. p. 113, 1. 33. BRAVE, V. t. To assume ostentatiously, parade. E. xv. p. 61, 1. 23. BRAVE, adj. Fine. E. xxxiii. p. 141, 1. 15. BRAVERY, sb. Finery; hence ostentation, display, bra- vado. E. xi. p. 41, I. 7, XV. p. 61, 1. I, XXV. p. 102, 1. 29, xxxvii. p. 158, 1. 13, liv. p. 216, 1. 9. Ivii. p. 228, I. 2. BREAK., 7\ t. To train, accustom. E. 111. p. 211, I. 2. P.ROAKK, v.i. To negotiate. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 24. BROKEN MUSICKE. Music that is interrupted or not continuous. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 8. Mr Chappell [Pop. ISIns. i. 246, note C ) says it means what we now term ' a string band.' BRUIT, sb. Cry. E. liv. p. 216, 1. 14. iiUCK LING, pr. /. Preparing to go. E. xxi. p. 90, 1. 3. I'.UR.SE, sb. The Exchange ; Fr. bourse. E. xviii. p. 72, 1. 12. IiU.SIE, adj. Full of work, elaborate: now applied only to persons. E. xlvi. p. 191, 1. i. BUZZES, sb. Empty noises. E. xxxi. p. 135, I. 11. BY. By how much. E. x. p. 37, 1. 24, xx. p. 82, 1. 7, xxxiv. p. 147, 1. 30. By the space of. E. xxix. p. 128, 1. 13. BY-WAY, sb. A secret way. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 16, Ivi. p. 225, 1. 9. BY-WORD. sb. A proverb, saying. E. xxv. p. loi, 1. 21. CAN, V. i. To be able. E. xi. p. 40, 1. 19. CANTICLE, sb. Song. E. ii. p. 7, 1. 13. CAPABLE OF. Having capacity for. K. xxii. p. 91, 1. t2. CAPITALL, adj. Chief E. Ivi. p. 222, 1. 16. CARE NOT. Are not careful or cautious. E. xlii. p. 174,1. 15. CARD, sb. Chart. E. xviii. p. 72, 1, 31, xxix. p. 119, 1. 29. CARRIED,/./. Carried on. E. xv. p. 56. 1. 14. CAST, V. i. To consider. E. xxvii. p. 114, 1. 24. ,, 7'. /. To contrive. E. xlv. p. 183, 1. 33. To decide. E. li. p. 208, 1. 26, hence ' the casting vote'. CASTORE UAI. A natural product contained in two sacs near the organs of generation of the beaver ; formerly used as a medicine, now chiefly as a perfume. E. xxvii. p. 107, CATCHPOLE, j^. A bailiff. E. liii. p. 215, 1. 9. CENSURE, j/'. Opinion. E. xxix. p. 118, 1. 4. CERTAINEST, adj. Most certain. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 34. CERTAINTY, sb. Trustworthiness. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 10. CESSION, sb. Concession. E. liv. p. 218, 1. 3. ©losJjsarg 359 CHALLENGE, r. t. To claim. E. xlviii. p. 198, 1, 7. Comp. Ex. xxii, 9. CHAM A 'iris. The dwarf Iris, of which Gerarde enumerates II varieties. Perhaps the Iris ptnnila may be meant. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 2. CHAPMEN, sb. Buyers. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 27. CHARACTER, sb. A stamp, mark. C. 9. p. 263, 1. 15. CHARGE, sb. Cost. E. liv. p. 217, 1. 14. Comp. i Cor. ix. 18. ,, V. t. To burden. E. xlviii. p. 198, 1. 4. CHARGEABLE, adj. Costly, expensive. E. xxix. p. 128, 1. 7. CHARGES, sb. Expences. E. viii. p. 26, 1. 16, x.xviii. CHECKE WITH, v. t. To hinder. E. x. p. 38, 1. 7, xxxi. p. 134, 1. 5. CHIEFEST, adj. Chief. E. li. p. 207, 1. 6. Comp. 2 Cor. xi. 5. CHOLER, sb. Anger. E. xxxvi. p. 153, 1. i. CHOP, v.i. To bandy words ; from 'chop' to change or in- terchange. Hence the slang word 'chaff'. E. Ivi. p. 225, 1. 20. CHOPPING, sb. Changing. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 28. CHURCH MEN, sb. Ecclesiastics. E. viii, p. 27, 1. 11. CIRCUMSTANCE, sb. This word includes all the surround- ings and accompaniments of an acflion. E. Iv. p. 219, 1. 12. CIVIL, adj. Literally, citizen-like: hence orderly, refined, and, as applied to adlions, becoming. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. i, xlviii. p. 199, 1. 9. CIVILITY, sb. Civilization. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. 7. CLAMOUR, V. t. To disturb with clamour. E. xx. p. 87, 1. 30. CLEARE, adj. Open. E. i. p. 3, 1. 2^. CLEARNESSE, sb. Openness. E, vi. p. 19, 1. 17. CLEAVE, 7:i. To stick, adhere. E. iii. p. 12, 1. 5, C. 8. p. 261, I. 24. CLOISTERED, /./. Surrounded with cloisters. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 17. CLOSE, adj. Secret. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 4, xi. p. 42, 1. 16, Ivi. p. 223, 1. 14. CLOSENESSE, sb. Secrecy. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 13, 15, p. 19, 1. 20, xxvii. p. no, 1. 17. CLOVE GILLY-FLOWER, sb. Perhaps Diaiithns caryo- phylUis. Gerarde distinguishes the Clove Gilly- Flower from the Carnation only by its being smaller both in leaf and flower. E. xlvi. p. 188, 1. 33. COEMPTION, sb. A buying up. E. xxxiv. p. 147, 1. 19. COLLECT, V. t. To gather, infer. E. xxxv. p. 152, 1. 20. COLLIAR, sb. An owner of coal mines. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 6 COLOUR, V. t. To colour other mens moneyes. E. xli. p. 172^ 1. 25. ' To colour strangers' goods, is when a Free-man or Denison permits a Foreigner to enter Goods at the Custom house in his name'. Phillips' New World of Words 6th ed. COMELINESSE, sb. Beauty, grace. E. xxvii. p. 115, I. a xliii. p. 177, 1. 21. 360 Glo^^arg COMELY, adj. Becoming. E. x. p. 37, 1. 10, liv. p. 218, 1. 3. COMFORT, v.i. To strengthen. E. xxxix. p. 164, 1. 11. COMMEND, V. t. To recommend. E. xxx. p. 132, 1. 21. COMMENDATORY, adj. 'LctttTS com»iendatory = \c\.tGTSo{ recommendation. V.. Hi. p. 210, 1. 15. COMMISERABLE, adj. Miserable, in the sense of deserv- ing compassion. E. xxxiii. p. 143, 1. 9. COMMODITIES, s/k Advantages. E. xli. p. 168, I. 25. COMMON, adj. Belonging to all alike, public. Thus ' The Book of Common Prayer' is the book uf prayer used in public, and in common by all. E. xv. p. 55, 1. 34. COMMON PL.\CE, sb. A theme, or college exercise, in which a particular subject; was discussed. E. xxxii. p. 136, 1. 6, C. 10. p. 266, 1. 8. COMMUNICATE,/./- Shared. E. xiii. p. 48, 1. 30. COMMUNICATE WITH, v.t. To share with, impart to. E. XX. p. 84, 1. 20, xxvii. p. no, 1. 13, xxxi. p. 135, 1. 16. C(JMPACTED,/./. Compact. C. 5. P- 255. ■• 26. COMPASSE, sb. Circuit. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 5. Contrivance. C. 9. p. 264, 1. 16. COMPOSITION, sb. Temperament. E. xlii. p. 173, 1. 21. COMPOUND, 7:t. To settle. E. Iv. p. 220,1.24, Iviii. p. COMPREHEND, v.t. To include, embrace. E. xlviii. p. 200, I. 12. CONCEITS, sb. Conceptions, ideas. E. vi. p. 22, 1. 4. CONDEMNED MEN. ConviAs. E. xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 21. CONFEDER.VTE, /./. Leagued, united. E. xvi. p.64, 1. 13. CONFERENCE, sb. Consultation. E. 1. p. 205, 1. 16. CONFERRE, v. i. To consult. E. 1. p. 205, I. 19. CONFIDENCE, sb. Credit. E. xv. p. 61, 1. 31, xl. p. 166, 1. 27. Boldness, xvi. p. 65, 1. 32. CONSCIENCE, sb. Consciousness. E. xi. p. 40, 1. 26. CONSENTING,/./. Agreeing. C. 7. p. 257, 1. 27. CON.SORT, IN. In company, in concert. E. xx. p. 86, 1. 12. CONTAINS, 7'./". To hold in, restrain, restria. E. xxix. p. 124, 1. 21. p. 125, 1. 17, Ivii. p. 230, 1. 5. CONTEND, V. i. To endeavour. E. Iv. p. 220, 1. 2. CONTENT, i<. i. To please, give satisfaiflion. E. xxxii. p. 137, i. 13. CONTRARIE. adv. On the contrary. C. 6. p. 257, 1. 19. CONTRARIWISE, adv. On the contrary. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 13, ix. p. 32, 1. 10, xlviii. p. 199, 1. 23, li. p. 207, 1. 5. CONTRf)VERSIE, sb. Dispute. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. i. CONVENIENT, adj. Suitable. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 31. CONVKRS.ANT IN. Convers.ant with. E. xx. p. 86, I. 30. CONVERSATION, sb. Used of a man's whole walk .inn manner of life. E. xxvii. p. 106, 1. 12. CONVERSE, V. i. To be engaged. E. xxxviii. p. 161, 1. 2. CONVERT, v.t. To ch.-inge. C. 6. p. 257, 1. 11. CONVINCE, V. t. To refute. E. xvi. p. 64, 1. 5. c:OPULATE, /./. Coupled, united. E. xxxix. p. 164, 1. 8. CORN KUAN-TREE. The Cornel Tree. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 7. Glo^^arg 36; CORNELIANS, sb. The fruit of the Cornel tree, sometimes called Cornelian cherries, which were in some parts of the country used for tarts. E. xlvi. p. 1S7, 1. 34. CORNE-MASTER, sb. An owner of corn. E. .\xxiv. p. 146, 1. 7- CORRESPONDENCE, HOLD. To bear a proportion, cor- respond. E. XV. p. 63, 1. II. CORROBORATE,/./. Strengthened, confirmed. E. xxxix. p. 162, 1. 9. CORRUPT, V. i. To become corrupt, putrefy. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 34, xxxiv. p. 148, 1. 13. COUNT, 7<. t. To reckon, consider. E. i. p. i, 1. 3, xxxvi. p. 154, 1. 23, xlvii. p. 196, 1. 24. COUNTERVALE, v. t. To outweigh. C. 2. p. 249, 1. 14. COUNTRY, adj. Belonging to one's country; like the Lat. patrhis. E. xviii. p. 74, 1. 6. COURAGES, sb. Spirits. E. xxix. p. 128, 1. 2. ' Courage' appears to have been used at first for any feeling of the heart. Comp. Chaucer, C. T. prol. 22 ; ' In Southwerk at the Tabbard as I lay, Redy to wenden on my pilgrimage To Canturbury with devout corage.' COURSE, OF. E. xxiv. p. 99, 1. 14. The Lat. translation has decursii solo, that is, in its mere passage or progress, and this seems to be the meaning of the phrase. COURSE, OUT OF. Out of order. E. xlvi. p. 193, 1. 16. COVERT, adj. Sheltered. E. xlvi. p. 189, 1. 30. sb. Shelter. C. 7. p. 259, 1. 17. COVET, V. t. To desire earnestly. E. xxxv. p. 152, 1. 19. CREATURE, sb. In the literal sense of 'a thing created', applied both to animate and inanimate objects. E. i. p. 2, 1. 32, vii. p. 23, 1. 19. CRINGE, sb. A servile bow. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 29. CROCUS VERNUS. By this Bacon apparently means some- thing different from the plant now known by the name, which has a purple flower. According to Loudon's Horius Britannic us, the common yellow crocus C. luteus: was not introduced till 1629. The C. sttsiana, which has a yellow flower, was introduced in 1605. Gerarde calls the Crocus vermis ' the early flouring wilde Saffron,' and gives two kinds C. V.flore hiteo. Yellow Spring Saffron;- and C. V, Jlore albo, White Spring Saff'ron, which may be those to which Bacon alludes. CROOK, V. t. To twist, pervert. E. xxiii. p. 96, 1. 20, xxvii. p. 113, 1. 34. CROSSE, adj. Opposing, contradiclory. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 21. CUNNINGLY, adv. .Skilfully. E. xxix. p. 118, 1. 15. CURIOUS, adj. Literally, careful, with the notion of over niceness or extreme accuracy ; ingenious. E. ix. p. 29, 1. 14. CURIOUS ARTS. Magical arts. The phrase is borrowed ?fi' 6Jlo00arD from the Vulgate rendering of Acls xix. 19. E. xxxv. p. 150, 1. 26. CURIOSITIES, sb. Nice questions. E. ix. p. 29, I. 22. CURIOSITY, sb. Elaborate work. E. xlvi. p. 192, 1. 4. CURIOUSLY, adv. Carefully, accurately. E. 1. p. 205, 1. 8. CURRANTLY, adv. Continuously. E. xxxi. p. 134, 1. 7. CUSTOME, sb. Tax, impost. E. xix. p. 80, 1. 33, xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 6. DAINTILY, adv. Elegantly. E. i. p. 2, 1. s, xlv. p. 185, 1. 7. DAINTY, adj. Elegant. E. x.xxvii. p. 156, I 15. DAMMASIN, sb. The Damascene plum, or damson. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 14. DAMOSELL, sb. Danisel. E. xxxviii. p. 160, 1. 23. DANGER, sb. To come in danger = to be endangered. E. xiii. p. 47, 1. 17. In E. xlvii, p. 195, 1. 7, 'danger' is used where we should put the adjedlive ; so 'reason' for 'reasonable'. DECEIVABLE, adj. Deceptive. E. xliv. p. 178, 1. 16. DECEIVE, V. t. To defraud, deprive, E. xlvi. p. 193, 1. 33, C. 7. p. 258, 1. 31- DECENT, adj. Becoming, graceful. E. xliii. p. 177, I. 16, xlv. p. 184, 1. 18. DECLINATION, sb. Decline, declension. E. xxii. p. 94, 1. 5. xxix. p. 126, 1. 5. DECLINE, V. t. To turn aside. E. xl. p. 166, 1. 30. DEDUCED,/./. Brought down. E. hi. p. 227, 1. 7. DEEPE, adj. Profound. E. ix. p. 32, 1. 29. DEFACE, V. t. To destroy. E. lii. p. 12, 1. 10, xvi. p. DEFATIOATION, sb. Weariness. C. 10. p. 266, 1. 25. DEC.ENKRATE, /./. Degenerated. E. .xi. p. 41, 1. 12. DELIVER, V. t. To describe. E. xlv. p. 181, 1. 27. DELIVER, 7'. /. To let in, admit. E. xlvi. p. 190, 1. 25. DELIVERED,/./. Let in, admitted. E. xlvi. p. 192, 1. 14. DELIVERIES, sb. Means of escape from difficulties. E. xix. p. 76, 1. 34. DENY, V. t. To refuse. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 16. DEPENDANCES, sb. Dependencies. E. xx. p. 85, 1. 14, xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 17. DEPRAVE, v.t. To misrepresent, disparage. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 7. DEPUTIE, sb. The Lord Lieutenant of Ireland. The word is curious, because it is used in Adls xix. 38, for the Roman proconsul. E. xxxix. p. 163, 1. 19. DERIVE, V. t. To turn aside. E. ix. p. 34, 1. i. 7'. i. To be derived. C. 9. p. 262, 1. 23. DESTITUTE. 7'. /. To leave destitute. E. xxxiii. p. 14-!, 1. 6. DIET, 7'. /. To t.-ikc one's meals. E. xviii. p. 73. 1. 7. ffilo^^arg 363 DIFFICILNESSE, sl>. Stubbornness. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. 16. DIGGED, /./. Dug. E. xxiii. p. 97, I. 32. DISABLE, V. t. To damage. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 8. DISADVANTAGEABLE, «.)>•. Disadvantageous. E. xxviii. p. 117. 1- 15- DISCERNE, V. t. To distinguish. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 26, xxxvi. P- 155. 1- 33- DISCERNE OF. To discern. E. xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 28. DISCOMMODITIES, sb. Disadvantages. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 21, xH. p. 169, 1. 5. DISCONTENT, adj. Discontented. E. xv. p. 60, 1. 18, xlviii. p. 199, 1. 22. DISCONTENTMENT, sb. Discontent. E. ix. p. 34, I. 18, XV. p. 57, 1. 12. DISCOURSING, adj. Discursive, rambling. E. i. p. i, 1. 7. DISCOVER, V. t. To uncover, disclose. E. v. p. 17, 1. 27. DISCOVERIE, sb. Disclosure. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 33, xli. p. 168, 1. 22. DISPEOPLE. V. t. To depopulate. E. Iviii. p. 231, 1. 20. DISPLANT, 7K t. To displace. E. xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 7. DISPLEASURE, v. t. To displease. E. xxxvi. p. 154, 1. 27. DISPOSITION, sb. Arrangement. E. 1. p. 204, 1. 5. DISREPUTATION, j. Reputation. E. vi. p. 22, 1. 11. Rumour. E. xv. p. 55, 1. 5. F. p. 240, I. 17. FARE, V. t. To happen. E. xvi. p. 65, 1. 16. FASCET. si. A facet, or little face. E. Iv. p. 220, 1. 2. FASHION, s!>. Habit. E. xlvii. p. 196, 1. 31. FAST, itcij. Firm. E. xv. p. 62, 1. 2. Tenacious, E. xlvi. p. 188, 1. 14. FAST, adv. Close. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 7. FASTER, adv. Closer. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 10. FAVOUR, sd. Face, countenance. E. xxvii. p. 113, I. 14, xliii. p. 176, 1. 17. FEARES, sb. Objedls of fear, E. xv. p. 58, 1. 8. FEARFUL, adj. Timid. E. xxix. p. 119, 1. 22, xxxi. p. 134, 1. 17, xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 3. FEARFULNESSE, j^. Timidity. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 11. FELICITY, sb. Good fortune. E. v. p. 17, 1. 16, xl. p. 166, 1. 28, xliii. p. 177, 1. 10, Iv. p. 220, 1. II. FELLOW, sb. Companion. E. ix. p. 31, 1. 19. FETCH ABOUT, v. i. To go about. E. xxii. p. 95, 1. 5. FETCHING, sb. Striking. E. Iviii. p. 237, 1. 14. FIFT, adj. Fifth. E. xvi. p. 64, 1. 20, FLAGGES. sb. The Yellow Iris. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. 19. FLASH, sb. A sudden blaze; hence, with suddenness as the prominent idea, an instant. E. x.xix. p. 126, 1. 3. FLASHY, adj. Tasteless. E. 1. p. 205, 1. 15. FLO^ AFRICANUS, sb. The African marigold. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 21. FLOUT, sb. A jest, Uunt E. xxxii. p. 138, 1. 11. FLOWER DE LICES, j3. Fleur de lis, or iris. E. xlvi. p. 187, I. 10. FLUX, sb. Fluduation. E. Iviii. p. 231, 1. 16. FLY, z'. t. To fly at, attack. F. p. 240, I. i. FOLLOWING, sb. Seft. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 13. FOND, adj. Foolish. E. xxvii. p. 113, 1. 21. FOOTPACE, sb. A dais or raised platform for a chair of state. E. Ivi. p. 225, 1. 30. FORECONCEYVING, Pr. p. Preconceiving. C. 8. p. 260, FORESEE, t/. /. To provide. E. xv. p. 59, 1. 8, xlv. p. 1S4, 1. 30, Iviii. p. 236, 1. 27. FORCiOT, /./. Forgotten. E. xxii. p. 93, 1. 22. FORMALIST, sb. A fo-mal person. E. xxvi. p. 104, I. 12. FORTH OF. Forth from. E. xxxv. p. 150. 1. 13. FORWARDS, adj. Forward. E. xviii. p. 74. 1. 4. FOWLE, sb. A bird of any kind. E. xiii. p. 48, 1. 4, xlv p. 181, 1. 22. V . p. 240, 1. 2. FOWLER, sk A bird-catcher. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 8. FRAME, OUT OF. In disorder. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 26. JiRETTELLARIA,sb. Fritillary. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 3. FRIARLY, adj. Friarlike, monastic. E. xxxiv. p. 145, 1. 9. FRONTED,/./. Confronted. E. xv. p. 62, 1. 2. FROWARD, adj. Cross, perverse. E. viii. p. 27, 1. 31, xxiv. p. 100, 1. 4, xlvii. p. 196, 1. 6. FROWARDEST, adj. Most perverse. E. Ivii. p. 230, 1. 19. FROWARDNESSE, sb. Perversity. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. 15. FUME, sb. Smoke, steam ; hence, an empty fancy. E. xv. p. 58, 1. 12, Iviii. p. 233, 1. 6. FURNITURE, sb. Trappings, harness. E. xxxvu. p. 158, I.i4- FUTILE, adj. Talkative. E. vi. p. 20, 1. 11. xx. p. 84, I. 27. GADDING, adj. Going hither and thither. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 21. GALLIARD, sb. A lively French dance. E. xxxii. p. 137, 1. 25. GALLO-GRECIA. Galatia. E. Iviii. p. 235, 1. 19. GARNISHED,/./. Ornamented. E.xlv. p. 185, 1. 18. GAUDERIE, sb. Finery. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 29. GEMINATION, sb. A doubling. C. 8. P..260, 1. 4. GERMANDER, sb. Tencrium CJiamcedrys. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. 19. GTNGLES, sb. Rattles. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 28. GINNITING, sb. An early apple. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 28. GLOBE, sb. A crowd, gathered round any thing. E. xi. p. 40, 1. 34. GLORIOUS, adj. Ostentatious. E. xxxiv. p. 148, 1. 10, xlviii. p. 198, 1. 15, liv. p. 216, 1. 8. GLORY, sb. Ostentation, display. E. ix. p. 29, 1. 17, Hv. p. 217, 1. 12, Ivi. p. 224, 1. 31. Lustre, xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 19, p. 158, 1. 8. GO ABOUT, V. i. To endeavour. C. i. p. 247, 1. 10. GOE NEARE. The phrase 'go near to', followed by a verb, would now be replaced by an adverb, nearly, or almost. E. viii. p. 27, 1. 5. GOING ABOUT, sb. Endeavour. E. xv. p. 55, 1. 21. GOING FORTH, sb. An outlet, exit. E. xlvi. p. 189, 1. 14. GOINGS, sb. Movements. E. i. p. 3, 1. 30. GOODLY, adj. Fine, handsome. E. xxxvii. p. 158, 1. 13 xlv. p. 182, 1. 28. GOTTEN,/./. E. ix. p. 34, 1. 22, XV. p. 59, 1. 27. GRACING, sb. Compliment. E. Ivi. p. 225, 1. 10. GRACIOUS, adj. Graceful. E. xliii. p. 176, 1. 18, liv. p. 218, 1. 3. GRECIA, sb. Greece. E. xxix. p. 127, 1. 20. GRECIANS, sb. Greeks. E. i. p. i, 1. 16, xiii. p. 47, 1. 3, liii. p. 214, 1. 21. Comp. Joel iii. 6; Acts vi. i. GRINDED, /./. Ground. E. xli. p. 171, 1. 3. GROSSE, IN. In the gross or mass. .E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 9- 3^^ Glo^^arg GROTTA, sb. Grotto. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 21. GROUNDED,/./. Founded, well founded. E. iii. p. u, 1. 33. xix. p. 77, 1. 2. GROUNDS, sb. Soils. E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 23. GROW BEHINDE, v.i. To get in arrear. C. 10. p. 265, 1. II. GROWEN, /,/. Grown. E. xxix. p. 126, 1. 21, xxx. p. 132, 1. 23. GROWING SILKE. Vegetable Silk, the produce of Bont- bax Ceiba, the silk-cotton tree of S. America. E. xxxiii. p. 141, 1. 18. H. HABILITATION, sb. Training. E. xxix. p. 125, 1. 27. HALFE LIGHTS, AT. By twilight. The Lat. has tanquam 171 crepusculo. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 20. HALFES, sb. Halves. E. xxvii. p. no, 1. 31. HAND, AT A DEARE. At a great price. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. 4. „ AT EVEN. To come at even hand with another is to be even with him. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 12. OF EVEN. Equally balanced. North's /'/«/'. p. 999, "The battell was as yet 0/ euen hand." E. xxviii. p. 116, 1. 13- HANDLE, V. t. To treat; which is itself the Lat. traaare, to handle. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 2, p. 34, 1. 19. HANDY-CRAFTS-MEN, sb. Artisans. E. xxix. p. 125, 1. 19. HANDY-WORK, sb. Workmanship, manufacture. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. 5. Comp. Ps. xix. I. HANGED, /./. Hung with tapestry. E. xlv. p. 185, 1. 7. HAP, V. i. To happen. E. Iviii. p. 232, 1. 5. HARDEST, adj. Hardiest. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 1. HARDY, adj. Bold. E. xxvii. p. no, 1. 13. HARMEFULL, adj. Hurtful, pernicious. E. vii. p. 24, 1. 9, xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 12. HEALTHS, sb. Toasts. E. xviii. p. 73, 1. 26. HEARKEN, v.i. To get information, ascertain. E. xxxiii. HEIGTH, 'sb. ' Height. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 5. HELPS, sb. Aids. E. xi. p. 41, I. 26. HERBA MUSCARIA,sb. The Grape-Hyacinth. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 24. HEROICALL, adj. Heroic. E. v. p. 17, 1. 7, ix. p. 30, 1. 33, xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 2. HERSELIKE, adj. Funereal. E. v. p. 17, 1. 13. HI A CYNTHUS ORIENTALIS, sb. The garden hyacinth brought from the Levant in 1596. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 2. HIERUSALEM, sb. Jerusalem. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 18. HIRELINGS, j<^. Hired servants. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 34. HIS, />r. Its. E. xxxvi. p. 153, 1. 4. Used for the genitive case. E. xix. p. 78, 1. 23, xxix. p. 128, 1. 16. 3^9 HITHER, adj. Nearer. E. xlvi. p. 190, 1. 28. HOLD, V. rejl. To adhere. C i. p. 248, 1. 9. HOLD WITH. To agree with. E. xv. p. 62, 1. 10. HOLPEN, j>.p. Helped. E. xx. p. 85, 1. 18, xxiv. p. 100, 1. 14, xxix. p. 118, 1. 8. Comp. Dan. xi. 34. HOLY DAY, sb. A saint's day. C. 9. p. 259, 1. 2. HOME, TO KEEP. To keep at home. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 22. HONESTER. adj. More honest. E. xlvii. p. 196, 1. 25. HONNY-SUCKLE, FRENCH, sk Hedysarum Corona- rium, formerly called the hatchet vetch. E. xlvi, p. 187, 1. 13. HONOURABLEST, adj. Most honourable. E. xxxii. p. 136, 1. 10. HORTATIVES, sb. Exhortations. E. viii. p. 27, 1. 17. HOWSOEVER, adv. Although. E. i. p. 2, 1. 24. HUMANITY, sb. Human nature. E. xxvii. p. 107, 1. 13, HUMOUROUS, adj. Fanciful. E. viii. p. 27, 1. 3. HUNDRED, adj. Hundredth. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 15. HUSBAND, V. t. To farm, cultivate. E. xli. p. 169, 1. 12. ,, sb. Ar economist. E. Iv. p. 219, 1. 18. HUSBANDING, sb. Cultivation, E. xv. p. 59, 1. 5, I. lADE, V. t. To over-drive ; and, metaphorically, to pursue a subjedl of conversation to weariness. E. xxxii. p. 136, 1. 19. lEOPARDY, sb. Risk, peril. C. 5. P- 256, 1. 6, ILL, adj. Bad, E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 7. IMAGERY, sb. Devices or figures in tapestry, painting, or sculpture. E, xxvii. p. in, 1. 34. Comp. Ez. viii, 12, Ecclus. xxxviii. 27. IMBASE, V. t. To make base, degrade, E. x. p. 38, 1. 20. IMBOSMENTS, sb. Projeaions in architeaure. E. xlvi. p. 191, 1. 14. IMPART, V. refl. To communicate. E. xx. p. 85, 1. 7. IMPERTINENCES, sb. Things not belonging to a question, irrelevant. E. viii. p. 26, 1. 14. IMPERTINENCY, sb. Irrelevance, E. Ivi, p. 224, 1. 26, IMPERTINENT, adj. Iirelevant. E. xxvi. p, 105, 1. 9. IMPORT, v.t. To be of importance. E. xxix. p, 120, 1. 15, p. 125, 1. 24. IMPORTUNE, adj. Importunate, E. ix. p, 35, 1. 10, xlviii. P- 198, 1- 5. IMPOSE UPON. To lay a restraint upon. E. i. p. i, 1. 13. IMPOSTUMATION, sb. A tumor. E. xv. p. 61, 1. 4. IVIPRINTING, adj. Impressive. E. Hi. p. 211, 1. 12, IMPROPRIATE, 7/. /. To appropriate. E. xxix. p. 130, 1. 3. IN, prep. Into. E. i. p. i, 1. 14. IN GUARD. On guard. E. xxii. p. 94, 1. 31, BB 070 (Slosgarg IN THAT. Like the Lat. in eo gnod. E. ix. p. 31, 1. i. INBOWED WINDOWES. Bow-windows, or bay-windows. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 5. INCENSED, /./. Burnt. E. v. p. 17, 1. 26. INCEPTIONS, sb. Beginnings. C. 10. p. 266, 1. 14. INCOMMODITIES, sb. Disadvantages. E. xli. p. 168, 1. 24. JNCONFORMITY. j/^. Want of agreement. E.xxiv. p. 100, 1.i. INCUR, v.i. 'To incur into the note of others' is to come under others' observation. E. ix. p. 31, 1. 25. INDIFFERENCY, sb. Indifference. E. xx. p. 87, 1. 16. INDIFFERENT, ddj. Impartial. E. vi. p. 20, 1. 26, xiv. p. 51, 1. 20, XX. p. 87, 1. 15, H. p. 207, 1. 14. INDIGNITY, sb. An unworthy aa. E. xi. p. 39, 1. 11. INFAMED, /./. Branded with infamy. E. xix. p. 78, 1. i8. INFANTERY, sb. Infantry. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 16. INFLUENCES, sb. A trace of the old belief in the power exercised by the stars over human destiny lingers in this word. Comp. Job xxxviii. 31. E. ix. p. 29, 1. 11, Iviii. p. 233, 1. 8. INFORTUNATE, adj. Unfortunate. E. iv. p. 15, 1. 3». xl. p. 167, 1. 6. INGAGED,/./. Set fast. E. xxxix. p. 163, 1. 24. INGROSSING, sb. Monopoly. E. xv. p. 60, 1. 12. INORDINATE, adj. Irregular, ungovernable. E. x. p. 36, 1. 16. C. 7. p. 259, 1. 19. INQUISITIONS, sb. Investigations. E. xxx. p. 132, 1. 9. INSOLENCIE, sb. Insolence. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 5, xv. p. 61, 1. I. INSPIRE, V. t. To breathe in. E. i. p. 3, 1. 4. INTELLIGENCE, sb. Understanding. E. xlviii. p. 198, 1. 13. To have intelligence - to have an understanding, agree. E. X. p. 37, I. 13. . , ^ . INTEND, V. t. To aim at, strive after. E. xxix. p. 125, 1. 31. INTENTION, sb. Endeavour. E. xxix. p. 125, 1. 29. INTERESSED, /./. Interested; the old form of the word. E. iii. p. 13, 1. 33. INTERLACE, v. t. To mix up together, insert. E. xi. p. 4:, 1. 34, xl. p. 167, I. 8. INTERLOCUTION, sb. A speaking between different per- sons, alternate speaking, conversation. E. xxxii. p. 138, 1. 19. INTERVENIENT, adj. Intervening. E. Ivi. p. 227, 1. 4. INURE. V. t. To make use of E. xxxvi. p. 154, 1. 34. INVOLVED,/./*. Intricate. E. xx. p. 85, 1. 25. INWARD, adj. Intimate. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 14, xx. p. 85, I. 4. „ Interior. E. xliv. p. 184, I. 14. Hence, secret. E. xxvi. p. 105, 1. 26. lOY, v.i. To rejoice. E. xxvii. p. no, 1. 33. IRRITATE, v.t. To provoke. E. Iii. p. 214, 1. 30. ITERATE, V. t. To repeat. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. 20. ITERATION, sb. Repetition. E. xxv. p. 102. 1. ig. C la p. 266, 1. 18. ©log^arg 371 lUST, adj. Exaa. E. xv. p. 58, 1. 28. „ sb. A tilt, tournament. E. xxxvii. p. 158, 1. 7. K. KINDE, sb. Manner. E. xli. p. 171, I. 33. KINSFOLKS, sb. Relatives. E. vii. p. 24, I. 22, ix. p. 31, 1. 19. KNAP, sb. A knoll. E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 12. KNEE TIMBER, sb. Crooked timber. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. 28. KNIT, V. t. To fasten. E. xv. p. 58, 1. 25. KNOWLEDGE OF, TO TAKE. To take cognizance of, observe. E. xiii. p. 48, 1. 18. L. LANDP^D, /./. Possessed of landed property'. C. 5. p. 254, LAUDATIVES, sb. Eulogies, panegyrics. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 19. LAY, v.i. To lie. E. xxxviii. p. 160, 1. 21. LEAD-MAN, sb. An owner of lead mines. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 7. LEADS, sb. A leaded roof; used by Bacon in the singular. E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 29. LEARNINGS, sb. Sciences. E. iii. p. 13, 1. 23. LEESE, V. t. To lose, cause the loss of. E. xix. p. 80, 1. 26, xxix. p. 119, 1. 20, .xxxi. p. 134, 1. 5, xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 11. LEGEND, sb. See note. E. xvi. p. 64, 1. 2. LELACKE, sb. Lilac. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 16. LET, V. t. To hinder. E. xlvi. p. 190, 1. 28. LEVITY, sb. Lightness, fickleness. E. ix. p. 31, 1. 12. LIFT, sb. The step of a horse. E. xxv. p. loi, 1. 9. LIGHT, v.i. To happen, turn out. E. xliii. p. 177, 1. 25. „ adj. Slight, unimportant. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 23. LIGHTLY, adv. Easily. E. li. p. 208, 1. 24. LIGHTSOME, adj. Light. E. v. p. 17, I. 22, xlv. p. 181, 1. 18. LIKE, adj. Likely. E. xx. p. 86, 1. 5, xxii. p. 93, 1. 24, xlvii. p. 95, 1. 17, xlix. p. 203, 1. 2. C. 1. p. 248, 1. 2. Had like = was likely. E. xiii. p. 48, 1. 3.. LIKE TO. Like. E. ix. p. 34, 1. 20, xiii. p. 49, 1. 28. LIKE UNTO. E. iii. p. 12, 1. 16. LILIUM CONVALLIUM. The lily of the valley. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 25. LIVELY, adv. Vividly. E. v. p. 17, 1. i. LIVING, Jne, p. 276 Notes and Queries, 3rd S. ii. p. 116): "Diseases of which nothing was understood, such as epilepsy or insanity, were supposed to arise from the influence of demons, and were dealt with accordingly. The Anglo-Saxons had a notion, common to many n;itions, that evil spirits could not be conjured out of one man unless they were conjured into another, or into something else. The disease was, therefore, commonly charmed into a stick, and the stick thrown into a high-way ; that it might be effe<5\ually separated from the sufferer. It was supposed that the disease, or evil spirit, would enter into the first person who picked it up." LUCRE. sl>. Gain. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 23. LURCH, V. t. To absorb ; literally to gulp down, from a Med. Lat. word lurcnre, to swallow food greedily. E. xlv. p. 181, 1. 8. 'To Lurch, deuour, or eate greedily. Ingurgito.' Baret, Ah'carie. LUTE, sb. A stringed instrument of music, resembling the modern guitar. E. xxix. p. u8, 1. 5. M. MAO N I FIE, V. t. To make great or important. E. xiii. p. 48. 1. 15. Comp. Josh. iii. 7, Job vii. 17. MAINE, adj. Great, important. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 12. MAINE, sh. The important part. E. xxii. p. 95, 1. 22. MAINLY, adzi. Forcibly, vigorously. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 30, xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 18. MAINTAINE, v.t. To support, uphold. E. xxvii. p. 109, 1. 28. MAKE FOR. To be for the advantage of. E. i. p. i, 1. 19, xvi. p. 65, 1. 9, xxix. p. 128. 1. 5. MAKE FORTH. To proceed. E. xli. p. 169, 1. 2. MALIGNE, adj. Malignant. E. xv. p. 6i, 1. 4, xxxvi. p. 153- 1- 5- MANN AGE. 7-. t. A term of horsemanship ; literally to make a horse obey the hand, and so to handle generally. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 12. xxix. p. 119. 1. 9. MANNAGE, sb. Management. E. xlii. p. 174. 1. 11. MANNER, sb. Kinds: used as a plural. E. Iviii. p. 234, 1. 28. MARISH. adj. Marshy. E. xxxiii. p. 142, I. 18. MARRE, 7'./. To spoil. E. xxxii. p. 138, 1. 14, xxxvi. p. 155, 1. m. MARVELLED, /./. Wondered at. E. xliv. p. 179, I. 25. MASTERIES, TO TRY. To contend for mastery or superi- ority. E. xix. p. 77, 1. 3. MASTERY, sb. Superiority. E. xxx. p. 133, 1. 6. MATE, V. t. Literally, to stupefy or deaden ; hence to over- power (Fr. mater). E. ii. p. 6, 1. 5, xv. p. 58, 1. 7. MATERL\LL, adj. Matter of fadl. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. 30. MATTER, sb. Used like the Lat. materia in the literal sense of fuel ; hence, cause generally. E. xix. p. 77, 1. 5, xv. p. 57. 1. 8. MATTER, UPON THE. On the whole. E. xliy. p. 179, 1. 11. MEANE, sb. Means. E. xix. p. 77, 1. 14, xlix. p. 201, 1. 9. Medium, instrument. E. xlix. p. 203, 1. 4. In a vteane — moderately. E. v. p. 17, 1. 4. MEANE, adj. Humble, inferior. E. xv. p. 57, 1. 24. MEAT, sb. Food of all kinds, not exclusively flesh. The vteat offering of the Jews had no flesh in it. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 23. MEERE, adj. Absolute. E. xxvii. p. 107, I. 7. Comp. Shaks. M. of Veil. iii. 2 : ' I have engaged myself to a dear friend, Engaged my friend to his mere enemy.' MEERELY, rt^z/. Absolutely. E. Iviii. p. 231, 1. 20. MEERE STONE, sb. A boundary stone ; from A.-S. gemaere, a boundary. E. Ivi. p. 222, 1. 15. MELIORITIE, sb. Superiority. C. i. p. 248, 1. 10. MELO-COTONE, sb. A kind of peach. E. xlvi. p. 187,1.33. MEN OF WARRE, sb. Warriors, soldiers. E. xix. p. 77, I. 19, F. p. 240, 1. 34. MERCHANDIZING, sb. Trade. E. xli. p. 170, 1. 2. MERCURY ROD, sb. The caduceus or rod twined with serpents with which Hermes is represented. E. iii. p. 13, 1. 24. MEW, V. t. To moult or shed the feathers. Fr. muer. E. xxix. p. 121, 1. 20. MEZERION, sb. Daphne Mezereum, called also by Gerarde Dutch Mezereon, or Germane Olive Spurge. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. 23. MIDDEST, sb. Midst. E. vii. p. 24, 1. 6, xlv. p. 182, 1. 11. MILITAR, adj. Military. E. liv. p. 217, 1. lo. MILITIA, sb. An armed force, army. E. xxix. p. 124, 1. 29. MILKEN WAY, sb. The Milky Way. E. xl. p. 166, 1. 5. MINDE. sb. Intention. E. xiii. p. 50, 1. 9. MINISTERS, sb. Attendants. E. Ivi. p. 225, 1. 28. MINTMAN, sb. One skilled in coinage. E. xx. p. 87, 1. 26. ' Hee that thinketh Spaine, to be some great ouermatch for this Estate, assisted as it is, and may be, is no good Mint- man ; But takes greatnesse of Kingdomes according to their Bulke and Currency, and not after their intrinsique Value.* Bacon, Cof/s. touching a Warre with Spaine, p. 2, ed. 1629. MISLAIER, sb. One who misplaces. E. Ivi. p. 222, 1. 15. 374 ffilo^gatg MISLIKE, V. t. To dislike. E. xli. p. 172, 1. 12. MODELL, sb. Plan. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 33. MOILE, V. i. To labour. E. xxxiii. p. 141, 1. 24. MONETH, sb. Month: A.-S. M6n;i«. E. xlvi. p. t86, 1. ,1. MONEYES, sb. Sums of money. E. xli. p. 172, 1. 25. MONOCULOS, sb. A one-eyed person. C. 10. p. 264, 1. 24. MORE, at/j. Greater. E. xliii. p. 177, 1, 3. MORRIS DAUNCE, sb. A dance formerly conmion in England on festival days, and especially on May Day, and not yet entirely out of use. The name appears to indicate that it was borrowed from the Moriscos or Moors, but no- thing is known of its origin. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 28. MOST, adj. Greatest. E. vii. p. 23, 1. 14, xx. p. 86, 1. 26, xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 18. MOTION, sb. Impulse. E. x. p. 38, 1. 14. Emotion, xiv. p. 52, 1. 33. Movement, xliii. p. 176, 1. 10. MOUGHT. Might. E. xv. p. 61, 1. 5, xxii. p. 92, 1, 16, xxvii. p. 110, I. 19. MOUNT, sb. Mound. E. xlvi. p. 191, 1. 11. MOVE, 7'. f. To excite. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 30. MOWEN, /./. Mown. E. xv. p. S9, 1- 10. MULTIPLICATION UPON. E.'xxxix. p. 164, 1. 14. MUNITE, 7>. i. To fortify. E. iii. p. 12, 1. 9. MURTHER, V. t. To murder. E. iii. p. 13, 1. 14. MUSKE MELON, sb. The common melon, called also by Parkinson and Gerarde, Million. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. ^i. MUSKE-ROSE, sb. Rosa moschata. E. xlvi. p. 188. I. 24. MUSTER, v.i. To count. C. 5. p. 253, 1. 2. MYSTERY, sb. A hiiden meaning, known only to the ini- tiated. E. v. p. 16, 1. 18. N. NAME, sb. Reputation. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 10. NATURALL, adj. Native. E. xxix. p. 124, 1. 22. NATURES, j/i. Kinds. E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 23, xlvi. p. 187, 1. 11. NAUC'tHT. ndj. Bad. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 28, Hi. p. 213, 1. 4. NE.'\STLING, sb. Place for building nests. E. xlvi. p. 194, I. 23. NEEDS, adv. Of necessity ; A. S. ne&des the gen. of nedd, need. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 17, xii. p. 46, 1. 4, xxiii. p. 96, I. 21. NEERE UNTO. £. xv. p. 63, 1. i. NEF^RNES, sb. Intimacy. C. 7. p. 259, 1. 24. NEGLECTING, adj. Negligent. E. iv. p. 15, 1. 14. NEIGHBOUR, adj. Neighbouring. E. xxix. p. 128, I. 10. NEPHEW, sb. A grandson. E. xxix. p. no, 1. 9. NEVER A. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. 24, xxii. p. 95, 1. 23, xxxii. p. 13S I. II. xliii. p. 177, 1. 14. NEWELL, sb. "A pillar of .stone or wood, where the steps terminate in a winding staircase." Kennett, MS. Lansd. io33i quoted in Halliwell's Difl. E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 33. NEWES, sb. Used as a plural. E. xv. p. 54, 1. 14. NEW MEN, sd. Like the Lat. tiovi homines, men who have newly acquired rank. We are obliged to resort to the Fr, ^arz'enu to express this. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 25. NICE, adj. Scrupulous. E. xxix. p. 123, 1. 30, xxxvii, p. 156, NICENESSE, sb. Fastidiousness. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 16. NOBLESSE, sb. Nobility. E. .xv. p. 60, 1. 16. NOTABLE, adj. Remarkable. E. liii. p. 215, I, 3. NOTABLY, adv. Notoriously, remarkably. E. xv. p. 60, I. 2, xxix. p. 121, 1. 29. NOTE, sb. Observation. E. i.x. p. 31, 1. 25. Information. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 24. NOTHING NEARE. E. xxi. p. 89, 1. 18. WORTH. C. 10. p. 265, 1. 12. NOVELTIES, sb. Innovations. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 25. NOURISH, V. i. To receive nourishment. E. xix. p. 80, 1. 24. OBTECT, p.p. Exposed. C. 5. p. 254, 1. 8. OBLIGED. /./. Bound. E. xx. p. 82, 1. 7. OBNOXIOUS TO. E.xposed to, under the influence of; and hence, submissive, complaisant. E. xx. p, 86, 1. 12, xxxvi. P- i55> 1- 3. xliv. p. 179, 1. 16. OBTAINE, v. i. To attain ; to gain a cause in law. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 2, Ivi. p. 225, 1. 13. OES, sb. Round bright spots. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 17. Used by Shakspere of the stars [Mid. N.'s Dr. iii. 2) : Fair Helena, that more engilds the night Than all yon fiery oes and eyes of light. OF. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 10, p. 22, 1. 2, xvii. p. 69, 1. 21, xix. p. 79, 1. 31, XXV. p. 102, 1. 28, xxvii. p. 109, 1. 34, XXX. p. 131, 1. 3, XXXV. p. 151, 1. 31, li. p. 208, 1. 29, liii. p. 214, 1. i. C. 3. p. 249, 1. 24. In all these passages ' of would be replaced in modern usage by other prepositions, which the reader will easily supply. In a partitive sense. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 32, xvi. p. 65, 1. 18. Of either side. E. xlvi. p. 189, 1. 29. Of long. E. Ivi. p. 224, 1. 4. Of purpose. E. ix. p. 33, 1. 17. Of the other side. C. 2. p. 249, 1. 10. OFFER, sb. An attempt. C. 10. p. 266, 1. 16. OFFICIOUS, adj. Ready to serve, like the Lat. officios us ; not in a bad sense. E. xlviii. p. 199, 1. 27. OFT, adv. Often. C. i. p. 248, 1. 4, 2. p. 248, I. 18. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 21, viii. p. 27, 1. 27, .xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 32. OPINION, sb. Reputation. E. xxvi. p. 105, 1. 30, liv. p. 217, ORACULOyS, adj. Oracular. E. vi. p. 20, I. 34. 37^ ffilo^^atg ORANGE-TAWNEY, adj. Of a dark orange colour. In Knight's Shakspere (ll. p. 250) it is said, Vecellio, a Vene- tian, '■ expressly informs us that the Jews differed in nothing, as far as regarded dress, from Venetians of the same profes- sions, whether merchants, artisans, &c., with the exception of a yellow bonnet, which they were compelled to wear by order of the government." See also Sir W. Scott's descrip- tion of Isaac of York in Ivanhoe, c. 5 : " He wore a high square yellow cap of a peculiar fashion, assigned to his nation to distinguish them from Christians." E. xli. p. 168, 1. 13. ORDER, TO TAKE. To take measures. E. xxxvi. p. 153, I. 20. ORDERING, sb. Arrangement. E. xlvi. p. 186, I. 10, p. 190, 1. 32. Iviii, p. 237, 1. 33. OTHER, //. Others. E. viii. p. 26, 1. 15, xxiv. p. 100, 1. 13. OVERCOME, v.t. In the phrase 'to overcome a bargain,' to master it, and make it one's own. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 15. OVER-GREAT, adj. Excessive. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 21. OVERGREATNESSE, sb. Excessive greatness. E. xx. p. 85, 1. 16. OVER-LIVE. V. t. To survive. E. xxvii. p. 109, I. 31. OVER-POWER, sb. Excessive power. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 17. OVER-SPEAKING, adj. Speaking too much. E. Ivi. p. 224, 1. 17. OVERTHROWEN, p.p. Overthrown. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 2. OYNTMENT, sb. Perfume. E. liii. p. 213, 1. 19. PACE, V. i. To proceed. E. xxxiv. p. 145, I. 20. PA I RE, v. t. To impair. E. xxiv. p, 100, I. 13. PALME, sb. A handbreadth. E. xix. p. 78, 1. i. PARABLE, sb. A proyerb. E. x.wii. p. 110, 1. 22. P.\RDON, sb. Permission. E. xliii. p. 177, 1. 20. PART. sb. Party. E. xvi. p. 66, I. 13. PARTICULAR, adj. Partial. E. iviii. p. 231, 1. 22. ,, sb. Used as a substantive, like ' private,' &c. E. XV. p. 61, 1. 34. PASS, II. t. To surpass. F. p. 239, 1. 14. PASSAGES, sb. Digressions. E. xxv. p. 102, I. 25. PASSING, adv. Surpassingly, exceedingly. E. vi. p. in, 1. 1^. PASTURAGES, sb. Pastures. E. xv. p. 60, 1. 13. PAWNES, sb. Pledges. E. xli. p. 170, 1. 17. PEECE, V. i. To fit. E. xxiv. p. 99, 1. vi. PENURY, sb. Want. E. xxix. p. 123, 1. 17. PENYWORTH, sb. A purchase. C 9. p. 264, 1. 3. PERCASE, adv. Perhaps. C. 3. p. 250, 1. 7. PERCEIVING, sb. Perception. E. liii. p. 213, 1. 11. PEREMPTORY, adj. In its literal sense of deadly, destruc- tive. E. XV. p. 6i, 1. 19. PERIOD, sb. Termination, completion. E. xlii. p. 174, 1. 23. PERISH, V. t. To destroy. E. xxvii. p. 110, 1. 18. PERSONAGE, sb. A representation of the human face. E. xliii. p. 177, 1. 4, 6. PERSUADE, v.t. To recommend. E. iii. p. 13, 1. 32. PHANTASM E. sb. A phantom. E. xxxv. p. 150, 1. 8. PINCK, sb. 'The blush Pincke' is merely a variety of the common Pink. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 18. 'The /naiied Finck' is called by Parkinson Faradisus, p. 316, ed. 1629) Caryo- phylhis fitinor repens, and is described as "the smallest, both for leafe and flower of all other Pinkes that are nou- rished in Gardens." The same Latin name is given by Ray to the Maiden Pink, Dianthus deltoides. In the 2nd edition of Gerarde, Parkinson's plate is copied, and the flower is called C. virgineus. Miller [Gard. Diet. 7th ed. 17591 describes a kind of Dianthus as "the small creeping or Maiden Pink, commonly called the mated Pink by seeds- men." He afterwards says it was used for the edgings of borders. I cannot identify it. E. xlvi. p. 188, I. 32. PINE-APPLE-TREE, sb. The Pine. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. 17. PITIE, sb. Used like 'reason' for the corresponding adjec- tive. E. xli. p. 168, 1. 2. PLACE, sb. Topic. F. p. 240. I. 6. TAKE. To have effed:. E. xxxi. p. 134, I. 11, xlix. p. 202, 1. 21. PLACED, p.p. Put in place, or position. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 10, li. p. 208, I. 20. PLACING, sb. Position. E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 16. PLAIE-PLEASURE, sb. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 17. PLANT, V. t. To colonize. E. xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 22. PLANTATION, sb. Colony. E. xxxiii. PLASH, sb. A pool, or puddle. C. 4. p. 251, I. 11. PLATFORM, sb. Plan. E. xlvi. p. 194. 1. 25. PLAUSIBLE, adj. Praiseworthy, deserving applause. E. ix. p. 34, 1. 26, XV. p. 55, 1. 12. In Ivi. p. 222, 1. II, it seems to mean ' courting applause,' and so approaches to the modern sense. PLEASURING, pr.p. Pleasing. E. xxxvi. p. 154, 1. 27. PLENTIFUL, adj. Lavish. E. xxviii. p. 117, 1. 6. PLIE, sb. Bend, twist. E. xxxix. p. 164, 1. 3. POESY, sb. Poetry. E. i. p. 2, 1. 18, v. p. 16, 1. 14. C 9. p. 264, 1. 9. POINT, V. t. To appoint. E. xlv. p. 183, 1. 2, Iviii p. 237, 1. 26. POINT DEVICE, adj. Exaa. E. Hi. p. 212, 1. 8. POLER, sb. An exadler of fees. E. Ivi. p. 226, 1. 17. POLING, adj. Exacting. E. Ivi. p. 226, 1. 2. POLITICKES, sb. Politicians. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 31, vi. p. 18, 1. 5. POLITIQUE, sb. A pohtician. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. 28. ,, adj. ' The Politique Body,' the body politic, or state. E. xii. p. 45, 1. 12. Politique Ministers, or Minis- ters of State. E. xxix. p. 127, 1. 6. Politique persons = politicians. E. ix. p. 32, 1. 30. 378 Glo^garg POLL, sb. Head; whence 'poll,' a reckoning or census of heads. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 15. POPULAR, adj. Democratic. E. xii. p. 45, 1. 5. POPULARITIE, j(^. A courting of popular favour. E. xlviii. p. 199, 1. II. POPULARITIES, sh. Popular representations. Pref. to Colours, p. 245. PORTRAITURE, sb. Portrait. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. i. POSER, sb. An examiner, who /. Soonest; superlative of rai/te, early, used adverbially. C. i. p. 248, 1. i. RAVENING, nJj. Plundering. 'Ravening fowle' are 'birds of prey'. F. p. 240, 1. 2. RAVISH, v. t. To sweep hastily away. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 4. REASON, si. In the phrases 'it is reason', 'it were reason', where we should use the adjedlive 'reasonable'. E. viii. p. 26, 1. 8, xi. p. ^9, 1. 17, xiv. p. 52, I. 26. RECAMERA, si. \\. back chamber. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 33. RECEIPT, si. Receptacle. E. xlvi. p. 191, 1. 24. RECIPROQUE, adj. Reciprocal. E. x. p. 37, 1. 21. Used as a substantive. E. ix. p. 37, 1. 23. RECONCILEMENT, si. Reconciliation. E. iii. p. lo, 1. 17. RECREATIVE, adj. Recreating, refreshing. E. x.vxvii. p. 157. 1. 32. REDUCED,/./. Brought within bounds. E. Iviii. p. 238. 1.8. REFERENDARIES, si. Referees. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 13. REPXECT, v.i. To be refledled. Used as an intransitive verb. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 10. REFRAINED, p.p. Bridled, restrained, held in check. E. Ivii. p. 228, 1. 10. See note on p. 119, I. 9. REFRAINING, si. Bridling, restraining. E. Ivii. p. 229, 1. 32. REGARD, IN. Because. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 23. REGIMENT, jA Regimen. E. xxx. REIGLEMENT. si. Regulation. E. xli. p. 170, 1. 31. RF.INES, si. The kidneys Lat. renes . E. 1. p. 205, 1. 30. RELATION, si. Narrative! E. x. p. 37, 1. 27. REMEMBRING, W/. Mindful. E. xi. p. 43, 1. 17. REMOVE, j/'. Removal. C. 6. p. 256, 1. 31. REMOVER, si. A restless man. E. xl. p. 166, I. 23. REPOSED,/./. Settled, calm. E. xlii. p. 173, 1. 17. REPUIED, /./. Well reputed of, of good repuution. E. XV. p. 63, 1. 10. Slo^garg 38 r RESEMBLANCE, sb. Comparison. E. Ivi. p. 226, I. 18. RESEMBLED,/./. Compared. E. xx. p. 83, I. 34. RESORT, sb. Apparently used in the sense of a spring or fountain. In this case the phrase 'resorts and falls' is illus- trated by the following quotation from Fuller [Holy State, xxv) : Mr Perkins "was born the first, and died the last year of Queen Efizabeth, so that his life streamed in equal length with her reign, and they both had their ybttutains and /a/is together." See the note. In the De Aug. the true reading is probably fontes for fomites. E. xxii. p. 95, 1. 21. RESPECT, V. t. To regard, consider. E. xxx. p. 132, 1. 26. ,, sb. Consideration. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 23, xiv. p. 51. 1. 17, xxiii. p. 97, 1. 25, lii. p. 212, 1. i. ,, IN. In case. E. xxviii. p. 116, 1. 20. REST, sb. Have set up their r^j/rrhave staked their all. Nares [Glossary] thus explains it: "A metaphor from the once fashionable and favourite game of primero ; meaning to stand upon the cards you have in your hand, in hopes they may prove better than those of your adversary." E. xxix. p. 128, 1. 27. REST, v.t. To remain. E. xxxvi. p. 154, 1. 16. RESTRAINED,/./. Restrided. E. xxvii. p. 112, 1. 3. RETIRING, sb. Retirement. E. 1. p. 204, 1. 3. RETURNES, sb. Parts of a house built out at the back. E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 7. REVEREND, adj. Venerable, deserving of reverence or re- spedl. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 15, xx. p. 86, 1. 10, Ivi. p. 222, 1. 10. RISES, sb. Probably the Ribes rubruni, or red currant. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 22. RICH, adj. Valuable, precious. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. i. RID, V. t. To get rid of, dispose of. E. xxix. p. 125, 1. 11. RIGHT, adv. Very. E. xxiii. p. 96, 1. 9. RIOTER, sb. A riotous or dissolute person. C. 7. p. 259, 1. 25. RISE, sb. Origin, source. E. xxxiv. p. 147, 1. 24. RISING, /n /. Arising. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 10. ROUND, adj. Plain, straightforward. E. i. p. 3, 1. 25. ,, adv. Swiftly, uninterruptedly. E. vi. p. 22, 1. 2, xxiv. p. 100, I. 4. RUN A DANGER = run a risk. E. xxvii. p. 113, 1. 30. S. SACIETY, sb. Satiety. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 16, lii. p. 211, 1. 20. SAD, adj. Sober, grave ; dark coloured. E. v. p. 17, 1. 21. F. p. 240, 1. 4. SALTNESSE, sb. Wit. E. xxxii. p. 137, 1. 9- SANCTUARY-MEN, sb. Men who had claimed the privilege of san(5luary. C. 7, p. 259, 1. 19. SARZA, sb. Sarsaparilla. E. xxvii. p. 107, 1. 20. SATYRIAN, sb. The orchis. E. xlvi. p. 187. 1. 23. The sweet 382 ffilo$0arg satyrian with the white flower is probably the butterfly orchis. SAVE, adv. Except. E. .x.x. p. 87, 1. 23, xlv. p. 185, 1. 15. SCANT, (uiv. Scarcely. C. i, p. 247, 1. 16. V. t. To limit. E. xlv. p. 181, 1. 10. SCANTLING, sb. Limit, dimension. E. Iv. p. 221, 1. 11. SCUTCHION, sb. Escutcheon. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 16. SEAT, sb. Site. E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 7. SEA-WATER-GREENE, adj. Sea-green. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 17. SECRET, adj. Silent. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 31. SECRETTED, /./. Kept secret. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 19. SEEK, TO. At a loss. E. xli. p. 171, 1. 11. SEELED,/./. Having the eyes closed. Hawks were tamed by sewing up their eyelids till they became tradlable. E. xxxvi. p. 154, 1. 10. SEELINGS, sb. Wainscottings. E. liv. p. 217, 1. 29. SENSIBLE OF. Sensitive to. E. viii. p. 27, 1. 4. SENSITIVE, adj. Sensible. B. Jonson, Sejanus, v. 10. C. 10. p. 265, 1. 33. SP2NSUAL, adj. Aflfecfling the senses. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 19. SENTENCE, sb. Sentiment, opinion. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 31, Iviii. p. 231, 1. 4. SEQUESTER, v. t. To withdraw. E. xxvii. p. 106, 1. 12. SET UPON, V. t. To attack. E. xxix. p. 120, 1. 22. SEVERALL, adj. Separate, different. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 16, xix. p. 81, 1. 6, xli. p. 171, 1. 8. SHADOW, sb. Shade. E. xi. p. 3f., 1. 19. SHAPEN, /./. Shaped, formed. E. xxiv. 1. 2. SHEEPE-M ASTER, sb. An owner of sheep. Comp. 2 K. iii. 4. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 5. SHEW, sb. Appearance. E. liii. p. 213, 1. 11. ,, 7'. t. To cause to appear. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 2. SHEWED, /./. Shewn. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 20. SHINE, V. t. To cause to shine. E. xiii. p. 48, 1. 29. SHREWD, adj. Mischievous. E. xxiii. p. 96, 1. 2. SHRIFT, sb. Confession. E. xxvii. p. 107, 1. 27. SHUT OUT, v.t. To exclude. E. xli. p. 171, 1. 23. SIDE, V. t. To stand by. E. xi. p. 43, 1. 8. v. refl. To range oneself E. Ii. p. 209, 1. 2. „ ON THE OTHER. On the other hand. E. xx. p. 86, 1. 1, xli. p. 169, 1. 34. SIGNES, sb. E. Iviii. p. 234, 1. 29. Used as in the New Tes- tament. SIMILITUDE, sb. Comparison, parable. Comp. Hos. xii. 10. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 32. SIMULATION, sb. A pretending to be that which one is not E. vi. throughout. SINGULAR, adj. Single. E. xxix. p. 124, 1. 11. SIT, 7'./. In the phrase 'to sit at a great rent,* for 'to be subjert to a great rent.' E. xli. p. 169, I. 12. SKIR IS, sb. Train. E. vi. p. 21, I. 4. ©log^arj) 383 SLIDE, sd. Smooth motion. E. xiv. p. 53, 1. 4, xl. p. 167, 1. 13- SLIGHT, z'. t. To pass slightly. E. xii. p. 45, 1. 28. SLOPE, adj. Sloping. E. xlvi. p. 190, 1. 19. SLUGGE, sb. Hindrance. E. xli. p. 169, 1. 30. SMOTHER, sb. ' To keep in smother' is 'to stifle ;' and ' to pass in smother,' 'to be stifled.' E. xxvii. p. 112, 1. 11, xxxi. p. 134, 1. 22. SO. Such. E. xxvii. p. no, 1. 2. SOBERLY, adv. Moderately. E. xxix. p. 121, 1. 11. SO FARRE FORTH. So far. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 21. SOFTLY, adv. Gently. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 7, xv. p. 56, 1. 21. Comp. Gen. xxxiii. 14; Is. viii. 6. SOME, ^r. One, some one. E. ix. p. 3^, I. 14, xxviii. p. 117, 1.6. SOMETIME, adv. Sometimes. E. x. p. 38, 1. 18. SOOTHSAYER, j^. Literally, 'truth-teller;' a teller of future events. E. xxxv. p. 150, 1. 6. SOPHY, sb. The shah of Persia. E. xliii. p. 176, 1. 14. SORT, v.i. To agree. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 6, xxvii. p. 115, I. 20, xxxviii. p. 160, 1. 34. To associate, consort. E. vii. p. 24. 1. II. To result, issue. E. xxvii. p. 108, 1. 5, xxix. p. 124, 1. 4. To arrange. E. xlv. p. 181, 1. 15. ,, sb. Class, kind. E. xv. p. 60, 1. 20. ,, IN A. In a manner. E. xli. p. 172, 1. 30. SPAKE. Past tense of 'speak.' E. i. p. 2, 1. 23. SPANGS, sb. Spangles. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 17. SPECIALLY, adv. Especially. E. Iviii. p. 233, I. 14. SPECULATIVE, adj. Inquisitive. E. xx. p. 86, 1. 2. SPEND, V. t. To consume. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 3. SPEW OUT, V. t. To rejedl with loathing. E. Ivi. p. 223, 1. 15. Comp. Rev. iii. 16. SPIALLS, sb. Spies. E. xliv. p. 179, 1. 19. SPIRITS, sb. 'High and gredit spirits' men of high courage. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 23, xliii. p. 176, 1. 15. SPOKEN TO, p.p. Discussed. E. xx. p. 87, 1. 5. SPONNE, /./. Spun. E. xxxv. p. 151, 1. 3. SPREAD, adj. Wide spreading. C 7- P- 258, 1. 28. STABLISHED, /./. Established. E. xxxiv. p. 148, 1. 9. STADDLES, sb. Young trees left standing in a wood after the underwood has been cut away. E. xxix. p. 122, I. 10. STAID, p.p. Steady. E. Ivi. p. 224, 1. 34. STALE, sb. Stale mate at chess. E. xii. p. 46, 1. 7. STAND, sb. A standstill, stagnation. E. xli. p. 170, 1. 7. AT A. "At a loss. E. i. p. i, 1. 17. STAND UPON. To insist upon. E. xxix. p. 126, 1. 9. „ WITH. To be consistent with. E. xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 18. STATE, sb. Stability. C. 9. p. 262, 1. 12. Estate. E. xxviii. p. 117, 1. 21, xxxiv. p. 148, 1. 7. STATELY, adv. In a stately manner. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. 8. STATUA, sb. Statue. E. xxvii. p. 112, 1. 10, xxxvii. p. 157, I, 28, xlv. p. 182, 1. 29. 3^4 Glo00arg STAY, STAND AT A. To stand still. E. xii. p. 46, 1. 7, xiv. p. 52, 1. 32, xix. p. 76, 1. 5, Iviii. p. 231, 1. 16. TO, GIVE. To check, hinder. E. Iviii. p. 234, 1. 6. STICKE, V. i. To hesitate. E. xxii. p. 95, 1. 2, Ivi. p. 222, I. 6. STIFFf2, adj. Stubborn. E. 11. p. 207, 1. 20. STILE, sb. Title. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 22, xxxv. p. 151, I. ir. STIRPS, sb. Races, families; literally, stems, stocks. Lat. stirpes. E. xiv. p. 51, 1. 11. STIRRE, V. t. To move, excite. E. xi. p. 41, I. 20, liii. p. 214, 1. 18. STOCK-GILLY-FLOWER, sb. The common stock. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 10. STOND, sb. Stop, hindrance. E. xl. p. 165, 1. 16, 1. p. 205. 1. 26. STOOVED, /./. Warmed by a stove. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. 21. STOPPINGS, sb. Stoppages. E. xxvii. p. 107, 1. 17. STORE, sb. Quantity. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 26. STOUT, adj. Strong, vigorous. E. xxxi. p. 131, 1. 13, xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 4. STOUTEST, adj. Most vigorous. E. xxxi. p. 134, I. 11. STRAIGHT, rt//?'. Immediately, diredly. E. xxii.f). 94, !. 7. STRAIGHTWAIES, adv. Diredtly. E. xix. p. 78, 1. 2, xxii. p. 95, 1. 14. STRAIN, sb. ' To take too high a strain' to make too great an effort. Comp. Adv. o/L. 11. 22, § 10: "The first shal bee, that wee beware wee take not at the first either to High a strayne or to weake." E. xlii. p. 175, 1. 31. STRAIT, adj. Stria. E. xv. p. 60, 1. 11. SUBMIT, V. refl. 'Submit,' like many other words, as as- semble, endeavour, recent, retire, was formerly used with a reflexive pronoun. E. xxxiv. p. 147, 1. 31. SUCCESSE, j/^. The result, good or bad. The word ' success ' now by itself used always in a good sense, was generally accompanied by a qualifymg adjecflive. Comp. Josh. i. 8. E. xlvii. p. 195, 1. 19. SUDDAINE, UPON THE. Suddenly. E. xxi.v. p. 124, 1. i. SUFFICIENCIE, sb. Ability, capacity. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 33, XX. p. 82, I. 10, Iv. p. 221, 1. 15. SUFFICIENT, adj. Able. E."lii. p. 211, 1. 32. SUGAR MAN, sb. The owner of a sugar plantation. E. xxxiv. p. 147, 1. ID. SURCHARGE, sb. Overcharge, excessive burden. The fol- lowing quotation from Blackstone's Comtn. in. 16, illustrates Bacon's usage of the word: " Another disturbance of com- mon is by surchargitig it ; or putting more cattle therein than the pasture and herbage will sustain, or the party hath a right to do." E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 9, xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 15. SURFET, v. i. To gorge oneself. E. vii. p. 24. 1. 12. ,, sb. Excess of eating or drinking, and its conse- quences: here used metaphorically for that which causes loathing or disgust. E. Ivi. p. 223, 1. 16. SUSPECT, sb. A thing suspected. E. xxiv. p. 100, 1. 23, liii. p. 213, 1. 22. (Slo^gatfi 385 SUSPECT,/./. Suspe<5ted, suspicious. E. li. p. 208, 1. 32. SUSTENTATION, sd. Sustenance. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 28. SUTE, s/>. Order, succession. E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 24. SWAY, BEAR. To have influence. E. .wii. p. 69, 1. 10. SWELLING, si>. Bombast, arrogance. E. i. p. 3, 1. 18. SWEET WOODS, sl>. Spices. E. x.v.viii. p. 141," 1. 21. SWITZERS, sd. Swiss. E. xiv. p. 51, I. 15. 'SYBILLA, si. The Sibyl. Compare Adv. of L. 11. 23, 5 28. "As Tarquinius that gaue for the third part of Sybillaes books the trceble price, when he mought at first haue had all three for the simple." C. 10, p. 264, 1. 29. TAKE, V. t. To catch, captivate. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 21. TARRASSES, sb. Terraces. E. xlv. p. 185, 1. 23. TEMPER, sb. Mixture, temperament. E. xix. p. 76, 1. 17. TEMPERANCE, sb. Moderation. E. v. p. 17, 1. 5. TEMPERATE, adj. Moderate. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 2. TEMPERATURE, sb. Temperament. E. vi. p. 22, 1. 10. TEND, V. t. To attend to. E. xi. p. 40, 1. 13. TENDER, adj. Delicate. E. xv. p. 62, 1. 27, xxii. p. 93, 1. 4, xlvii. p. 195, 1. II. TENDERING, sb. Nursing. E. xxx. p. 132, 1. 30. TENDERLY, adv. Delicately, scrupulously. E. xv. p. 55, 1- 31- TERM, sb. The subje. t. To refer to, glance at. E xxix. p. 130, 1. 17. TOUCH, sb. Reference. "Speech of touch" is speech that touches or affe(fts another. E. xxxii. p. 138, 1. 3. In E. Ivii. p. 229, 1. 28, it seems to mean sensitiveness. TOUCHING, prep. With reference to. E. ix. p. 35, 1. 8, xi. p. 41, I. 26. CC 3^6 (£lo0$arg TOURNKY, sb. A tournament. E. xxxvii. p. ic8. 1. 7. TOWARDNESSE, s/,. Docility. E. xix. p. 79, 1. 5. TOWNESMEN, i-6. Citizens. " Here come the ^^. A tritle. E. xix. p. 75, 1. 16, xxxvii. p. 156, 1. i, Iviii. p. 233, 1. ig. TRACT, s3. ' Tran Bo/a>iicum it is called Turkes Cap, and in Gerarde's Herball, The Dalmatian Cap. Lyte calls it Tulf>ta or Tulipn. E. xlvi p. 187, I. 2. Of the early white Tulipa Parkinson [Pnradi- sus, pp. 48 — 50, ed. 1629) mentions 15 varieties, 16 of the early purple, ii of the early red, and 7 of the early yellow. TURK, THE GREAT. The Sulun of Turkey. F.p. 240, 1.33. TURNE, FOR THAT. For that purpose. K, ix. p. 34, 1. 5. TURQUET, sb. Perhaps a puppet dressed as a Turk. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 27. TUSH ! i7it. A scornful interjedtion. C. 3. p. 250, 1. 22. U. UNAWARES, AT. Unexpeacdly. E. xlvii. p. 196, 1. 27. UNBLESSED, adj. Accursed. E. xxxfli. p. 139, 1. 19. UNCOMELY, adj. Unbecoming. E. vi. p. 20, 1. 8. UNDER FOOT. Below the true value. E. xli. p. 170, 1. 12. UNDER-SHERIFFRIES, sb. The offices of under-sheriffs. E. liii. p. 215, 1. 7. UNDERSTANDING, adj. Intelligent. E. Ivi. p. 226, 1. 23. UNDERTAKER, sb. A contraftor. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. i. UNDERTAKING, adj. Enterprising. E. ix. p. 34, 1. 6. UNLIKE, adv. Unlikely. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 13. UNPLKASING, adj. Unpleasant. E. i. p. 2, 1. 16, xxii. P- 93. 1- 4- UNPROPER, adj. Improper. E. xxvii. p. 113, 1. 4. ffilo^garg 387 UNREADY, adj. Restive. E. xlii. p. 174, 1. 19. UNSECRETING, sh. Divulging, disclosure. E. xx. p. 84, 1.24. UPBRAID UNTO. To reproach with. E. ix. p. 31, 1. 22. UPON. In the following phrases : Upon a wearinesse. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 20. Upon Negligence, xxviii. p. 116, 1. 18. Upon the suddaine. xxix. p. 124, 1. i. Upon vaine Confidence. p. J28, 1. 20. Upon Speed. E. xxxiv. p. 145, 1. 27. Upon necessitie. xxxvi. p. 153, 1. 22. Upon Bravery. E. xxxvi. P- 155. 1- 33- Upon affedlion. xlviii. p. 198, 1. 10. Upon Conscience. E. xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 32. Upon regard, lii. p. 211, 1. 23. Upon facilitie. lii. p. 211, 1. 23. Upon recovery. F. p. 240, 1. 31. Redundant in E. xx.xviii. p. 161, 1. 4. URE, sb. Use. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 15. Ore. E. xxxiii. p 141, 1. 14. USE, sb. Interest. E. xii. p. 170, 1. 17. Practice. E. li. p. 208, 1. 19. „ V. i. To be accustomed. E. xxii. p. 92, I. 7, xxvii. p. Ill, I. 3, xxxv. p. 150, 1. 7, xl. p. 166, 1. 31. USED, p.p. Practised. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 4. V. VAINE, VEINE, sb. Used metaphorically in the sense of inclination, disposition. E. i. p. i, 1. 8, ix. p. 31, 1. 18, xxxii. P- i37» 1- 5- VALEW, V. t. To give a value to ; and so, to represent as trustworthy. E. xxxiv. p. 147, 1. 5. VANTAGE, sb. Advantage. E. xxix. p. 128, 1. 34. VECTURE, sb. Carriage. E. xv. p. 59, 1. 30. VENA PORTA. E. xix. p. 80, 1. 21, xli. p. 169, 1. 9. See note to p. 80. VENDIBLE, adj. Saleable. E. xv. p. 59, 1. 6. VERSION, sb. Turning, direcftion. E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 16. VESTURE, sb. Garments, dress. E. iii. p. 11, 1. 6. VICTUAL, sb. Victuals. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 11. VINDICATIVE, adj. Vindiaive. E. iv. p. 15, 1. 29. VIZAR, sb. A visor, or mask. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 22. VOICE, V. t. To proclaim, report. E. xi. p. 41, 1. 22, xlix. p. 202, 1. 31. VOTARY, adj'. ' Votary resolution ' is the resolution of a devotee. E. xxxix. p. 162, 1. 21. VOUCH, V. t. To quote, appeal to as authority. E. iii. p. g, I. 23. VULGAR, adj. Common. E. viii. p. 27, 1. 20, xxix. p. 125, 1. 17. W. WAGGISHNESSE, j3. A joke. E. xiii. p. 48, 1. 4 WAIT UPON, v.t. To watch. E. xxii. p 92, 1. i, xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 24, Iviii. p. 233, I. 12. WANTON, sb. A dissolute person. E. vii. p. 24, 1. 6. WARDEN, sb. A large baking pear. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1 -ia. WARME, adv. Warmly. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. 21 WAX, v. i. To grow. E. xlii. p. 175, 1. 15. 3^^ ©loggarg WAY, CHVE BEST. To succeed best. E. li. p. 207, 1. 18. KEEP. To keep pace. E. xl. p. 165, 1. 18. ,, PUT IN. We use the article, 'put in the way.' E. xxvii. p. 114, 1. 8. ,, sb. Course. E, xxix. p. 128, 1. 21. Road. E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 19. WAVES, NO. In no way. E. x. p. 38, 1. 9, xxii. p. 95, I. 26, xxix. p. 123, 1. 9. WEALE, sb. Advantage. E. xiii. p. 47, 1. 2, xxix. p. 119, 1. 6. WEATHER, sb. Storm. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 19, Ivi. p. 226, I. 20. WELT, sb. r.order, edging. E. xlvi. p. 191, 1. 5. WERE BETTER. Wc should say 'had better.' E. xxvi. p. 105, 1. 32, xxvii. p. 112, 1. 9, xlix. p. 203, 1. 12. WHILE, .vA Time. E. li. p. 208, 1. 4. WHISPERER, sb. A detraftor, malicious informer. E. xliv. p. 179, 1. 19. WHIT, sb. A bit, small portion. Never a ivhit = not at all. E. xii. p. 45, 1. 23. No whit, in the same sense. E. xli. p. 172, 1. 16, xlv. p. 184, 1. 24. WHO, pr. He who. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 9, xxviii. p. 117, 1. 21. WHO SO, //-. Whoever. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 10. WILL, V. t. To desire, wish. E. xi. p. 40, 1. 18, xix. p. 77, 1. 10. C. 5, p. 255, 1. 22. WINDFALL, sb. Anything blown down by the wind. E. xxix. p. 124, 1. I. -WISE. A termination denoting way, manner, fashion. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 18. WISHED, /./. Desired. E. v. p. 16, 1. 3. WIT. sb. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 3, xliv. p. 179, 1. 12. WITH, sb. A branch of the willow-tree, which was formerly called a 7vithy. E. xxxix. p. 163. 1. 20. Wll'HkhU adv. Besides. E. Iviii. p. 234, 1. 11. WITTY, a(fj. Ingenious. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 17. Ivi. p. 222, I. 10. In E. 1. p. 205, 1. 22, witty corresponds more nearly to the Fr. spirituel than to any modern English word. WON, /./. Gained. E. 1. p. 204, 1. 22. WONDERFUL, adv. Wonderfully. E. xii. p. 44, 1. 18. WONDERMENT.S, j<^. Surprises. E. xxxvii. p. 156, I. 22. WONT, /./. Accustomed. E. xliv. p. 179, I. 14. WORKE, v.t. To produce. C. 10. p. 266, 1. i. E. xxvii. p. no. I. 30, liii. p. 213, 1. 8. Influence. E. xivii. p. 196, 1. 29. WORKK, j^. Pattern. E. v. p. 17, 1. 22, xlv. p. 183, 1. 27. WOULD = SHOULD. E. iii. p. 13, 1. 29, xxii. p. 92. •• 5. xxxi. p. 135, 1. 21, xxxii. p. 137, 1. 6, xxxiii. p. 141, 1. 18, xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 13. xlvi. p. 193, 1. 29. WROUGHT, p.p. Worked. E. ivi. p. 223, 1. 27. Y. VEELDED, /./. Given, rendered, C. 7. p. 258, I. 6. Z. ZELANT, sb. Zealot. E. iii. p. 10, 1. lo. ZEALES, sb. Zealous efforts. E. Iviii. p. 232, 1. 31. cambridck: printed at the university ikess. Uniformly printed in Pott 8vo, with Vignette Titles by Sir Noel Paton, T. Woolner, W. Holman Hunt, Sir J. E. MiLLAis, Arthur Hughes, etc. Engraved on steel. Bound in extra cloth. The Golden Treasury of the best Songs and Lyrical Poems In the English Language. Selected and arranged, with Notes, by Professor Francis Turner Palgrave. 2s. 6d., net. In Large Type. Crown 8vo, 10s. 6d. Large Paper Edition. 8vo. 10s. 6d., net. L3rricLove. An Anthology. Edited by W.Watson. 2s.6d.,net. The Children's Garland from the best Poets. Selected and arranged by Coventry Patmore. 2s. 6d., net. The Children's Treasury of L3rrical Poetry. Arranged by F. T. Palgrave. 2s. 6d., net. The Jest Book, The Choicest Anecdotes and Sayings. Selected and arranged by Mark Lemon. 2$. 6d., net. The Fairy Book; the Best Popular Fairy Stories. Selected and rendered anew by the Author of "John Halifax, Gentleman." 2s. 6d., net. A Book of Golden Thoughts. By Henry Attwell, " Knight of the Order of the Oak Crown." 2s. 6d., net. The Sunday Book of Poetry for the Young. Selected and arranged by C. F. Alexander. 2s. 6d., net. Golden Treasury Psalter. Student's Edition. The Golden Treasury Psalter. Being an Edition with Briefer Notes of the Psalms Chronologically arranged. By Four Friends. 2s. 6d., net. The Book of Praise. From the best English Hymn Writers. Selected and arranged by the Earl of Seleornb. 28. 6d., net. 3 THR GOLDEN TREASURY SERIES. Theologia Germanica. Translated from the German by Susanna Winkworth. With a Preface by Charles KiNGSLEY. 2s. 6d., net. The Ballad Book. A Selection of the choicest British Ballads. Edited by William Allingham. 2s. Gd., net. The Song Book. Words and Tunes from the best Poets and Musicians. Selected and arranged by John Hullah. 2s. 6d., net. Scottish Song. A Selection of the Choicest Lyrics of Scotland. Compiled and arranged, with brief Notes, by Mary Carlyle Aitken. 2s. 6d., net. La Lyre Francaise. Selected and arranged, with Notes, by GcrsTAVE Masson. 2s. 6d. net. Balladen und Romanzen, The Golden Treasury of the Best German Ballads and Romances. Selected and arranged by Dr. Buchheim. ■ 2s. 6d., net. Deutsche Lyrik. The Golden Treasury of the best German Lyrical Poems Selected and arranged, with Notes and Literary Introduction, by Dr. Buchueim. 2s. 6d., net. Matthew Arnold's Selected Poems. 2s. 6d., net. Selections from Addison. Edited by J. R. Green, M.A., LL.D. 2s. 6d. net. Bacon's Essays and Colours of Good and Evil. With Notes and Glossarial Index. By W. Aldis Wright, M.A. 2s. 6d., net. Large Paper Edition. 8vo. lOs. 6d., net. Sir Thomas Browne's Religio Medici : Letter to a Friend, etc., and Christian Morals. Edited by W. A. Greenhill, M.D., Oxon. 2s. ()d., net. Sir Thomas Brownes Hydriotaphia and the Garden of Gyrus. Edited by W. A. (iKEENiiiLL, M.D., Oxon 2s. (id., net. The Pilgrim's Progress from this World to that which is to Come. By Jdhn Bunyan. 2s. 6d., net. Large Paper Edition. 8vo. 10s. 6d., net. THE GOLDEN TREASURY SERIES. 3 Poetry of Byron. Chosen and arranged by Matthew Arnold, 2s. 6d., net. Large Paper Edition. 8vo. 9s. Selections from the Poems of Arthur Hugh Clough. 2s. 6d,, net. Letters of William Cowper, Edited, with Introduction, by Rev. W. Benham, B.D., F.S.A. 2s. 6d., net. Selections from Cowper's Poems. With an Introduction, by Mrs. Oliphant. 2s. 6d., net. The Adventures of Robinson Crusoe. Edited from the Original Edition, by J. W. Clark, M.A., Fellow of Trinity Col- lege, Cambridge. 2s. 6d. , net. Balthazar Gracian's Art of Worldly Wisdom. Translated by Joseph Jacobs. 2s. 6d., net. Herrick : Selections from the Lyrical Poems. Arranged with Notes, by Professor F. T. Palgrave. 2s. 6d., net. Tom Brown's School Days. By Thomas Hughes. 2s. 6d. , net. The Poetical Works of John Keats, Edited by Professor F. T. Palgrave. 2s. 6d., net. The Christian Year. By J. Keble. With Introduction by C. M. YoNGE. 2s. 6d., net. Lamb's Tales from Shakespeare. Edited by the Rev. A. Ainger, M.A., Reader at the Temple. 2s. 6d., net. Walter Savage Landor. Selections from the Writings of. Arranged and Edited by Sidney Colvin. 2s. 6d., net. Ballads, Lyrics, and Sonnets. From the ^Vorks of Henry W. Longfellow. 2s. 6d. net. Mohammed. The Speeches and Table Talk of the Prophet. Chosen and Translated, with Introduction and Notes, by Stanley Lane Poole. 2s. 6d., net. The Cavalier and his Lady. Selections from the Works of the First Duke and Duchess of Newcastle. With an Introductory Essay by Edward Jenkins, Author of •' GiNx's Baby," etc. 2s. Gd., net. 4 THE GOLDEN TREASURY SERIES. The Republic of Plato. Translated into English, with Notes, by J. Ll. Davies, M.A., and D. J. Vaughan, M.A. 2s. 6d., net. Large Paper Edition. 8vo. 10s. 6d., net. The Trial and Death of Socrates. Being the Euthyphron, Apology, Crito, and Phaedo of Plato. Translated into English by F. J, Church. 2s. 6d., net. Phaedrus. Lysis, and Protagoras of Plato. A New Transla- tion, by J. Wright. 2s. 6d. , net. Shakespeare's Songs and Sonnets. Edited by Professor F. T. Palgrave. 2s. 6d. , net. Poems of Shelley. Edited by Stopford A. Brooke, M.A. 2s. 6d., net. Large Paper Edition. 8vo. 12s. 6d. Southey's Poems. Selected and arranged by E. Dowden. 2s. 6d., net. Theocritus, Bion, and Moschus. Eendered into English Prose by Andrew Lang. 2s. 6d., net. Large Paper Edition. 9s. Poems, Religious and Devotional. By J. G. Whittier. 28. 6d., net. Wordsworth's Select Poems. Chosen and edited, with Pre- face. By Matthew Arnold. 2s. Od., net. Large Paper Edition. 8vo. 10s. 6d., net. A Book of Golden Deeds of All Times and All Countries. Gathered and narrated anew. By C. M. Yonge, the Author of " The Heir of Redclyffe." 2s. 6d., net. A Book of Worthies. Gathered from the Old Histories and written anew. By C. M. Yonge. 2s. 6d., net. The Story of the Christians and the Moors in Spain. By C. M. Yonge. With Vignette by Holman Hunt. 2s. Gd. net. MACMILLAN & CO., Ltd., LONDON. 10.12.96. 14 DAY USE RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED LOAN DEPT. This book is due on the last date stamped below, or on the date to whic±i renewed. Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. JAN 1 1 1975 6 4 MAR 41967 76. Or-, t-l YEn BECCIR, m 4 '75 FEB20'67.2Pfi '-QA . M DCPT. T-i ■^ r ^A^ :^ A?R.^ «t — :t^ ff , so \<^- AP^S^f '68 -,'tt%D|R.MB 21 '78 LOAN DirPT Htc'uu^ mi ( 72 -2 PM ' JUL 1 |n75 3 o v~mr-m, 1? „■ JS79 LD 21A-60rn-7.'66 (G44278l0)476B Uni> UC, BERKELEY LIBRARIES CD31b31filb /"l^^•/^<^-' r,C ^1.0^ i-Z:.5